Books / Chandogya, Grammatical index to the Chandogya-Upanisad Charles Edgar Little

1. Chandogya, Grammatical index to the Chandogya-Upanisad Charles Edgar Little

Page 1

VANDERBILT

ORIENTAL

SERIES

A

GRAMMATICAL

INDEX

TO

THE

CHĀNDOGYA-UPANISAD

LITTLE

Sa2Vu

Chā-LiF

Page 2

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHAEOLOGY

CENTRAL ARCHAEOLOGICAL

LIBRARY

CALL No. Sa2Va Chā-Lit

D.G.A. 79.

Page 5

THE VANDERBILT ORIENTAL SERIES

EDITED BY

HERBERT CUSHING TOLMAN AND JAMES HENRY STEVENSON

A GRAMMATICAL INDEX

TO THE

CHĀNDOGYA-UPANIṢAD

Sa2Vu Cha/Lit Ref Sa4V Cha/Lit BY

CHARLES EDGAR LITTLE, PH.D.

Professor of Latin in the University of Nashville: Peabody Normal College

CENTRAL ARCHAEOLOGICAL LIBRARY NEW DELHI.

8651

Acc. No....40......

Date..........85-50

Call No....892.2......2......21

NEW YORK: CINCINNATI: CHICAGO

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY

Supplied by

Poona Oriental Book House.

330A, SADASHIV,

POONA 2 (India)

Page 6

CENTRAL ARCHAEOLOGICAL

LIBRARY, NEW DELHI.

Acc. No.

8651

Date.....

    1. 57

Call No....

Sa 2Vu

ChaTrit

COPYRIGHT, 1900

BY

CHARLES EDGAR LITTLE

E-P 1

Page 9

SVO.

PRAECEPTORI ATQVE AMICO.

HERBERTO CVSHING TOLMAN PH. D.

QVIDQVID HOC LIBELLI QVALECVMQVE.

D. D. D.

AVCTOR

(iii)

Page 11

PREFACE

The following work has a twofold purpose. Its first aim is to classify the linguistic material of this

Upaniṣad for the use of philologists in studying the life and growth of the language spoken by the ancient

Hindus, and in determining the literary relation of the Chāndogya to other Upaniṣads and to the general mass

of Sanskrit literature. Its second aim is to furnish sufficient grammatical and lexical data to serve as a

special dictionary for those who shall read this piece of literature for the first time.

Böhtlingk's text has been taken as the standard, and all deviations therefrom have been recorded in Appen-

dix A. These changes are, in the main, those sug-

gested by Whitney's article in the American Journal of Philology; but not all of his proposals have seemed

to call for acceptance, and so I have left many unnoticed. And I have ventured to make five emendations

of my own (II.14.1; V.23.2; VI.4.4; VIII.2.1ff.), though a thoroughgoing criticism of the text I reserve

for a future work. Among these emendations, the omission of eva and of tejasā may almost be regarded

as misprints. Of undoubted misprints left uncorrected by Böhtlingk himself and by Whitney's review I have

taken account in the appendix referred to above.

In additional appendices I have sought to classify still further some items of especial interest. In the

course of this attempt I have had occasion to use the word to plutate, plutated from √plu, pass.ppl. pluta

(cf. to delete, deleted; Bö. plutiren, plutirt). The need for such a word is sufficient excuse for its manufacture.

(v)

Page 12

vi

Preface

The method of treatment throughout the Grammatical Index may not be found uniform in all particulars.

This was not thought necessary or even desirable. As regards text, for example, it was considered best to present the word iti so as to show its loose handling; as regards meaning and connection of words, ari and are were taken as found in the lexicons, without any attempt at reconciliation; as regards definitions, no effort was made to exclude all not actually belonging to the Chāndogya-Upaniṣad, but rather to include all without fail by exhibiting in good order their natural development; and so in other respects. I cannot hope to have shown perfect judgment in all matters of exclusion or of inclusion, or to have secured perfect accuracy in all matters of detail. The enormous labor involved must plead for all such deficiencies.

As all must do, I have constantly relied on the St. Petersburg Lexicon for the history and usage of words throughout the literature. In all doubtful cases that work has been regarded as a sort of umpire.

To Grassmann I am indebted for many helpful suggestions as to arrangement and disposition of material.

Max Müller has been cited rather frequently, not because his work is considered especially helpful in the elucidation of the text, but because he follows in general the Hindu grammarians, lexicographers, and commentators.

Besides the many things for which I have to thank Professor Tolman, I owe him deep gratitude for his painstaking advice at every stage of my work and for the careful reading which he has given the proof-sheets.

Charles Edgar Little.

Nashville, Tenn., June, 1900.

Page 13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE

PREFACE .................... V

BIBLIOGRAPHY AND ABBREVIATIONS .............. ix

GRAMMATICAL INDEX .................... 1

APPENDICES

A.—Alterations in Böhtlingk's Text.......... 179

B.—Verb-List .................... 183

C.—Repeated Passages .................... 191

D.—Plutated Words .................... 193

(vii)

Page 15

BIBLIOGRAPHY AND ABBREVIATIONS

ChU. Chāndogya-Upanisad.

Bö. Khāndogjopanishad, kritisch herausgegeben und übersetzt von Otto Böhtlingk. Leipzig, 1889.

Wh.AJP. American Journal of Philology, XI. 407-39 : Böhtlingk's Upanishads, by W. D. Whitney.

Wh.Gr. A Sanskrit Grammar (2nd ed.), by W. D. Whitney. Leipzig : Boston, 1891.

Wh.RVF. The Roots, Verb-forms, etc., of the Sanskrit Language, by W. D. Whitney. Leipzig, 1885.

BR. Sanskrit-Wörterbuch, herausgegeben von der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, bearbeitet von Otto Böhtlingk und Rudolph Roth. Seven volumes. St. Petersburg, 1855-75.

Capp. A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, by Carl Cappeller. Boston, 1891.

M.M. Sacred Books of the East, Volume I.: Upanishads (Part I.), translated by F. Max Müller. Oxford, 1879.

Gr.Wb. Wörterbuch zum Rig-Veda von Hermann Grassmann. Leipzig, 1873.

The ordinary abbreviations made current by such (ix)

Page 16

x Bibliography and Abbreviations

works as Wh.Gr., Capp., and Lanman's Sanskrit Reader are used, and therefore need not be given in detail.

The following call for explanation :-

a. Adjective, -ly.

cert. Certain (kind of).

nm.ag. Nomen agentis (fut.act.ppl.).

nm.pr. Nomen proprium (proper name).

subst. Substantive, -ly.

syl., -ll. Syllable, -bles.

vbl.f. Verbal f. in periphrastic perfect.

  • Composition (with).

± With or without.

(2t.), (3t.), etc. Occurs twice, three times, etc.

[ ] A word outside the text, in chapter headings, etc.

  • A word inserted.

[*] A word rejected.

Page 17

A GRAMMATICAL INDEX

a—agni

I a-pron. st. I pers., see aham; 3 pers., see idam.

2 a-(before vowels an-) neg. insep. prefix.

akartṛ m. non-doer.

-tṛ (nom.sg.) VI.16.2. VII.9.1.

akāmacāra a. not moving at will.

-ras (nom.sg.m.) VII. 25.2. VIII.1.6.

akṛta a. uncreated.

-tam (acc.sg.m.) VIII. 13.1.

akṛtvā grd. without effort.

VII.21.1.

akṣa m. a cert. fruit.

-ṣāu (acc.du.) VII.3.1.

akṣan n. eye.

-ṣṇā (instr.sg.) IV.17.9.

-ṣṇas (gen.sg.) I.7.4 (2t.).

-ṣṇi (loc.sg.) I.7.5. IV. 15.1. VIII.7.4.

akṣara n. syllable, esp. the syl. om.

-ram (nom.-acc.sg.) I.1.1,5,7,8(2t.); 2.14; 4. 1,4,5(2t). II.10.3.

-rasya (gen.sg.) I.1.9,10.

-re (loc.sg.) I.1.6.

-rāṇi (nom.pl.) II.10.4; 23.3. VIII.3.5.

akṣi n. eye.

-ṣiṇi (nom.du.) I.6.7.

akṣita a. indestructible, imperishable.

-tam (nom.sg.n.) III.17. 6.

akṣetrajña a. not knowing the country.

-jñās (nom.pl.m) VIII. 3.2.

akhādant a. not eating.

-dan (nom.sg.) I.10.4.

agada a. free from disease, well.

-das (nom.sg.m.) III.16. 2,4,6.

agni m. fire, Agni (god of fire).

-nis (nom.sg.) I.3.7; 6. 1(2t.); 13.1. II.2.1,2; 13. (1)

Page 18

2

agnitva—aja

20.1 ; 21.1. III.13.3 ;

III.19.1. VI.2.1(2t.),

18.2. IV.3.1 ; 6.1,2 ;

2 ; 11.1.

7.3 ; 11.1. V.4.1 ; 5.1 ;

agrasta a. not swallowed.

6.1 ; 7.1 ; 8.1 ; 21.2

–tās (nom.pl.m.) III.22.5.

(2t.). VII.12.1. VIII.

1.3.

–nim (acc.sg.) III.12.2.

2 añga emph. pcl. IV.1.5.

III.15.6. IV.6.1 ; 7.1 ;

VI.12.1 ; 13.1,2.

8.1 ; 17.1.

2 añga n. limb, member,

–ninā (instr.sg.) III.6.1,

body.

3 ; 18.3.

–gena (instr.sg.) III.19.2.

–naye (dat.sg.) III.24.5.

–gānām (gen.pl.) I.2.10.

–nes (abl.-gen.sg.) I.3.5.

–geṣu (loc.pl.) II.19.1,2.

II.22.1. III.13.8. IV.

añgāra m. a coal

6.1 ; 7.1 ; 8.1 ; 17.2. V.

–ras (nom.sg.) VII.7.3.

2.8. VI.4.1(2t).

–ram (acc.sg.) VI.7.5.

–nāu (loc.sg.) II.12.1,2.

–rās (nom.pl.) III.12.1.

V.2.4,5(4t.) ; 4.2 ; 5.

V.4.1 ; 5.1 ; 6.1 ; 7.1 ;

2 ; 6.2 ; 7.2 ; 8.2 ; 21.

8.1.

2 ; 24.3.

–rām (acc.pl.) V.24.1.

–nayas (nom.pl.) IV.10.

añgin a. having limbs or

2,4. V.9.2.

members.

–nīn (acc.pl.) IV.10.1,

–gī (nom.sg.m.) III.19.2.

2 ; 14.2. V.10.10.

añgiras m.nm.pr.

agnitva n. quality of fire.

–rās (nom.sg.) I.2.10.

–vam (nom.sg.) VI.4.1.

–rasam (acc.sg.) I.2.10.

agnihotra n. fire-sacrifice.

acitta a. thoughtless, in-

–ram (acc.sg.) V.24.1,

considerate.

2,3,5(2t.).

–tas (nom.sg.m.) VII.

agra n. front, tip, begin-

5.2(2t.).

ning ; loc. as adv. at

acyuta a. unshaken, im-

first.

–re (loc.sg.) I.8.2 ; 10.5.

perishable.

aja m. goat.

–tam (nom.sg.n.) III.

17.6.

Page 19

añjali--atha

3

-jas (nom.pl.) II.6.1; 18.1.

añjali m. the hollowed

hands put together

(for measure or wor-

ship).

-lau (loc.sg.) V.2.6.

añiman m. subtlety, mi-

nuteness (also as a su-

perhuman faculty).

-mā (nom.sg.) VI.6.1,

2,3,4; 8.6; 9.4; 10.3;

11.3; 12.3; 13.3; 14.

3; 15.3; 16.3.

-mānam (acc.sg.) VI.

12.2.

-mnas (gen.sg.) VI.12.

  1. VIII 6.1.

aniṣŋha a.supl. smallest.

-thas (nom.sg.m.) VI.

5.1,2,3.

anīyāṇs a.compar. smaller.

-yān (nom.sg.m.) III.

14.3.

anu a. small, minute,

atomic.

-vyas (nom.pl.f.) VI.

12.1.

atas adv. hence, therefore.

I.3.5; 12.1. III.13.

  1. V.10.6. VI.12.1.

VII.25.1,2(2t.). VIII.

4.2.

ati adv.-prep. beyond. I.5.

5,7.

atijana a. (beyond i.e.)

without inhabitant.

-ne (loc.sg.) VI.14.1.

atidhanvan m.nm.pr.

-vā (nom.sg.) I.9.3.

atimṛtyu a. beyond death,

deathless.

-yu (acc.sg.n.) II.10.1,

ativādin a. over talkative,

using excessive lan-

guage.

-dī (nom. sg. n.) VII.

15.4(3t.).

ativimāna a. beyond meas-

urement.

-nam (acc sg.m.) V.18.

atiçeṣa a. remaining, left

over.

-san (acc.pl.m.) I.10.5.

atra adv. here, there. II.

24,6,10,15.

IV.9.3. VI.12.1(2t); 13.2(2t).

VIII.1.2; 3.2(2t.); 9.

1,2; 10.2,4; 11 1,2.

atha adv. now, so, then

(sometimes a mere con-

tinuative); here be-

ginmeth (a section or

Page 20

4 athakāra—adarčanīya

book). I.2.3,4,5,9,7 ; 3.2,4,5 (2t.) ; 4.1 ; 5.1 (2t.),2 (2t.),3 (2t.) ; 6. (2t.),6 (3t.) ; 7.1,4 1,4,5 (2t.) ; 7.1 ; 9.1 ; 3.1,3 (2t.),6,8 ; 5.1,3,5 ; (4t.),5,7,8 ; 11.1,3,4,6, 12.4 (4t.),5.

8 ; 12.1. II.1.3 ; 2.2 ; 8.1 ; 9.1,3,4,5,6,7,8 ; athakāra m. the sound atha.

10.1 ; 22.4(2t.) ; 24.2, -ras (nom.sg.) I.13.1.

5,9,13,14. III.2.1 ; 3. atharvaṅgiras m.nm.pr.the race of Atharvan and Aṅgiras.

1 ; 4.1 ; 5.1 ; 7.1 ; 8.1 ; --rasas (nom.pl.) III.4.

9.1 ; 10.1 ; 11.1 ; 13.2, √ad cat.

3,4,5,7 ; 14.1 ; 15.5,6, atsi (pres.ind.act.sg.) V.

7 ; 16.3,5 ; 17.2,3,4 ; 12.2 ; 13.2 ; 14.2 ; 15.

18.1,2 ; 19.3. IV.7.1.2 ; 16.2 ; 17.2.

3.3,5 ; 5.1 ; 10.4 ; 11.1 ; atti (pres.ind.act.sg.) IV.

12.1 ; 13.1 ; 15.5 ; 16.4 3.7. V.10.6 ; 122 ; 13.

17.5,6. V.1.6.12,13 2 ; 14.2 ; 15.2 ; 16.2 ;

(2t.),14(2t.) ; 2.4,6,7 ; 17.1,2.

3.4 ; 9.1 ; 10.3,5,7,8, attha (pres.ind.act.pl.)

10 ; 13.1 ; 14.1 ; 15.1 ; V.17.1.

16.1 ; 17.1 ; 20.1 ; 21. adāma (pres.subj.act.pl.)

1 ; 22.1 ; 23.1 ; 24.2. I.12.5.

VI.7.2,4 (2t.) ; 8.5 ; adatka a. toothless.

11.2(3t.) ; 13.1,2 ; 14. -kam (acc.sg.n) VIII.

2 ; 15.2(3t.) ; 16.1,2 14.1.

(2t.). VII.3.1 (4t.) ; adadāna a. not giving.

4.1(2t.) ; 5.1(3t.),2 ; 6.1 -nam (acc.sg.m) VIII.

(2t.) ; 8.1 ; 9.1(2t.) ; 13. 8.5.

1(3t.) ; 15.3 ; 17.1 ; adarčanīya grdv. not to be shown, unsightly.

18.1 ; 19.1 ; 20.1 ; 21. -yam (acc.sg.n.) I.2.4.

1 ; 22.1 ; 24.1(2t.) ; 25.1, 2(2t.). VIII.1.

1,6 ; 2.2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9 ;

Page 21

addhā—ana

5

addhā adv. indeed, truly. | 2 ; 6.8. III.18.1(2t.),

III.14.4. 2(2t.). IV.3.2.

adya adv. now, to-day. VI. 4.5. VIII.8.5.

adraṣṭṛ m. non-seer. -ṭā (nom.sg.) VII.9.1.

advitīya a. without a second, unique. -yam (nom.sg.n.) VI.2. 1 (2t.),2.

adhara a. lower. -re (nom.pl.m.) IV.1. 4,6.

adharāñc a. towards a lower place, southwards. -rāñ (nom.sg.m.) VI. 14.1.

adharma m. unrighteousness. -mas (nom.sg.m.) VII. 2.1. -mam (acc.sg.) VII.2. 1 ; 7.1.

adhastāt adv.-prep. on the ground, down, below. IV.1.5. VII.25.1(2t.), 2.

adhi adv.-prep. above, on, concerning, on account of. V.3.2. VII.2.3,4.

adhidāivatam adv. in reference to the divine or to the gods. I.3.1 ; 5. I.2.14 ;

adhipati m. lord, ruler. -tis (nom.sg.) V.2.6.

adhisthāna n. standing-place, abode. -nam (nom.sg.) VIII. 12.1.

adhyayana n. studying, reading. -nam (nom.sg.) II.23.1.

adhyātmam adv. in reference to self. I.2.14 ; 5.3 ; 7.1. III.18.1(2t.), 2(2t.). IV.3.3.

adhvan m. road, space. -vānam (acc.sg.) V.10.5.

adhvaryu m. a cert. priest, esp. the actual performer of sacrifice. -yus (nom.sg.) IV.16.2.

√an breathe. -+apa breathe out. apāniti (pres.ind.act.sg.) I.3.3. -+pra breathe in, respire. prāniti (pres.ind.act.sg.) I.3.3. prāṇantas (pres.ppl.act. nom.pl.) V.1.8,9,10,11.

ana- pron.st.3pers., see idam.

Page 22

6

ana—aniṣṭhant

2 ana m. breath, spiration.

–nas (nom.sg.) V.2.1.

–nan (nom.sg.m.) I.3.

3,4(3t.),5.

anagna a. not naked.

–nas (nom.sg.m.) V.2.

anaçitu m. non-eating, fasting.

–tum (acc.sg. as inf.) IV.

10.3.

anadyamāna a. not eating.

–nas (nom.sg.m.) IV.

3.7.

anasūri m. one not unwise, a sage.

ananuvidya grd. not having discovered. VIII.

1.6; 8.4.

–ris (nom.sg.) IV.3.7.

ananuçişya grd. without giving indication. V.

3.4.

anādara a. without respect or consideration, indifferent.

ananūçya grd. not having taught or (mid.mg.) learned. VI.1.1

–ras (nom.sg.m.) III.14.

2,4.

ananta a. limitless.

anāramhaṇa a. giving or having no support.

–tas (nom.sg.m.) I.9.2.

–ṇāni (nom.pl.n.) II.9.4.

anantavant a. limitless.

anāçakāyana n. non-cating, fasting.

–vān (nom.sg.m.) IV.6.

–nam (nom.sg.) VIII.

3,4(3t.).

5.3.

–vatas (acc.pl.) IV.6.4.

anandha a. not blind.

anāhitāgni a. not setting up the holy fire.

–dhas(nom.sg.m.) VIII.

4.2; 10.1,3.

–nis (nom.sg.m.) V.11.5.

ananna n. non-food, improper food.

anirasta a. not thrown forth.

–nam (nom.–acc.sg.) IV.

3.7. V.2.1.

–tās (nom.pl.m.) II.22.5.

anapānant a. not breathing out.

anirukta a. spoken unclearly, obscure.

–tas (nom.sg.m.) I.13.3.

II.22.1.

aniṣṭhant a. accomplishing, naught.

Page 23

anu--anta

7

-than (nom.sg.m.) VII. 20.1.

anu adv.-prep. afterwards; along, over, with regard to, in consequence of. III.16.2,4; 6. IV.2.2,4; 17.9. V. 3.1(2t.),4; 19.2; 20.2; 21.2; 22.2; 23.2. VIII. 9.1,2; 12.4

anujñā f. permission.

-(nom.sg.) I.1.8(2t.).

anutkrānta a. not departed or escaped.

-tas (nom.sg.m.) VIII. 6.4.

anuttama a. most highest, best, without a superior.

-meṣu (loc.pl.) III.13.7.

anupatāpin a. not ill.

-pī (nom.sg.m.) VIII. 4.2.

anupanīya grd. without receiving. V.11.7.

anupalabhya grd. without getting hold on. VIII. 8.4.

anupāna n. drink.

-nam (nom.sg.) I.10.3.

anūcānamānin a. thinking oneself learned.

-nī(nom.sg.m.) VI.1.2,3.

anṛta a. untrue, false; n. falsehood.

-tam (nom.-acc.sg.n.,acc. sg.m.) I.2.3. VI.16. 1. VII.2.1(2t.); 7.1. VIII.3.1.

-tena (instr.sg.) VI.16. 1. VIII.3.2.

anṛtāpidhāna a. having a cover of falsehood.

-nas (nom.sg.m.) VIII. 3.1.

-nās (nom.pl.m.) VIII. 3.2.

anṛtābhisamdha a. fabricating untruth.

-dhas (nom.sg.m.) VI. 16.1.

anevamvid a. not knowing, thus, without this knowledge.

-dam (acc.sg.) IV.17. 10(2t.).

anta m. (n.) end, object, border; loc.sg. as adv.-prep. close to.

-tam (acc.sg.) VII.1.5; 2.10.

-tat (abl.sg.) VI.13.2 (2t.).

-te (loc.sg.) V.3.6.

-teṣu (loc.pl.) VIII.7. 4.

Page 24

8

antatas--anna

antatas adv. finally. I.2. 9(2t.) ; 3.12.

antar adv.-prep. among, be- tween. I.6.6 ; 7.5. III. 12.4,8(2t.),9 ; 13.7 ; 14. 3(2t.),4. V.8.1 ; 9.1. VIII.1.1 (2t.),2,3.

antarā adv.-prep. between. VIII.14.1.

antarikṣa n. mid-region, atmosphere.

-ṣam (nom.-acc.sg.) I.3. 7; 6.2(2t.). II.2.1,2 ; 17.1. III.1.1 ; 15.5. IV. 6.3. VII.6.1 ; 8.1 ; 10.1.

-ṣāt (abl.sg.) III.14.3. IV.17.1.

-ṣe (loc.sg.) IV.9.4.

antarikṣakṣit a. dwelling in the atmosphere.

-te (dat.sg.) II.24.9.

antarikṣodara a. amid the atmosphere.

-ras (nom.sg.m.) III. 15.1.

antarhṛdaya a. in the heart.

-yas (nom.sg.m.) VIII. 1.3.

antavant a. limited.

-vat (nom.sg.n.) I.8.8.

antavelā f. final hour, hour of death.

-layām (loc.sg.) III.17.6.

antevāsin m. a pupil.

-sine (dat.sg.) III.11.5.

-sinas (acc.pl.) IV.10.1.

andha a. blind.

-dhas (nom.sg.m.) V.1. 9; 13.2. VIII.4.2 ; 9. 1,2.

-dham(nom.sg.n.) VIII. 10.1,3.

-dhc(loc.sg.) VII.9.1,2.

anna n. food; esp. boiled rice; grain.

-nam (nom.-acc.sg.) I. 3.6; 8.4; 11.9(2t.) ; 12.2,5(2t.) ; 13.2. II. 22.2. IV.3.6,8; 11.1. V.2.1(2t.); 6.2; 7.2 ; 10.4,6; 12.2(2t.); 13. 2(2t.); 14.2(2t.); 15.2 (2t.); 16.2(2t.); 17.2 (2t.); 18.1(2t.). VI. 2.4(2t.); 5.1. VII.4. 1; 7.1; 9.1(2t.),2(2t.); 10.1(2t.); 26.1.

-nasya (gen.sg.) I.8.4 ; 10.6. VI.4. 1,2,3,4,6. VII.4.2 ; 9.1,2.

-nāt (abl.sg.) VI.8.4. VII.9.2(2t.); 10.1.

-ne (loc.sg.) I.3.6.

Page 25

annapati m. lord of food.

-te (voc.sg.) I.12.5.

annapāna n. food and drink.

-ne (nom.du.) VIII.2.7.

annapānaloka m. the world of food and drink.

-kena (instr.sg.) VIII. 2.7.

annapānalokakāma a. desirous of the world of food and drink.

-mas (nom.sg.m.) VIII. 2.7.

annamaya a. consisting of food.

-yam (nom.sg.n.) VI. 5.4; 6.5; 7.6.

annavant a. having food.

-vān (nom.sg.m.) I.3.7; 13.4. II.8.3.

-vatas (acc.pl.) VII.9. 2.

annāda a. eating food, having food to eat.

-das (nom.sg.m.) I.3.7; 13.4. II.8.3; 12.2; 14. 2. III.13.1;3. IV.3.8 S.

-dī (nom.sg.f.) IV.3. 8.

annādya n. (eating of) food.

-yam (nom.sg.) III.1.

3; 2.2; 3.2; 4.2; 5.2; 13.1,3. VI.2.4.

-yena (instr.sg.) V.19. 2; 20.2; 21.2; 22.2; 23.2.

anya pron. a. another, other, else.

-yas (nom.sg.m.) I.1.6. VII.24.2.

-yat (nom.-acc.sg.n.) II. 21.3. VII.24.1(6t.). VIII.3.2.

-yam (acc.sg.m.) V.11. 3.

-yasmai (dat.sg.) III. 11.6.

-yasya (gen.sg.) I.1.6. VII. 24.2.

-yasmin (loc.sg.) VII. 12.2. IV.3.8(2t.); 9. 2.

-yāni (nom.pl.n.) I.3.5. VIII.6.6.

-yān (acc.pl.m.) I.11.2. IV.10.1.

anyatara a. compar. one of two.

-rā (nom.sg.f.) IV.16. 3,4.

-rām (acc.sg.f.) IV.16. 2(2t.);3.

Page 26

10 anyatra--apara

anyatra adv. elsewhere, otherwise. VII.8.2 (2t.),4,6. VIII.11.3; 15.1.

-yas (nom.sg.m.) VIII. 7.1,3.

-yam (nom.sg.n.) VIII. 1.1,2.

anyathā adv. otherwise. VII.25.2.

ap f. water.

anyarājan a. having another as ruler.

-jānas (nom.pl.m.) VII. 25.2.

apas (nom.pl.) I.1.2; S.4. III.1.2; 2.1; 3.1; 4.1; 5.1. IV.3.2; 12.1; 14.3. V.2.2; 3.3; 9.1. VI.2.4; 5.2; 8.3. VII.4.2; 6.1; 10.1(3t.); 26.1.

anyādṛça a. of another kind.

-çās (nom.pl.m.) IV.14. 2.

apas (acc.pl.) V.16.1. VI.2.3(2t.); 7.1; 8.3, 4. VII.2.1; 7.1; 10. 1,2(2t.); 11.1(2t.).

anvāyatta a. connected with (acc.).

adbhis (instr.pl.) III. 11.6. V.2.2. VI.8.4, 6.

-tā (nom.sg.f.) I.10.9, 10,11; 11.4,5,6,7,8,9.

adbhyas (abl.pl.) VI.2. 4; 8.6. VII.10.2(2t.); 11.1.

-tās (nom.pl.m.) II.9.2, 3,5,6,7,8. III.16.1,3,5.

apām (gen.pl.) I.1.2; 8.5. VI.4.1,2,3,4,6; 6. 3. VII.10.2.

-tāni (nom.pl.n.) II.9. 2,4.

apsu (loc.pl.) II.4.1,2 (2t.). VIII.7.4.

anvāhāryapacana m. the southern sacrificial fire (serving to cook the Anvāhārya).

apa adv.-prep. away, forth. IV.14.2.

-nas (nom.sg.) IV.12.1. V.18.2.

apaciti f. awe, honor.

anveṣaṇā f. searching, investigation.

-tyāi (dat.sg.) I.11.9.

-(nom.sg.) IV.1.7.

apara pron.a. farther, other, latter.

anveṣṭavya grdv. to be sought after.

Page 27

aparapakṣa--apravartin

-rāṇi (acc.pl.m.) VIII.9. 3(2t.); 10.4(2t.); 11. 3(2t.).

aparapakṣa m. latter or dark half of a month.

-ṣam (acc.sg.) V.10.3 -ṣāt (abl.sg.) V.10.3.

aparājita a. invincible, unconquerable.

-tā (nom.sg.f) VIII.5.3.

aparāḥṇa m. afternoon.

-ṇāt (abl.sg.) II.9.6,7. -ṇe (loc.sg.) II.14.1.

apaçyant a. not seeing. --ntas (nom.pl.m.) V.1.9.

apahatapāpman a. with evil removed. -mā (nom.sg.m.) I.2.9. VIII.1.5; 4.2; 7.1,3.

apahatatatamaska a. with darkness removed. -kān (acc.pl.) VII.11.2.

apahati f. removal, destruction. -tis (nom.sg.) VIII.12. 1.

apahantṛ m. destroyer. -tā (nom.sg.) I.3.1.

apāna m. out-breathing, expiration (M.M. down-breathing). -nas (nom.sg.) I.3.3. III. 13.3. V.21.1.

-nāya (dat.sg.) V.21.1. -ne (loc.sg.) V.21.2.

api adv.-prep. even, also, unto. I.5.5; 10.4. II. 1,2,3. III.11.6; IV. 15.1. V.10.10; 24.4. VI.7.3,5. VII.5.2; 8. 1; 9.1; 13.1; 15.3. VIII.3.2; 4.2; 10.1,2, 3,4.

apidhāna n. cover. -nam (nom.sg.) VIII. 3.1.

apipāsa a. without desire for drink. -sas (nom.sg.m.) III.17. 6. VIII.1.5; 7.1,3.

apūpa m. cake (Bṛ. Honeycake; M.M. hive). -pas (nom.sg.) III.1.1.

apratiṣṭhita a. not fixed, uncertain. -tam (nom.sg.n.) I.8.6.

apramatta a. not negligent, attentive. -tas (nom.sg.m.) I.3.12. II.22.2.

apramāda a. not negligent, intent upon. -das (nom.sg.m.) V.2.8.

apravartin a. not flowing forth, inactive.

Page 28

12 aprāṇant—abhivyāhāra

-ti (nom.sg.n.) III.12.9. -tinīm (acc.sg.f.) III. 12.9.

aprāṇant a. not breathing up). -nan (nom.sg.m.) I.3. 3,4(3t.),5.

aprāpya grd. without reaching. VII.9.1 ; 10.1 ; 11.1.

apriyavettṛ m. one who feels unpleasant things. -tā (nom.sg.) VIII.10. 2,4.

aprocya grd. not having taught. IV.10.2.

apsumant a. having water, maintaining oneself in water. -mān (nom.sg.m.) II.4. 2.

abala a. not strong, feeble. -lānām (gen.pl.) IV.4.5.

abaliman m. weakness, feebleness. -mānām (acc.sg.) VIII. 6.4.

aboddhṛ m. non-perceiver, dullard. -dhā (nom.sg.) VII.9. 1.

abrāhmaṇa m. non-thcolo-gian, false priest. -ṇas (nom.sg.) IV.4.5.

abhay a a. not dangerous, safe; n. safety. -yam (nom.sg.n,acc.sg. m.) I.4.4,5. IV.15.1. VIII.3.4; 7.4 ; 8.3 ; 10.1 ; 11.1.

abhikāma a.desiring (acc.). -mas (nom.sg.m) VIII. 2.10.

-mās (nom.pl.m.) VIII. 1.5.

abhitas adv.-prep. around, near. III.1.4; 2.3; 3 3; 4.3; 5.3 VIII. 6.4.

abhinaddhākṣa a. with eyes covered. -ṣas (nom.sg.m) VI. 14.1(2t.). -ṣam (acc.sg.m.) VI. 14.1.

abhinanda m. desire. -dās (nom.pl.) V.8.1.

abhinahana n. fetter, bond. -nam (acc.sg.) VI.14.2.

abhipratārin m. n.m.pr. -riṇam (acc.sg.) IV.3.5. -(voc.sg.) IV.3.6.

abhivyāhāra m. utterance.

Page 29

-rāya (dat.sg. as inf.) VIII.12.4. abhisāyam adv. against evening, towards even- ing. IV.6.1; 7.1; 8.1. abhyātta, see √dā. abhyāça m. expectation, hope. -ças (nom.sg.) I.3.12. II.1.4. III.19.4. V. 10.7(2t.). abhra n. rain-cloud. -ram (nom.sg.) V.5.1; 10.5,6. VIII.12.2. -raṇi (nom.pl.) II.15.1. -ama 2d syl. of saman. 1. 6.1,2,3,4; 7.1,2,3,4. ama- Vedic pron.st.3pers., this, he. V.2.6. amata a. unthought. -tam (nom.-acc.sg.n.) VI.1.3; 4.5. amatvā grd. not having thought. VII.18.1. amanas a. without mind. -nasas (nom.pl.) V.I.11. amantṛ m. non-thinker, simpleton. -tā (nom.sg.) VII.9.1. amā adv. at home, near. V.2.6. amāvāsyā f. night of new moon.

-yāyām (loc.sg.) V.2.4. amu- pron.st.3pers., see asāu. amutra adv. there. VIII. 1.6. amula a. with no root, without basis. -lam (nom.sg.n.) VI.8. 3,5. amṛta a. immortal: n. (1) immortality; (2) im- mortal drink, nectar, ambrosia. -tas (nom.sg.m.) I.4.5. -tam (nom.-acc.sg.n.,acc. sg.m.) I.4.4,5. III.6. (2t.); 7.1(2t.),3(2t.); 8.1(2t.),3(2t.); 9. 1(2t.),3(2t.); 10.1(2t.), 3(2t.); 12.6. IV.15.1. VII.24.1. VIII.3.4,5; 7.4; 8.3; 10.1; 11.1; 14.1. -tā (nom.sg.f.) I.4.5. -tasya (gen.sg.) VIII. 12.1. -tas (nom.pl.m.-f.) I.4.4. III.1.2; 2.1; 3.1; 4.1; 5.1,4. -tāni (nom.pl.n.) III.5. 4(2t.). -tānām (gen.pl.) III.5.4. amṛtatva n. immortality.

Page 30

14

amogha--arvāñc

-vam (acc.sg.) II.22.2 ; 23.2. VIII.6.6.

amogha a. infallible, auspicious.

-ghās (nom.pl.m.) VII. 1.4.2.

aya m. course; luck, dice

-yās (nom.pl.) IV.I.4,6.

ayajamāna a. not sacrificing, impious.

-nam (acc.sg.m.) VIII. 8.5.

ayam, see idam.

ayāsya m.nm.pr. -yas (nom.sg.) I.2.12. -yam (acc.sg.) I.2.12.

1 ara m. spoke of wheel. -rās (nom.pl.) VII.15.1.

2 ara m.nm.pr. of a cert. sea. -ras (nom.sg.) VIII.5.3. -ram (acc.sg.) VIII.5.4.

araṇya n. forest. -ye (loc.sg.) V.10.1.

araṇyāyana n. hermit life (in the forest). -nam (nom.sg.) VIII.5.3.

ari a. eager: devoted; hostile; m. (1) worshipcr, (2) enemy. (So Gr. Wb., Capp., Bö., M. M. The two latter

translate some of the occurrences as voc.sg., friend; see are.)

ariṣṭa a. unhurt. -ṭam (acc.sg.m.) III.15.3.

are emph.pcl. of address (BR., not in Capp.). IV.1.3,5,7,S; 2.3,5.

arcis f. flame. -(nom.sg.) V.4.1; 5.1; 6.1; 7.1; S.1. -ṣam (acc.sg) IV.15.5 V.10.1. -ṣas (abl.sg.) V.15.5.

arnava a. waving; m. wave, sea. -vāu (nom.-acc.du.m.) VIII.5.3,4.

artha m. aim, business, opportunity. -thena (instr.sg.) V.11.6.

ardha m. side, place. -dhām (acc.sg.) V.3.4,6.

arvāñc a. turned towards or downwards, coming near; n. acc. as adv. hitherwards, down, beneath. -āk (acc.sg.n.) III.10.4.

Page 31

√arh—avidyā 15

–añcas (nom.pl.) I.7.6,8. √arh be worthy.

√arh—avidyā 15

–hati (pres.ind.act.sg) IV.4.5.

arhanā f. veneration. –ṇam (acc.sg.) V.3.6;

11.5.

alaṅkāra m ornamentation. –ṣas (nom.pl.) IV.11.

–reṇa (instr.sg.) VIII. 2; 12.2; 13.2.

S.5.

alabdhvā grd. without avākin a. not speaking.

grasping. VI.8.2(2t). –kī (nom.sg.) III.14.2,4.

alpa a. small, finite. avāntaradiç f. intermediate direction or cardinal point.

–pam (nom.sg.n.) VII. –ças (nom.pl.) V.6.1.

24.1(2t).

–pc (loc.sg.) VII.23.1. avi m sheep.

–pas (nom.pl.m) VII. –vayas (nom.pl.) II.6.1;

6.1.

alpavid a. knowing little. avijānant a. undiscerning.

–vit (nom.sg.m.) VII. –nan (nom.sg.m.) VII.

5.2.

√av favor, protect. 17.1.

–vati (pres.ind.act.sg.) I. avijñāta a. undistinguished.

2.9.

avadant a. not speaking. –tam (nom-acc.sg.n.)

–ntas (nom.pl.) V.1.8. VI.1.3; 4-5,7.

avabhr̥tha m bathing after sacrifice.

–thas (nom.sg.) III.17. avijñātṛ m non-discernor, one who does not understand.

5-

avarapuṛuṣa m. younger –tā (nom.sg.) VII.9.1.

man, descendant.

avitti f. the not finding. avittyā grd. not having found. I.2.9.

–tyā (instr.sg.) I.11.2. aviddha a. unhurt.

avidyā f. lack of knowledge, ignorance.

–(nom.sg.) I.1.10.

Page 32

16

avidvāṅs—ācarīra

avidvāṅs a. not knowing, unwise.

–dvān (nom.sg.m.) I.10. 9,10,11; II.4,5,6,7,8,9. V.11.5; 24.1. –duṣām(gen.pl.)VIII.1.6.5.

aviçeṣa a. without difference; instr. as adv. indiscriminately, in general.

–ṣeṇa (instr.sg.) VIII. 15.1.

avyathamāna a. not staggering.

–nas (nom.sg.m.) VII. 4.3; 5.3. –nan (acc.pl.) VII.1.4.3; 5.3.

√aç partake of, cat, drink.

–nāsi (pres.ind.act.sg.) IV.10.3. –nāti (pres.ind.act.sg.) I. 2.9. III.17.2. –nanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) III.6.1 ; 7.1; 8.1; 9.1; 10.1.

–nīyāt (pres.opt.act.sg.) II.19.2(2t.). VII.9.1.

–āna (imv.act.sg.) IV. 10.3. VI.7.3.

āça(perf.ind.act.sg.) VI. 7.2,4.

āçis (unaug.aor.ind.act. sg.) VI.7.1. –iṣyāmi (fut.ind.act.sg.) IV.10.3. –iṣyantas (fut.ppl.act. nom.pl.) V.2.2. –itam (pass.ppl.nom.-acc. sg.n.) VI.5.1,3; S.3. –yamanasya (pres.ppl. pass.gen.sg.) VI.6.2, 4.

–içiṣati (pres.ind.act.sg. des.) III.17.1. VI.1.8.3. –+pra eat up.

prāçya grd. VII.9.1.

√ācanāy be hungry.

–yāmas (pres.ind.act.pl.) I.12.2.

ācanāyā f. hunger.

–(nom.sg.) VI.8.3.

ācanāyāpipāsā f. hunger and thirst.

–se (acc.du.) VI.8.3.

ācani f.(m.) thunderbolt, flash of lightning.

–nis (nom.sg.) V.5.1.

ācarīra a. bodiless.

–ras (nom.sg.m.) VIII. 12.2. –ram (acc.sg.m.) VIII. 12.1. –rasya (gen.sg.) VIII. 12.1.

Page 33

açrnvant—√1 as

17

–rāṇī (nom.pl.n.) VIII.12.2.

açvapati m.nm.pr.

açrnvant a. not hearing.

–tis (nom.sg.) V.11.4.

–ntas (nom.pl.) V.1.10.

astāma num.a. eighth.

açman m. rock, stone.

–mas (nom.sg.m.) I.1.3.

–mā (nom.sg.) I.2.8.

aṣṭācatvāriñçad num. forty-eight.

–mānam (acc.sg.) I.2.

–cat (nom.) III.16.5.

7,8.

aṣṭācatvāriñçadakṣara a. having forty-eight syllables.

açrad indl., see √dhā.

–rā (nom.sg.f.) III.16.5.

açravanīya grdv. not to be heard.

[aṣṭādaça num.a. eighteenth.]

–yam (acc.sg.n.) I.2.5.

√1 as be.

açruta a. not heard, unknown.

–mi (pres.ind.sg.) I.11.

–tam (nom.-acc.sg.n.)

I. II.21.4; 24.5,9.15.

VI.1.3; 4.5.

açrotṛ m. non-hearer.

III.14.4. IV.4.1,2,4

–tā (nom.sg.) VII.9.1.

(3t.); 10.3; 11.1(2t.);

açva m. horse.

12.1(2t.); 13.1(2t.).

–vas (nom.sg.) VIII.13.1.

V.1.6(2t.),13(2t.),14

–vās (nom.pl.) VII.6.1;

(2t.); 11.5,7. VI.9.

18.1.

2(2t.); 10.1(2t.). VII.

açvatariratha m. chariot drawn by female mules.

1.3; 15.4. VIII.11.1,2.

–thas (nom.sg.) IV.2.3,

–i (pres.ind.sg.)

  1. V.13.2.

III.17.6(3t). IV.4.2

–tham (acc.sg.) IV.2.1,3.

(3t.) V.1.12,13

açvattha m. holy fig-tree.

(2t.),14(2t.); 2.6; 15.

–thas (nom.sg.) VIII.

1; 16.1; 17.1. VI.1.

5.3.

3; 8.7; 9.4; 10.3; 11.

açvanāya m. horse-leader.

3; 12.3; 13.3; 14.3;

–yas (nom.sg.) VI.8.3,5

15.3; 16.3. VII.15.2

2

(6t.),3(6t.);4.

–ti (pres.ind.sg.) II.21.

Page 34

18

√2 as—asahasra

  1. III.14.4. VII.1.5 √2 as throw, hurl.

(2t.); 2.2(2t.); 3.2 -- +abhipra set aside.

(2t.); 4.3(2t.); 5.2,3 abhiprasya grd. VI.13.

(2t.); 6.2(2t.); 7.2 2.

(2t.); 8.2(2t.); 9.2 -- +sam join, compose.

(2t.); 10.2.(2t.); 11.2 samastas (pass.ppl.nom.

(2t.); 12.2(2t.); 13.2 sg.m.) VIII.6.3; 11.1.

(2t.); 14.2(2t.); 23.1 --tasya (pass.ppl.gen.sg.)

VIII.1.3(2t.); 12.1 II.1.1.

svas (pres.ind.du.) VIII. asañvidāna a. without

8.3. agreement, separate.

smas (pres.ind.pl.) I.8. -nau (nom.du.m.) VIII.

  1. IV.5.1. 7.2.

asīni (pres.subj.sg.) V. asakṛt adv. not once, often.

2.6. V.10.8.

syām (pres.opt.sg.) VI.1. asamkalpanīya grv. not

2.3 (2t.). to be imagined.

syāt (pres.opt.sg.) I.3. -yam (acc.sg.n.) I.2.6.

8,9, 10 (2t.), 11; 10.3 asant a. not existing.

II.11.2. III.14.4. V. -sat (nom.sg.n.) III.

24.1. VI.1.4,5,6; 2.2; 19.1. VI.2.1.

7.3(2t.); 8.4,6. VII. -satas (abl.sg.) VI.2.

5.2. 1,2.

syāma (pres.opt.pl.) VI. asambādha a. unconfined,

2.4. large.

astu (imv.sg.) IV.2.3. -dhān (acc.pl.) VII.12.

VII.15.2. 2.

sant pres.ppl., which sec. asambheda m. non-union,

asīt (impf.ind.sg.) III. separation.

19.1(2t.). VI.2.1(2t.), -dāya (dat.sg. as inf.)

  1. VIII.4.1.

āsa (perf.ind.sg.) IV.1. asahasra n. non-thousand,

  1. VI.1.1. less than a thousand.

Page 35

-reṇa (instr.sg.) IV.4.5.

asādhu a. not good, not right.

-(nom.-acc.sg.n.) II.1.1,

3(2t.); VII.2.1(2t.);

7.1.

-dhunā (instr.sg.) II.

1.2.

asāman n. non-Śāman.

-ma (nom.sg.) II.1.1,3.

-mnā (instr.sg.) II.1.2

asukha a. unpleasant, sad.

-kham (acc.sg.n.) VII.

22.1.

asurās m.pl. demons, Asuras.

-rān (acc.pl.) VIII.8.4

-rāṇām (gen.pl.) VIII.

7.2; 8.5.

asāu dem.pron. yon, yonder, that.

-(nom.sg.m.) I.3.1,2

(2t.); 5.1; 8.5; 10.6.

II.10.5. III.1.1; 19.3.

V.3.3;4.1; 10.8. VIII.

6.1.

amum (acc.sg.m.) I.3.

2(2t.); 10.7. II.9.1,8.

VII.3.1; 7.1; 14.1.

VIII.6.2(2t.); 8,4,5.

amunā (instr.sg.) I.7.7

III.15.3(15t.).

amuṣmāt (abl.sg.) I.6.

8; 7.7. VIII.6.2; 12.2.

amuṣya (gen.sg.) I.7.5

(2t.); 8.5,7. VI.9.2.

(2t.).

amuṣmin (loc.sg.) I.9.4

(2t.). IV.11.2; 12.2;

13.2. V.1.3. VIII.6.2.

asta n. stead, home (of sun).

-tam (nom.-acc.sg.) I.

9.1. II.14.1. III.6.4;

7.4(2t.); 8.4(2t.); 9.4.

(2t.); 10.4(2t.); 11.1.

IV.3.1(2t).

astamaya m. setting (of sun).

-yāt (abl.sg.) II.9.7.

asthi n. bone.

-(nom.sg.) II.19.1. VI.

5.3.

asmatkulīna a. belonging to our family.

-nas (nom.sg.m.) VI.

1.1.

asmadvidyā f. knowledge of ourselves.

-(nom.sg.) IV.14.1.

asmarant a. not remembering, thoughtless.

-ntas (nom.pl.) VII.13.1.

asrāma a. not lame.

-mas (nom.sg.m.) VIII.

10.1,3.

Page 36

20

√ah—aham

√ah speak.

attha (perf.ind.act.sg.) IV.1.3,5.

aha (perf.ind.act.sg.) I.8. III.14.4; 16.7. VIII.6.5.

āhus (perf.ind.act.pl.) II.1.2(3t.),3(3t.). III.17.5. IV.3.7. VI.2.1; 4.5. VII.5.2; 11.1 (2t.); 15.2. VIII.6.4; 8.5; 11.3.

— + prati reply.

pratyāha (perf.ind.act.sg.) VII.15.2.

aha assev.pcl. of course, certainly. VIII.11.2.

ahaṁçreyas n. prominence of the Ego, self-conceit.

—yasi (loc.sg.) V.1.6.

ahaṁkārādeça m. doctrine of the Ego.

—ças (nom.sg.) VII.25.1.

ahan, ahas (ahar) n. day.

—has (nom.-acc.sg.) IV.15.5. V.4.1; 10.1. VIII.3.2(2t.),3(2t.),5 (2t.); 4.2.

—hnas (abl.sg.) IV.15.5. V.10.1.

—hāni (acc.pl.) VI.7.1,2.

aham 1pers.pron. I.

—(nom.sg.) I.5.2,4; 8.7, S; 11.1,2(2t.). III.11.2; 15.2; 16.2,4,6,7. IV.1.8; 4.1,2(4t.),4 (6t.); 10.5; 11.1(2t.); 12.1,(2t.); 13.1(2t.); 14.3. V.1.6(2t.),13 (2t.),14.(2t.); 2.6; 3.5 (2t.); 11.3,5. VI.3.2; 9.2(2t.); 10.1(2t.). VII.1.3(2t.); 16.1; 24.2; 25.1(7t.). VIII.9.1,2; 10.2,4; 11.1(2t.), 2(2t.); 14.1(3t.).

mam (acc.sg.) II.9.1 (2t.). IV.1.5. V.11.3; 12.2; 13.2; 14.2; 15.2; 16.2; 17.2. VI.15.1 (2t.). VIII.6.4(2t.).

mā (encl.acc.sg.) I.10.6; 11.4,6,8; 12.3. III.14.2,5; 4.4; 14.2. V.2.6; 3.4,5(2t.), 7. VI.5.4; 6.5; 7.2; 8.7; 9.4; 10.3; 11.3; 12.3; 13.1,2,3; 14.3; 15.3; 16.3. VII.1.1, 3.

mayā (instr.sg.) I.11.5, 7,9(2t.). IV.1.4,6.

me (encl.dat.-gen.sg.) I.10.2,3(2t.),4; 11.3. II.24.5,9,14. III.14.3(2t.),

Page 37

ahar—ākāça

4; 16.2,4,6. IV.2.2; 5.2; 6.3; 7.3; 8.3; 9.2, 3; 14.3. V.2.1,2; 3.6; 11.5. VI.1.7(2t.); 3.4; 4.7; 7.4; 8.1,3. VII. 1.3,5; 2.2; 3.2; 4.3; 5.3; 6.2; 7.2; 8.2; 9.2; 10.2; 11.2; 12.2; 13.2; 14.2. VIII.8.1. mat (abl.sg.) V.1.8,9, 10,11. mama (gen.sg.) I.5.2,4; 11.3. āvām (nom.du.) VIII. 8.1,3. vayam (nom.pl.) I.5.5,7. II.24.4,8,12,13. III. 17.7. IV.3.7; 11.2; 12.2; 13.2. V.2.7 nas (encl.acc.-dat.-gen. pl.) I.12.2. II.1.3(2t.). IV.5.1; 10.4. V.1.7, 12; 11.1,6. VI.4.5.

ahar, see ahan. ahaha interj. of joy, sorrow, or scorn. IV.2. 3,5.

ahiñsant a. not harming, harmless. -san (nom.sg.m.) VIII. 15.1.

ahiñsā f. non-injuring, harmlessness. -(nom.sg.) III.17.4.

ahrdayajña a. not knowing the heart. -ñam (nom.-acc.sg.n.) VII.2.1(2t.); 7.1.

ahorātra n. day and night. -re (acc.du.) VIII.4.1.

Ā

1 ā adv.-prep. hither, unto; hither from; as far as. I.6.6. II.1.4. III.13. 6; 19.4. VII.2.1; 7.1; 8.1; 10. 1. VIII.8.1(2t.). 2 ā- 1st syl. of ādi. II.8.1. ākāça m. free space, sky; fifth element, atmosphere or sky.

-ças (nom.sg.) I.9.1(3t.). III.11.7; 12.7,8(2t.), 9; 13.5; 18.1. IV. 13.1. V.6.1; 23.2(2t.). VII.4.2; 12.1; 26.1. VIII.1.1,2,3(2t.); 14. 1. -çam (acc.sg.) I.9.1. IV.10.5. V.10.4,5; 15.1. VII.2.1; 7.1;

Page 38

22

ākāsavant—ācāryavant

II.1 ; 12.1(2t.),2(2t.).

VIII.12.4.

-çena (instr.sg.) VII.

12.1.

-çāt (abl.sg.) I.9.1. V.

10.4,5 ; 12.2(2t.). VII.

13.1. VIII.12.3.

-çasya (gen.sg.) VII.

12.2.

-çe (loc.sg.) V.23.2.

VII.12.1(6t.).

ākāsavant a. possessing

free space, spacious.

-vatas (acc.pl.) VII.12.

ākāçātman a. with atmos-

phere as self.

-mā (nom.sg.m.) III.

14.2.

ākiṭapatamgapipīlakam

adv. (as far as i.e.)

together with worms,

butterflies, and ants.

(So BR., Bö.; but it is

perhaps better to sepa-

rate, in spite of the sg.,

into ā and kiṭa— : see

these and Wh. Gr.

1253.c,d.)

ākhaṇa a. hard.

-ṇas (nom.sg.m.) I.2.8.

-ṇam (acc.sg.m.) I.2.7,8.

āgātṛ m. effective singer.

-tā (nom.sg.) I.2.14.

āgnidhrīya a. being within

the Āgnidhra; m. the

fire therein.

-yasya (gen.sg.) II.24.

aṅgirasa a. descended

from Aṅgiras; m.

nm.pr.

-sas (nom.sg.) III.17.6.

ācaraṇa n. approach, con-

duct; cart.

-ṇe (loc.sg.) VIII.12.3.

ācārya m. teacher.

-yas (nom.sg.) IV.9.1 ;

14.1(3t.). VII.15.1.

-yam (acc.sg.) VII.15.

-yāt (abl.sg.) IV.9.3.

ācāryakula n. teacher's

family or abode.

-lam (acc.sg.) IV.5.1 ;

9.1.

-lāt (abl.sg.) VIII.15.1.

ācāryakulavāsin a. dwell-

ing with a teacher's

family.

-sī (nom.sg.m.) II.23.2.

ācāryajāyā f. teacher's

wife.

-(nom.sg.) IV.10.3.

ācāryavant a. having a

teacher.

Page 39

ācāryahan-ātman

23

-vān (nom.sg.m.) VI.

lence, the soul of the

14.2.

ācāryahan m. slayer of a

teacher, magistricide.

-hā (nom.sg.) VII.15.

3,3.

āji f. race, combat.

-jes (gen.sg.) I.3.5.

ājya n. melted butter, ghee.

-yasya (gen.sg.) V.2.4,

5(4t.).

ātikī f. nm. pr.

-kyā (instr.sg.) I.10.1.

āṇḍa n. egg.

-ḍam (nom.sg.) III.19.

1;

āṇḍakapāla n. egg-shell.

-le (nom.du.) III.19.1.

āṇḍaja a. egg-born.

-jam (nom.sg.m.) VI.3.1.

āt adv. from this, thereupon, then.

III.17.7.

ātmakaḍā a. playing with

or delighting in self.

-ḍas (nom.sg.m.) VII.

25.2.

ātmatas adv. from self.

VII.26.1 (19t.).

ātman m. breath; spirit;

soul; character; self;

as refl.pron. myself,

thyself, himself, etc.;

the self par excel-

-mā (nom.sg.)

I.7.2(2t.);

13.1. III.14.3(2t.),4.

IV.3.7; 15.1. V.11.1;

12.1; 13.1; 14.1; 15.

1; 16.1; 17.1. VI.8.

7; 9.4; 10.3; 11.3;

12.3; 13.3; 14.3; 15.

3; 16.3. VII.3.1; 5.

2; 25.2(7t.) VIII.1.

5; 3.3,4; 4.1; 5.3; 7.

1,3,4; 8.3,4(2t.); 10.

1; 11.1; 12.4(3t.),5;

14.1.

-mānam (acc.sg.) I.3.

  1. II.9.4; 22.5(2t.).

V.11.2,4,6; 12.1(2t.),

2; 13.1(2t.),2; 14.1

(2t.),2; 15.1 (2t.),2;

16.1(2t.),2; 17.1(2t.),

2; 18.1(2t.). VI.16.1

(2t.),2(2t.). VIII.1.6

(2t.); 5.1,2; 7.1,2(2t.),

3; 8.1(2t.),4(3t.); 11.

1,3; 12.6(2t).

-manā (instr.sg.) VI.3.

2,3; 11.1.

-mane (dat.sg.) II.22.2.

-manas (gen.sg.) V.12.

2; 13.2; 14.2; 15.2;

16.2, 17.2, 18.2. VIII.

5.2; 8.1; 12…

Page 40

24

ātmamithuna—āditya

-mani (loc.sg.) V.24.4.

ātharvaṇa a. belonging to Atharvan; m. the Atharva-Veda.

VIII.15.1.

-ṇas (nom.sg.m.) VII.1.4.

-mānas (nom.pl.) II.22.3(3t.).

-nam (acc.sg.m.) VII.1.2 ; 2.1 ; 7.1.

-masu (loc.pl.) V.18.1 ; 24.2.

ādarça m. mirror.

ātmamithuna a. having self as a match, coupled with self.

-çe (loc.sg.) VIII.7.4.

-nas (nom.sg.m.) VII.25.2.

ādi m. beginning; used as syll. in word-analysis.

ātrarati a. finding satisfaction in self.

-dis (nom.sg.) II.8.1 ; 9.4 ; 10.2.

-tis (nom.sg.m) VII.25.2.

āditya a. belonging to Aditi or to the Ādityas; m. (1) son of Aditi, pl. the Ādityas (gods of the heavenly light); (2) the sun (the common mg. in ChU.).

ātmavid a. knowing self or the supreme spirit.

-yas (nom.sg.) I.3.7 ; 5.1 ; 6.3(2t.) ; 11.7 ; 13.2. II.2.1,2; 10.5 ; 20.1 ; 21.1. III.1.1 ; 6.4 ; 7.4 ; 8.4 ; 9.4 ; 10.4 ; 13.1 ; 18.2 ; 19.1,3. IV.11.1. V.4.1 ; 19.2 (2t.). VIII.6.1.

-vit (nom.sg.) VII.1.3 (2t.).

-yam (acc.sg.) I.11.7.

ātmavidyā f. knowledge of self or of the supreme spirit.

II.9.1,8 ; 10.5 ; 24.11, 12 (these two latter acc.sg.n.). III.1.4 ; 2.3 ; 3.3 ; 4.3 ; 5.3 ; 15.

-(nom.sg.) IV.14.1.

ātmāsammta a. self-measured.

-tam (acc.sg.n.) III.10.1,6.

ātmādeça m. doctrine of the soul or self.

-ças (nom.sg.) VII.25.2.

ātmānanda a. finding bliss in self.

.-das (nom.sg.m) VII.25.2.

Page 41

ādityajaya—āp

6; 19.†. IV.15.5; 17.1. V.10.2; 13.1. VIII.6.5.

-yena (instr.sg.) III.18.5.IV.15.5; 17.2. V.10.2. VI.4.2. VIII.6.2.

-yasyā (gen.sg.) I.6.5,6.II.10.6. III.1.4; 2.3;3.3; 4.3; 5.3. VI.4.2.VIII.6.2.

-ye (loc.sg.) I.6.6. II.14.1,2. IV.11.1. V.19.2. VIII.6.2.

-yās (nom.pl.) II.24.16.III.8.1; 16.5(2t.),6.-yebhyas (dat.pl.) II.24.14.

-yānām (gen.pl.) II.24.1. III.8.3,4; 16.6.

ādityajaya m. victory over the sun.

-yāt (abl.sg.) II.10.6.ādityatva n. quality of the sun.

-vam (nom.sg.) VI.4.2.ādibhājin a. sharing in ādi.

-jini (nom.pl.n.) II.9.4.ādiṣṭa n. instruction.

-ṭam (nom.sg.) III.18.1,2.

ādeça m. account, precept.-ças (nom.sg.) III.19.1.VI.1.4,6.

-çam (acc.sg.) VI.1.3.-çās (nom.pl.) III.5.1,2.

ādhipatya n. lordship, supremacy.-yam (acc.sg.) III.6.4;7.4; 8.4; 9.4; 10.4.V.2.6.

anandin a. joyful.-nas (nom.pl.) VII.10.1.

āp reach, get.-puoti (pres.ind.act.sg.)I.7.7,8. II.10.5,6. VII.10.2; 26.2. VIII.1.4;7.1,2,3; 8.4; 12.6.

-payatas (pres.ind.act.du.caus.) I.1.6.- + pra arrive at, win.prāpnuvainti (pres.ind.act.pl) VII.6.1.

-pa (perf.ind.act.sg.)IV.9.1.-ptāya (pass.ppl.dat.sg.)V.3.6.

-ptās (pass.ppl.nom.pl.)IV.5.1.-ptebhyas (pass.ppl.dat.pl.) V.II.5.

-pya grd. VI.4.7; 8.6.-payati (pres.ind.act.sg.caus.) 1 V. 9.3.

Page 42

-paya (imv.act.sg.caus.) IV.5.1.

    • abhipra attain to.

abhiprapnuvanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) VII.10.3.

    • sam win, finish.

samāpnoti (pres.ind.act.sg.) I.4.4.

[-pta pass.ppl.]

āpayitṛ m. obtainer.

-tṛ (nom.sg.) I.1.7.

āpūryamāṇapakṣa m. the half-month of crescent (moon).

-ṣam (acc.sg.) IV.15.5.

V.10.1.

-ṣat (abl.sg.) IV.15.5.

V.10.1.

āpomaya a. made of water.

-yas (nom.sg.m.) VI.5

4; 6.5; 7.1,6.

āmalaka m. Myrobalantree; n. fruit of same.

-ke (acc.du.n.) VII.3.1.

āmikṣā f. curds.

-ṣayā (instr.sg.) VIII.8.5.

āyatana n. foothold, support, scat, abode; esp. fireplace, sanctuary.

-nam (nom.-acc.sg.) V

1.5(3t.); 1.14(2t.). VI.

8.2(2t.).

nāya (dat.sg.) V.3.5.

-nāni (acc.pl.) VI.24.2.

āyatanavant a. having a support or abode.

-vān (nom.sg.m.) IV.8

3,4(3t.).

-vatas (acc.pl.) IV.8.4.

āyamana n. stretching, bending.

-nam (nom.sg.) I.3.5.

āyus n. life, long life.

-(acc.sg.) II.11.2; 12.2;

13.2; 14.2; 15.2; 16.

2; 17.2; 18; 19.2;

20.2. III.16.6. IV.

11.2; 12.2; 13.2.

-uṣas (abl.sg.) II.24.6,

10,15.

āranya a. of the forest, wild; m. wild animal.

-yās (nom.sg.pl.m.) II.9.7.

āruni a. descended from Aruna; m.nm.pr.

-ṇis (nom.sg.) V.11.2.

-ṇim (acc.sg.) V.17.1.

-ṇaye (dat.sg.) III.11.4.

āruṇeya a. descended from Āruni; m.nm.pr.

-yas (nom.sg.) VI.1.1.

ārjava n. rectitude.

-vam (nom.sg.) III.17.4.

Page 43

ārtvijya—√ās

ārtvijya n. office or duty of the sacrificing priest. -yāis (instr.pl.) I.10.6; II.2,3.

ārseya a. derived from a Rishi, see ṛṣi. -yam (nom.sg.n.) I.3.9.

āva- pron.st.1pers., see aham.

āvarta m. turning, winding; activity. -tam (acc.sg.) IV.15.6.

āvartin a. returning. -tīni (nom.pl.n.) V.10.8.

āvasatha m. dwelling-place, inn. -thān (acc.pl.) IV.1.1.

āvirbhāvatīrobhāva m. appearance and disappearance. -vāu (nom.du.) VII.26.1.

āçā f. hope. -(nom.sg.) VII.14.1,2 ; 26.1. -çām (acc.sg.) II.22.2. VII.14.1,2. -çayā (instr.sg.) VII. 14.2. -çāyās(abl.-gen.sg.) VII. 14.2(3t.); 15.1.

āçis f. prayer, benediction. -iṣas (nom.pl.) VII.14. 2.

āçīḥsamṛddhi f. success in prayer. -dhis (nom.sg.) I.3.8.

āçeddha a. kindled by hope. -dhas (nom.sg.m.) VII. 14.1.

āçvatarāçvi m.m.pr. -vis (nom.sg.) V.11.1. -vim (acc.sg.) V.16.1.

√ās sit, seat oneself; remain, dwell. -sse (pres.ind.mid.sg.) IV.2.4. -sīran (pres.opt.mid.pl.) VII.13.1. -sīnās (pres.ppl.mid.nom. pl.) VIII.6.4. -sīm (vbl.f.acc.sg.) I. 10.11.

  • upa sit near, honor. upāsse (pres.ind.mid.sg.) IV.2.2. V.12.1 (2t.); 13.1(2t.); 14.1 (2t.); 16.1(2t.); 17. 1(2t.). -ste (pres.ind.mid.sg.) I.1.7,8; 2.14; 3.7; 9. 2,4. II.1.4; 2.3; 3.2; 4.2 ; 5.2; 6.2; 7.2; 8. 3; 9.8; 10.6(2t.). III. 19.4. IV.5.3(2t.); 6. 4(2t.); 7.4(2t.); 8.4 (2t.); 11.2(2t.); 12.2

Page 44

28

āsura—āhrāda

(2t.); 13.2(2t.). V.12. 2; 13.2; 14.2; 15.2; 16.2; 17.2; 18.1. VII. 1.5; 2.2; 3.2; 4.3(2t.); 5.3(2t.); 6.2; 7.2(2t.); S.2; 9.2(2t.); 10.2 (2t.); 11.2(2t.); 12.2 (2t.); 13.2; 14.2 (2t.).

-smahc (pres.ind.mid.pl.) IV.3.7. -sate (pres.ind.mid.pl.) V.10.1,3; 24.5(2t.). VIII.12.6. -sīta (pres.opt.mid.sg.) I.1.1; 3.1,2,3,5,6,8; 4.1; 5.3. II.2.1; 3.1; 4.1; 5.1; 6.1; 7.1; 8.1; 9.1; 10.1; 21.4 III.13.1,2,3,4,5,8; 14.1; 18.1(2t.). -ssva (imv.mid.sg.) VII. 1.4; 2.1; 3.1; 4.2; 5.2; 6.1; 7.1; 8.1; 9.1; 10.1; 11.1; 12.1; 13.1; 14.1. -sām (vbl.f.acc.sg.) I.2. 2,3,4,5,6,7,10,11,12. - + paryupa sit around, worship. paryupāsate (pres.ind. mid.pl.) V.24.5. VI. 15.1.

āsura a. bclonging to the Asuras, demonic. -ras (nom.sg.m.) VIII. 8.5. āstāva m. praise-place (for a cert. recitation). -ve (loc.sg.) I.10.8. āsya n. mouth. -yam (nom.sg.) V.18.2. -yāt (abl.sg.) I.2.12.

āhavanīya (a. w. agni = ) m. oblation-fire (cast-ern of the three sacri-ficial fires). -yas (nom.sg.) IV.13.1. V.18.2. -yasya (gen.sg.) II.24. II. -ye (loc.sg.) IV.17.6.

āhāraçuddhi f. purity of food. -dhāu (loc.sg.) VII.26.2.

āhuti f. oblation, offering. -tim (acc.sg.) V.19.1. -tes (abl.-gen.sg.) V.4. 2; 5.2; 6.2; 7.2; 8.2. -tau (loc.sg.) V.3.3; 9.1.

āhrāda m. loud noise, sound of thunder, thunder-clap. -dās (nom.pl.) VII.11. 1.

Page 45

i—pron.st.3pers., see idam.

√i, ay go, come; attain to, spring from; be engaged in.

eti (pres.ind.act.sg.) I.5.1,3. II.11.2; 12.2; 13.2; 14.2; 15.2; 16.2; 17.2; 18.2; 19.2; 20.2; 23.2. III.16.2,4,6; 17.2,3. IV.3.1(2t.); 11.2; 12.2; 13.2; 15.5. V.10.1,3. VIII.3.3,5; 6.6.

yanti (pres.indl.act.pl.) I.9.1. V.10.8.

ayate (pres.ind.mid.sg., Wh.Gr.inadequate,but see Wh.RVF s.v.√i) I.2.12.

etu (imv.act.sg.) I.11.3.

yan(pres.ppl.act.nom.sg.) II.14.1.

eta (nm.ag.nom.sg.) II.24.5,9,15. III.6.4; 7.4(2t.); 8.4(2t.); 9.4(2t.); 10.4(2t.); 11.4. itas (pass.ppl.nom.sg.) V.9.2.

–+adhi perceive, study. adhyemi(pres.ind.act.sg.) VII.1.2(2t.).

-eṣi (pres.ind.act.sg.) V.11.6.

i—√i

-eti (pres.ind.act.sg.) V.11.2,4.

adhite (pres.ind.mid.sg., Wh.Gr. inadequate) VII.3.1; 14.1.

-iyīya (pres.opt.mid.sg., Wh.Gr.129. a and 616 inadequate) VII.3.1.

-ihi (imv.act.sg.) VII.1.1.

-iyānas (pres.ppl.mid. nom.sg) VIII.15.1.

-ītya grd. VI.1.2. VIII.15.1.

–+anu follow. anuyanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) V.14.1.

–+api enter, dissolve into.

apyeti (pres.ind.act.sg.) IV.3.1(3t),3.

-piyanti (pres.ind*act.pl) IV.3.2. VII.10.1.

-pītas (pass.ppl.nom.sg.) VI.8.1 (2t). VIII.11.1,2.

–+ā come or go to,befall. āyanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) V.14.1.

chi (imv.act.sg.) V.1.12.

āyan (pres.ppl.act.nom sg.) VIII.6.6.

Page 46

30

√i

cyāya (perf.ind.act.sg.) | -diyāya (perf.ind.act.sg.)

I.10.7. V.3.1,4,6. VI.1.1. III.11.2.

  1. VIII.9.2; 10.3; 11.2. -deta (nm.ag.nom.sg.)

etya grd. IV.1.3. V.1.7. III.6.4; 7.4(2t.); 8.4

  • +udā go up; go out; go forth. (2t.); 9.4(2t.); 10.4

udeyāya(perf.ind.act.sg.) V.3.6. (2t.); 11.1.

  • +paryā walk about, return. -ditas (pass.ppl.nom.sg.)

paryetya grd. V.1.8,9, 10,11. I.6.7. II.14.1.

  • +pratyā return. -ditya grd. III.11.1.

pratyeyāya (perf.ind.act. sg.) IV.1.7,8; 3.7. - +upa go near, devote oneself to.

  • +samā gather, assemble at, meet. upeyām (pres.opt.act.sg.)

sametya grd. V.11.1. IV.4.3.

  • +abhisamā come together to, go to together. -etya grd. VI.1.2.

abhisametya grd. V.1.12. - +pari walk about, attain.

  • +upasamā come together to, meet with. paryeti (pres.ind.act.sg.)

upasametya grd. I.12.2. VIII.12.3.

  • +ud rise, go out. -yeta (nm.ag.nom.sg.)

udeti (pres.ind.act.sg.) I. III.6.4; 7.4; 8.4; 9.4;

6.7. III.6.3; 7.3; S. 3; 9.3; 10.3; 11.3. 10.4.

-dyanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) - +pra go forth, depart, die.

III.6.2 ; 7.2 ; 8.2 ; 9.2 ; praiti(pres.ind.act.sg.) II.

10.2. 4.2. VIII.3.1.

-dyan (pres.ppl.act.nom. sg.) I.3.1(2t.). II.14.1. -rayanti (pres.ind.act.pl.)

V.3.2.

-rayatas ( pres.ppl.act. gen.sg.) VI.8.6.

-reṣyāmi (fut.ind.act.sg.) III.16.7.

-retam (pass.ppl.acc.sg. m.) V.9.2.

Page 47

itara--iti

31

-tasyā (pass.ppl.gen.sg.)

VIII.3.5.

-tas (pass.ppl.nom.pl.)

VIII.3.2.

pretya grd. III.14.1,4.

  • +vi disperse, perish.

viyāya (perf.ind.act.sg.)

IV.9.3(2t.).

  • +sam come together,

meet.

samiyanti(pres.ind.act.pl.)

IV.1.4,6.

-- +abhisam come together-

cr to.

abhisameti (pres.ind.act.

sg.) IV.1.4,6.

-samiyanti (pres.ind.act.

pl.) IV.1.5.2(2t.).

  • +upasam come togeth-

er to, go to together.

upasamiyāta (pres.opt.

act.pl.) I.12.3.

itara pron.a. other, differ-

ent from.

-rān (acc.pl.m.) I.2.9.

V.1.12.

itas adv. hence, from this

(= abl.) ; from this

world; here, here be-

low. I.10.2. II.10.5.

III.14.1,4. V.3.2; 9.2.

VIII.3.1 ; 5.3.

iti adv. so, thus; used in

making direct quota-

tion or giving authori-

ty ; here endeth (a sec-

tion or book); often

superfluous or loosely

used, esp. in ChU.

I.1.1 ( 2t.),4,5,6,8,9 (3t.),

10; 2.1,9,14; 3.2(2t.),

6(2t.),7,8; 4.1(2t.),4;

5.1 (2t.),2(2t.),3,4 (2t.),

5; 6.7,8; 7.9; 8.1

(2t.),2(2t.),3(2t.),4(8t.),

5(5t.), 6 (2t.), 7 (7t.), 8

(4t.); 9.1 (2t.),4 (3t.);

10,2,3(3t.),4(3t.),6,7,9,

10,11; 11.1 (2t.),3(4t.),

4(2t.),5 (2t.),6 (2t.),7

(2t.),8(2t.),9(3t.); 12.

2,3,5.

II.1.1(2t.),2(4t.),3(4t.),4;

2.1 ; 7.2 ; 8.1(3t.),2(4t.);

9.2,7,8; 10.1(2t.),2(2t.),

3(2t.),4; 19.2 ; 21.4;

22.1,2 (2t.),3,4 (2t.),5

(3t.); 23.1,3; 24.2,4,

6,8,10,12,13,15.

III.11.2; 12.6; 13.1,2,3,

4, 5,7,8; 14.1,4 (2t.);

15.4,5(2t.),6(2t.),7(2t.);

16.2 (2t.),4 (2t.),6 (2t.),

7; 17.4,5,6,7(2t.); 18.

1(3t.),2 (2t.); 19.1,4.

IV.1.1,2,3(2t.),4,5(2t.),6,

Page 48

32

iti

7(2t.),8(3t.); 2.2,3,4,

5; 3.2,6,7(2t.); 4.1,2,3,

4(3t.),5(3t.); 5.1(2t.),

2(2t.),3(2t.); 6.1,2(2t.),

3(2t.),4(2t.); 7.1,2(2t.),

3(2t.),4(2t.); 8.1,2

(2t.),3(2t.),4(2t.); 9.

1(2t.),2(2t.),3; 10.2,3

(2t.),4,5(3t.); 11.1(2t.);

12.1(2t.); 13.1(2t.);

14.1(2t.),2(5t.);3(3t.);

15.1(2t.),2,6; 17.3(3t.),

4,5,6,9.

V.1.6,7(2t.),8(2t.),9(2t.),

10(2t.),11(2t.),12,13

(2t.),14(2t.),15(2t.);

2.1(2t.),2(2t.),3,4,5(4t.),

6,7(4t.),8,9(2t.); 3.1

(2t.),2(6t.),3(4t.),4(2t.),

5(2t.),6(2t.),7(2t.); 9.1

(2t.); 10.1,2,3,6,8,9,10

(2t.); 11.1,2,3,4,5,6,7;

12.1(2t.),2(2t.); 13.1

(2t.),2(2t.); 14.1(2t.),2

(2t.); 15.1(2t.),2(2t.);

16.1(2t.),2(2t.); 17.1

(2t.),2(2t.); 19.1; 20.

1; 21.1; 22.1; 23.1.

VI.1.1,3,4(2t.),5,6(2t.),7

(2t.); 2.2,3(2t.),4; 3.1,

2,3,4; 4.1,2,3,4,5,6(6t.),

7(3t.); 5.4(3t.); 6.5

(3t.); 7.1,2(3t.),4,6; 8.

1(2t.),2,3(4t.),5(3t.),7

(3t.); 9.2(2t.),4(3t.);

10.1,2,3(3t.); 11.2,3

(4t.); 12.1(10t.),3(3t.);

13.1(2t.),2(10t.),3(3t.);

14.2(2t.),3(3t.); 15.1,3

(3t.); 16.1,3(3t).

VII.1.1(2t.),3(2t.),4,5

(5t.); 2.1,2(5t.); 3.1

(5t.),2(5t.); 4.2,3(6t.);

5.2(2t.),3(6t.); 6.1,2

(5t.); 7.1,2(6t.); 8.1,2

(5t.); 9.1,2(6t.); 10.1

(3t.),2(6t.); 11.1(3t.),

2(6t.); 12.1,2(6t.); 13.

1,2(5t.); 14.1,2(6t.);

15.2,3(6t.),4(2t.); 16.1

(3t.); 17.1(2t.); 18.1

(2t.); 19.1(2t.); 20.1

(2t.); 21.1(2t.); 22.1

(2t.); 23.1(2t.); 24.1

(2t.),2(4t.); 25.1(2t.),

2; 26.1,2(3t.).

VIII.1.2,3,4; 3.3,4(3t.),

5; 5.1(2t.),2(2t.),3(2t.);

6.1,4,5; 7.1,2,3(3t.),4

(4t.); 8.1(3t.),2(2t.),3

(3t.),4(2t.),5(2t.); 9.1,2

(2t.),3(2t.); 10.1(2t.),

2,3,4(3t.); 11.1(4t.),2

(3t.),3(2t.); 12.4(3t.),

5,6.

Inserted by Bö. against

Page 49

itihāsapurāṇa—idam

manuscripts or edi-tors :— I.5.2(1st). II.21.3. III.18.1. IV.3.5(2t.) ; 15.6(2t.). V.10.5(2nd),10(2t.). VI.2.1 ; 13.2(last). VII.4.3 ; 5.2(2nd) ; 7.2 ; 9.2 ; 10.2 ;11.2 ; 12.2 ; 14.2 ; 15.2 ;16.1 (1st) ; 24.1(1st).Omitted by Bö. againstmanuscripts or edi-tors :— I.3.5 ; 5.5(2t.) ; 7.6 ; 12.4 ; 13.4. III.11.6(2t.).IV.3.3 ; 9.3(2t.). V.2.1,9(2t.) ; 19.2 ; 20.2 ;21.2 ; 22.2 ; 23.2. VI.1.7 ; 2.2 ; 4.2 ; 7.6(2t.) ; 12.3 ; 13.2 ; 16.3(2t.). VIII.1.1 ; 13.1(2t.).itihāsapurāṇa n. ancientlegend; the Itihāsaand the Purāṇa (Bö);book of legends andtraditions (M.M.).-ṇam (nom.-acc.sg.) III.4.1,2. VII.1.2,4 ; 2.1 ;7.1ittham adv. thus. V.10.1.VII.5.2.id emph.pcl. just, exactly.III.17.7.

idam dem.pron. this, thishere (contr.w.asāuthat, that there); thisall or universe; n.acc.as adv. here, now,thus; ±sarvam thisuniverse; f. ±pṛthivīthis earth.ayam (nom.sg.m.) I.2.7 ; 3.2(2t.) ; 5.3 ; 8.7 ;13.1. III.12.7,8(2t.),9(2t.). IV.2.2(2t.),4(2t.) ; 16.1. V.11.2,4.VII.5.2(3t.). VIII.1.3 ; 3.3 ; 7.4(2t.) ; 9.1(2t.),2(2t.) ; 11.1(2t.),2(2t.) ; 12.3.idam (nom.-acc.sg.n.) I.3.6 ; 12.4. III.23.4(2t.).III.11.5 ; 12.1(3t.),2,3,4(2t.),7 ; 13.7(2t.) ; 14.1,2,4 ; 15.1,4(2t.) ; 16.1,2,3,4,5,6 ; 19.1. IV.2.4 ; 3.7,8(2t.) ; 14.3 ;16.1(2t.). V.2.1,6(2t.) ;24.1. VI.1.3 ; 2.1(2t.),2 ; 8.3,5,7 ; 9.4 ; 10.3 ;11.3(2t.) ; 12.1,3 ; 13.3 ; 14.3 ; 15.3 ; 16.3.VII.25.1(2t.),2 ; 26.1.VIII.1.1,2,4 ; 8.1,3 ;10.1,3 ; 12.1,3,4(3t.).iyam (nom.sg.f.) I.1.9;

Page 50

34

idam

6.1. III.12.2(2t.),3; 19.2. IV.2.4. V.3.7. VI.3.2,3; 10.1(2t.). VII.10.1. imam (acc.sg.m.) I.3.2. IV.15.6. V.11.2,4,6; 18.1. VII.3.1; 7.1; 14.1. VIII.6.2(2t.); 8.4. imām (acc.sg.f.) III.11.6. anena (instr.sg.) I.2.1; 7.8. III.16.7. IV.2.5. VI.3.2,3. VIII.3.5. asmāi (dat.sg.) I.3.7,12; 10.3; 13.4. II.2.3; 3.2; 5.2; 8.3; 21.4. III.11.3(2t.),6. IV.2.5; 3.7; 10.2,4,5. V.1.4. VI.16.1. asmāt (abl.sg.) VIII.3.4; 6.4,5; 12.3. asya (gen.sg.) I.8.7; 9.1,2,4. II.6.2; 7.2; 9.2,3,4,5,6,7,8; 10.6. III.1.2; 2.1(2t.); 3.1(2t.); 4.1(2t.); 5.1(2t.); 12.6. (3t.); 13.1,2,3,4,5,6; 15.1(2t.); 16.1,3,5; 17.1,4,5. IV.3.7,8; 11.2; 12.2; 13.2; 14.1; 16.3,5. V.12.2; 13.2; 14.2; 15.2; 16.2; 17.2; 24.3,4. VI.7.6; 8.6; 11.1,2; 13.2; 15.2; 16. 19.2. IV.2.4. V.3.7. 3. VII.1.5; 2.2; 3.2; 4.3; 5.3; 6.2; 7.2; 8.2; 9.2; 10.2; 11.2; 12.2; 13.2; 14.2(3t.). VIII.1.3,5(2t.); 2.1,2, 3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10; 3.1,2 (2t.); 9.1,2; 10.1,2 (2t.),3,4(2t.); 12.1,5. asyās (gen.sg.f.) IV. 17.8. asmin (loc.sg.) I.9.3,4. III.12.3(2t.),4(2t.); 13.7,8; 14.1. IV.5.3; 6.4; 7.4; 8.4; 10.3; 11.2; 12.2; 13.2; 15.1,5. V.1.3; 2.3. VII.15.1. VIII.1.1(2t.),2(2t.),3 (2t.),4,5; 9.1(2t.),2 (2t.); 12.3. asyām (loc.sg.f.) III. 12.2. imau (nom.du.m.) VIII. 8.3. ime (nom.pl.m.) I.7.6; 10.2,7. II.21.1. III. 12.3,4. IV.10.3; 14.2. V.10.1,3; 11.3. VIII. 3.1. imāni (nom.-acc.pl.n.) I. 9.1; 11.5,7,9. II.9.2. IV.2.2. V.3.4; 10.8. VIII.11.1,2.

Page 51

√idh—√is

imas (nom.-acc.pl.f.) IV.

2.5; 4.5. VI.3.2,3,4;

4.7; 8.4,6(2t.); 9.2;

10.1,2; 12.1. VII.10.

1(2t.). VIII.3.2.

iman (acc.pl.m.) I.10.4.

V.3.5.

ebhis (instr.pl.) I.4.2;

11.2.

ebhyas (dat.-abl.pl.) I.

2.13; 9.1,3; 11.3. III.

14.3. VI.4.5.

abhyas (abl.pl.f.) VIII.

6.2.

esām (gen.pl.) I.1.2.

IV.17.8. V.3.5. VI.

3.1. VII.5.2. VIII.4.1.

asām (gen.pl.f.) IV.17

  1. VI.12.1.

esu (loc.pl.) VIII.7.4.

asu (loc.pl.f.) VIII.6.

2,3.

√idh, indh kindle, inflame.

idhyate (pres.ind.pass.

sg.) III.17.7.

indra m. nm.pr. Indra.

-ras (nom.sg.) VIII.7.

2; 9.1.

-ram (acc.sg.) II.22.3.

-reṇa (instr.sg.) III.7.

1,3.

-rasya (gen.sg.) II.22.

1;3.

-re (loc.sg.) II.22.5.

indradyumṇa m.nm.pr.

-nas (nom.sg.) V.11.

-nam (acc.sg.) V.11.1

indriya a. of Indra; n.

might.

-yam (nom.sg.n.) III.

1.3; 2.2; 3.2; 4.2; 5.2.

ibhya a. of one's house-

hold; rich; m.nm.pr.

-yam (acc.sg.m.) I.10.2.

ibhyagrāma m. nm.pr.

(Richville)

-me (loc.sg.) I.10.1.

ima— pron.st.3pers., see

idam.

iyam, see idam.

iva encl.pcl. as, as it were,

almost; just. III.5.3;

13.8(3t.). IV.1.3,5;

9.2; 14.2 (2t.). V.1.7;

10.3; 18.1. VI.1.1;

4.6(3t.),7; 12.1. VII.

6.1(St.); 15.2. VIII.

10.2(4t.),4(4t.); 13.1

(2t.).

√is seek, desire.

icchate (pres.ind.mid.

sg.) VII.3.1(2t.); 14.

1(2t.).

-cheya (pres.opt.mid.

sg.) VII.3.1.(2t.)

Page 52

36

iṣīkātula—√iṣ

–cha (imv.act.sg.) IV.1.7.

–chan (pres.ppl.act.nom. sg.) VIII.3.2 ; 9.2 ;

10.3 ; 11.4.

–chantau (pres.ppl.act. nom.du.) VIII.7.3(2t.).

iṣṭvā grd. VIII.5.1 ; cf.

√yaj.

– + anu seek after.

anvicchāma (pres.subj. act.pl.) VIII.7.2.

–cha (imv.act.sg.) VI. 8.4(3t.),6(2t.).

anviṣya grd. IV.1.7. VIII.7.2.

– + pari look about for.

paryaiṣiṣyam (cond.ind. act.sg.) I.11.2.

iṣīkātula n. reed-tuft, panicle of reed.

–lam (nom.sg.) V.24.3.

iṣṭāpūrta n. sacrifice and charity.

–te (acc.du.) V.10.3.

iha adv. here, here below; hither. I.12.3,5(2t.).

II.10.2. V.10.6,7(2t.) ;

24.5. VI.9.3 ; 10.2 ;

14.2. VII.6.1 ; 24.2.

VIII.1.3,5,6(3t.) ; 3.1,

2 ; 8.4(2t.),5,

ihakāra m. the sound iha.

–ras (nom.sg.) I.13.1.

īkāra m. the sound ī.

–ras (nom.sg.) I.13.1.

√īkṣ look, behold; consider.

aikṣata(impf.ind.mid.sg.) VI.2.3(2t.) ; 3.2.

–ṣanta (impf.ind.mid.pl.) VI.2.4.

– + anu look after.

anvikṣya grd. VIII.8.4.

– + ava look at.

avekṣethām (imv.mid. du.) VIII.8.2.

–ṣya grd. VIII.8.1.

–ṣām (vbl.f.acc.sg.) VIII.8.1,2.

īdrça a. of this kind.

–çās (nom.pl.) IV.14.2.

√īr impel; caus. utter.

īrayati (pres.ind.act.sg. caus.) VII.4.1 (2t.) ;

5.1(2t.).

√īç own, be master of, rule.

īṣṭe (pres.ind.mid.sg.) I. 6.8 ; 7.6,9.

√iṣ move, flee.

– + samud rise up together; rise fully.

samudiṣati (pres.ind.act. sg.) VI.6.1,2,3,4.

Page 53

u—udaka

U

u

encl.

copula

and;

also;

now

(stresses

a

prec.

pron.

or

pcl.).

I.1.8;

2.9,10,11,12;

3.2;

4.3,

4;

5.2,4;

7.8.

IV.1.3

(2t.),5;

2.1,3(2t.);

3.5,7,8;

15.3,4,5.

V.3.7;

24.4.

VI.4.6(3t.),7,

VII.4.1;

5.1;

9.1;

VIII.7.4.

uktha

n.

praise;

a

cert.

recitation.

-tham

(nom.sg.)

I.7.5.

uccāis

adv.

high,

above.

I.

11.7.

ucchiṣṭa

a.

left,

rejected;

impure;

n.

leavings

(esp.

of

sacrifice

or

food).

-ṭam

(nom.-acc.sg.n.)

I.

10.3.

V.24.4.

-ṭās

(nom.pl.m.)

I.10.4.

uta

conj.

and,

also.

II.1.2,3.

VI.1.3;

15.1;

16.1.

VII.5.2;

26.2.

utkramana

n.

a

going

up

or

forth,

departure.

-ṇe

(loc.sg.)

VIII.6.6.

utkrāntaprāṇa

a.

with

breath

gone

or

departed.

-ṇān

(acc.pl.)

VII.15.3.

uttama

a.

sup1.

highest,

best.

-mam

(acc.sg.n.)

III.

17.7(2t.).

-meṣu

(loc.pl.)

III.13.7.

uttamapuruṣa

m.

the

supreme

spirit.

-ṣas

(nom.sg.)

VIII.12.3.

uttara

a.

compar.

upper,

higher.

-ram

(nom.-acc.sg.n.)

III.15.1;

17.7(2t.).

uttaratas

adv.

above;

northward;

on

the

left.

III.

7.4;

8.4;

9.4;

10.4.

VII.25.1(2t.),2.

utthātṛ

m.

upriser;

see

√sthā.

-tā

(nom.sg.)

VII.8.1.

ud

adv.

up,

out

(used

in

close

connection

w.

a

verb,

though

separated

from

it).

III.16.2,4,

6;

17.7.

VIII.6.5.

2

ud

used

as

syl.

in

word-analysis.

I.3.6,7(3t.);

6.7.

II.8.2.

udaka

n.

water.

-kam

(nom.-acc.sg.)

III.

19.2.

IV.15.1.

-ke

(loc.sg.)

I.4.3.

VI.13.1(2t.).

Page 54

38 udañmukha—udgītha

udañmukha a. facing northward.

-khas (nom.sg.m.) II.

24.3,7,11.

udañc a. directed upward or northward, northerly; n.acc. as adv. northwards.

udañ (nom.sg.m.) III. 13.4. IV.15.5. V.10. 1. VI.14.1.

udak (acc.sg.n.) I V.17. 9.

udici (nom.sg.f) III.15. 2. IV.5.2.

udañcas (nom.pl.m.) III. 4.1.

udīcyas (nom.pl.f.) III. 4.1.

udanyā f. thirst (a watery).

-(nom.sg.) VI.8.5.

udapāna n. well, cistern; (Bö., the drinking of water).

-nam (nom.sg.) I.10. 4.

udaya m. going up, rising.

-yam (acc.sg.) III.19.3.

-yāt (abl.sg.) II.9.2.

udaraçāndilya m.nm.pr. -yāya (dat.sg.) I.9.3.

udaçārāva m. flat dish or pan of water.

-ve (loc.sg.) VIII.8.1 (2t.),2(2t.).

udāna m. upward breath (one of the five breaths of the body).

-nas (nom.sg.) III.13. 5. V.23.1.

-nāya (dat.sg.) V.23.1. -ne (loc.sg.) V.23.2.

udgātṛ m. Udgātar priest, chanter (of the Sāman).

-tā (nom.sg.) I.2.13; 6.8; 7.8; 11.6. IV. 16.2.

-tāram (acc.sg.) I.10. 10.

-tar (voc.sg.) I.10.10; 11.6.

-tṛn (acc.pl.) I.10.8.

udgītha m. chanting (of the Sāman).

-thas (nom.sg.) II.2.1,2; 3.1; 4.1; 5. 1; 6.1; 7.1; 8.2; 9.5; 10.3; 11.1; 12.1; 13. 1; 14.1; 15.1; 16.1; 17.1; 18.1; 19.1; 20. 1; 21.1; 22.1.

Page 55

-tham (acc.sg.) I.1.7, 8; 2.1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10,11, 12,14; 3.1,2,3,5; 5.3; 9.2,3; 10.10; 11.6,7.

-the (loc.sg.) I.S.1(3t.). udgīthabhājin a. sharing in the udgītha.

-jinas (nom.pl.m.) II. 9.5.

udgīthākṣara n. a syllable of udgītha.

-rāṇi (acc.pl.) I.3.6,7.

uddālaka m.nm.pr. -kas (nom.sg.) V.11.2. -kam (acc.sg.) V.17.1. -kāya (dat.sg.) III.11.4.

udbhijja a. propagated by sprouts. -jas (nom.sg.m.) VI. 3.1.

1 upa adv.-prep. to, to- ward; unto. II.1.4. III.19.4. IV.4.5; 11. 2; 12.2; 13.2.

2 upa used as syll. in word- analysis. II.8.2. upakosala m.nm.pr. -las (nom.sg.) IV.10.1. -la (voc.sg.) IV.14.1 (2t.).

upajana m. accretion, ap- pendage.

-nam (acc.sg.) VIII.12. 3.

upatāpin a. sic. -pī (nom.sg) VIII.4.2. -pinam (acc.sg.) VI.15. 1.

upadrava m. accident, ca- lamity. -vas (nom.sg.) II.8.2; 9.7; 10.3.

upadravabhājin a. sharing in calamity. -jinas (nom.pl.m.) II.9. 7.

upanisad f. (sitting down near sc.a teacher) secret doctrine; esp. an Upaniṣad (a cert. class of writings which discuss the secret meaning of the Veda). -ṣat (nom.sg.) VIII.8.5. -ṣadam (acc.sg.) I.13.4 (2t.). VIII.8.4 . -ṣadā (instr.sg.) I.1. 10.

upari adv.-prep. above, fur- ther, over; (repeated) again and again. VIII.3.2(2t.).

upariṣṭāt adv.-prep. from above, after, behind. V. 2.2. VII.25.1 (2t.),2.

Page 56

40 upavādin—ulbāvṛta

upavādin a. talking at, abusive.

-dinas (nom.pl.m.) VII. 6.1.

upavyākhyāna n. additional meaning, further explanation.

-nam (nom.sg.) I.1.1,10; 4.1. III.19.1.

upasatṛ m. worshipper; see √sad.

-tā (nom.sg.) VII.8.1.

upasada m. (?) service; a cert. festival lasting several days.

-dās (instr.pl.) III.17.3.

upasarana n. a flowing to; place of refuge.

-ṇi (nom.pl.) I.3.8.

upastha m. lap; sexual organs (esp. of a woman)

-thas (nom.sg.) V.8.1.

upākaraṇa n. fetching near, commencement.

-ṇāt (abl.sg.) II.24.3,7,11.

upāsana n. seat, attendance; worship.

-nam (nom.sg.) II.1.1.

ubha a. both.

-bhāu (nom.-acc.du.m.) I.1.10; 7.7. VII.12.1.

VIII.1.3(2t.); 6.2(2t.); 8.4.

-bhe (nom.-acc.du.n.-f.) IV.16.4. VIII.1.3; 3.5(2t.).

-bhābhyām (instr.du.) IV.16.5.

ubhaya a. of both kinds, both.

-yam (nom.-acc,sg.n.) I. 2.2,3,4,5,6. III.18.1,2.

-ye (nom.pl.) I.2.1.

VIII.7.2.

ubhayapād a. with both feet.

-pat (nom.sg.m.) IV. 16.5.

uras n. breast.

-(nom.sg.) V.18.2.

urugāyavant a. wide-extending.

-vatas (acc.pl.) VII.12. 2.

ulūlu (a.? ) m. shout, yell.

-lavas (nom.pl.) III.19. 3(2t.).

ulba n. bag enveloping the embryo, amnion; skin of an egg.

-bam (nom.sg.) III.19.2.

ulbāvṛta a. covered by the ulba; hidden in the womb.

Page 57

uṣasti - ṛc

-tas (nom.sg.m.) V.9.1. | -nas (nom.sg.m.) I.3.2

uṣasti m.nm.pr. (2t.).

-tis (nom.sg.) I.10.1; uṣṇiman m. heat, warmth.

II.1. uṣṇa a. hot, blazing. -mānam (acc.sg.) III. 13.8.

ūkāra m. the sound ū. I. 13.2.

ūrdhva a. going upwards, raised, elevated; n. acc. as adv.-prep. aloft, later, after.

-vas (nom.sg.m.) III. 10.4; 11.1; 13.5. VI. 6.1,2,3,4. VIII.6.5. -vam (acc.sg.n.) II.9.6, 7. VII.1.1. VIII.6. 6.

-vas (nom.pl.) I.4.3. II. 2.3. III.5.1 (2t.). -vabhis (instr.pl.f.) VII. 11.1.

-veṣu (loc.pl.) II.2.1. ūṣman m. heat, steam, passion; sibilant or spirant (any one of the four letters ṣ, ṣ, s, h).

-mānas (nom.pl.) II.22. 3,5. -masu (loc.pl.) II.22.4.

R

√ ṛ move (tr. and intr.), | ṛgveda m. the Rig-Veda.

raise, rise, hasten, meet with. -das (nom.sg.) I.3.7. III.1.2. VII.1.4.

ṛtvā grd. I.2.7 (2t.),S. - + sam come together; -dlam (acc.sg.) III.1.3; caus. fasten. 15.7. VII.1.2; 2.1; samarpitam (pass.ppl.caus.nom.sg.n.) VII. 7.1. 15.1.

-tás (pass.ppl.caus.nom. pl.m.) VII.15.1. ṛktas adv. concerning the Rik. IV.17.4.

ṛc f. luster; verse, hymn; esp. a spoken verse as distinguished from one sung (sāman) or from a sacrificial formula (yajuṣ), the three collectively being man-

Page 58

42 ṛtu—eka

tra; pl. the Ṛig-Veda. -(nom.sg.) I.1.2,4.5(2t.); 3.4(2t.); 6.1,2,3,4,5,8; 7.1,2,3,4,5.

-cam (acc.sg.) I.3.4,9; 4.4. -ca (instr.sg.) III.12.5. V.2.7.

-cas (gen.sg.,nom.-acc. pl.) I.1.2; 4.3. III. 1.2(2t.). IV.17.2. VI. 7.2.

-ci (loc.sg.) I.3.9; 4.3; 6.1 (2t.),2(2t.),3(2t.), 4(2t.),5(2t.); 7.1(2t.), 2(2t.),3(2t.),4(2t.).

-cāu (nom.du.) III.17.6. ṛgbhyas (abl.pl.) IV.17. 3.

ṛcām (gen.pl.) IV.17.4 (3t.).

ṛtu m. fixed time, epoch, season (usually six. a year, five in ChU.).

-tavas (nom.pl.) II.5.2. -tūn (acc.pl.) II.16.2. -tuṣu (loc.pl.) II.5.1,2; 16.1,2.

e- pron.st.3pcrs., scc eka, eta-, ena-, eva, evam.

eka num.a. one, alone.

ṛtumant a. possessing the seasons.

-man (nom.sg.) II.5.2. ṛte prep. without. V.1.8, 9,10,11.

ṛtvij a. sacrificing at the right time; m. priest, applying to any one of the four: adhvaryu, udgātṛ, brahman, hotṛ.

-vik (nom.sg.) IV.17.9. -vije (dat.sg.) V.11.5. -vijas (acc.pl.) IV.17.10.

√ṛdh thrive, prosper (tr. and intr.).

    • sam pass. be fulfilled. samṛdhyanti (pres.ind. act.-pass.pl.,Wh.Gr. 774) VII.14.2.

-dhycta (pres.opt.mid.- pass.sg.) I.3.12. -ddham (pass.ppl.nom. sg.n.) V.2.8.

ṛṣabha m. bull. -bhas (nom.sg.) IV.5.1.

ṛṣi m. poet-seer, Ṛishi. -ṣim (acc.sg.) I.3.9.

E -kas (nom.sg.m.) I. 5.2,4. III.6.3; 7.3; 8. 3; 9.3; 10.3. IV.3.

Page 59

ekatā—eta-

43

6; 9.2; 17.9. VI.7.3. VII.8.1; 26.2. -kā (nom.sg.f.) VI.7.3, 6. VIII.6.6(2t.) -kam (nom.sg.n.,acc.sg.m.) II.10.2. V.3.5 (2t.). VII.2.1(2t.),2; 7.5. VII.4.1; 5.1. -kām (acc.sg.f.) VI.11. 2; 12.1. -kena (instr.sg.) IV.16. 3. VI.1.4,5,6. -ke (nom.pl.) VI.2.1. ekatā f. unity. -tām (acc.sg.) VI.9.1. ekadha adv. singly. VII. 26.2. ekapād a. having one foot, lame. -pāt (nom.sg.m.) IV. 16.3. ekala a. alone. -las (nom.sg.) III.11.1. ekaviñça num.a. twenty-first. -ças (nom.sg.) II.10.5. ekaviñçati f. twenty-one. -çatyā (instr.sg.) II.10.5. ekaçata n. hundred and one. -tam (acc.sg.) VIII.11. 3(2t.). 1 ekādaça num. eleven.

-(nom.sg.) VII.26.2. [2 ekādaça num.a. eleventh.] ekāyana n. union; meeting-place; oneness. -nam (nom.-acc.sg.) VII. 1.2,4; 2.1; 5.2; 7.1. ekāra m. the sound e. -ras (nom.sg.) I.13.2. ekāika a. cach one singly. -kā (nom.sg.f.) VI.3.4; 4.7; 8.6. -kām (acc.sg.f.) VI.3.3, 4. -kasmai (dat.sg.) V.11.5.

eta- pron.st.3pcrs. this, this here (ref. to prec. oftener than to fol.); n.acc. as adv. thus. eṣas (nom.sg.m) I.1.3; 2.2,8,9,11; 3.1; 4.4; 5.1(2t.),3; 6.6,7,8; 7. 5,6,9; 9.2(2t.). II.21. 3; 24.5,15,16. III. 11.1; 14.3(2t.),4; 15. 1. IV.5.2; 6.3; 7.3; 8.3; 11.1; 12.1; 13.1; 15.1(2t.),3(3t.),4(2t.), 6; 16.1(4t.); 17.8,9. V. 2.9; 10.2,4,8; 12.1,2; 13.1; 14.1,2; 15.1,2; 16.1,2; 17.1; 24.4. VI. 8.6; 9.4; 10.3; 11.1,

Page 60

3; 12.2,3; 13.3; 14.3; | 1.7(2t.); 4.5; 8.1,3

15.3; 16.3. VII.4.2; (2t.),5(2t.); 13.1. VII.

15.4; 16.1; 25.2; 26. 1,2,3(2t.),4; 2.1; II.

  1. VIII.1.3,5; 3.3,4 1(2t.). VIII.1.5(2t.);

(2t.); 4.2(2t.),3; 5.3, 3.3,4(2t.); 6.3,4,5(2t.);

4; 6.1(4t.),6; 7.4(4t.); 7.4(2t.); 8.3(2t.); 9.

8.3; 9.1,2,3; 10.1(3t.), 1; 10.1(3t.); 11.1(4t.),

3,4; 11.1,3; 12.3,5. 3; 12.4; 15.1.

etat(nom.-acc.sg.n.) I.1.1, eṣā (nom.sg.f.) I.1.8; 2.

5(2t.),6,7,8(2t.),10(2t.); 3; 11.5,7,9. III.12.5;

2.4,5,6,14; 4.1,4(2t.),5 13.7,8. IV.3.8; 14.1;

(2t.); 6.1,2,4,5(2t.),6; 17.9. VIII.8.5.

7.1,2,3,4(3t.),7,9; 8.7, etam (acc.sg.m.) I.2.9,

8; 9.2. II.1.4; 2.3; 10,11,12; 3.2; 5.2,4;

3.2; 4.2; 5.2; 6.2; 7. 7.6; 9.3(2t.),4. III.1.

2; 8.3; 10.6; 11.1,2; 3; 2.1; 3.2; 14.4; 15.

12.1,2; 13.1,2; 14.1,2; 2(2t.); 19.4. IV.5.3

15.1,2; 16.1,2; 19.1,2; (2t.); 6.4(2t.); 7.4

20.1,2; 21.1,2. III.1. (2t.); 8.4(2t.); 11.2

4(2t.); 2.3(2t.); 3.3 (2t.); 12.2(2t.); 13.2

(2t.); 4.2,3(2t.); 5.2, (2t.); 15.2(2t.). V.

3(2t.); 6.1,2,3(3t.); 7. 10.5; 12.2; 13.2; 14.

1,2,3(3t.); 8.1,2,3(3t.); 2; 15.2; 16.2; 17.2;

9.1,2,3(3t.); 10.1, 18.1. VI.12.2. VIII.

2,3(3t.); 11.4(2t.),6 3.2; 4.1,2(2t.),3; 9.3;

(2t.);12.3,4,5,9; 13.1, 10.4; 11.3; 12.6.

2,3(3t.); 14.4; -tām (acc.sg.f.) I.13.4.

2,3,4,5,8(3t.); 14.4; III.11.3; 12.2. IV.2.

16.7(2t.); 17.6(2t.); 2; 17.3. VI.14.2(2t.).

18.2. IV.1,3,4,6; 3.6 VIII.8.4.

(2t.); 4.2(2t.),4(2t.), -tena (instr.sg.) I.2.9.

5; 9.3; 15.1(2t.). V. IV.15.6. VIII.8.5; 12.

2.1,2,3(2t.); 10.8; 11. 5.

7; 13.2; 24.2,3. VI.

Page 61

-tayā (instr.sg.f.) V.2.7.|-tās (nom.-acc.pl.f.) II. 17.1,2; 18.1,2. III.1.2. IV.17.2. VIII.6.1.

-tasmāt (abl.sg.) I.7.6, 8. III.6.2,3; 7.2,3; S. 2,3; 9.2,3; 10.2,3. VIII.11.3.

-tasya (gen.sg.) I.1.9; 3.5; 6.8; 7.5. II.9.2, 3,4,5,6,7,8. III.13.1. V.18.2. VII.12.2. VII. 26.1. VIII.3.4.

-tasmin (loc.sg.) I.1.6. III.16.2,4,6. V.4.2; 5. 2; 6.2; 7.2; 8.2.

-tasyām (loc.sg.f.) I.6. 1,2,3,4,5; 7.1,2,3,4.

-tāu (nom.-accu.m.). IV.3.4. V.17.2. VIII. 5.4.

-te (nom.du.f.,nom.pl.m) I.10.4; 11.3. II.23.2. III.4.2; 5.2,4(2t.); 13. 6; 16.1,3,5; 17.6. IV. 2.5; 3.8. V.10.3,9; 11.1; 18.1. VIII.3.2; 6.2; 12.6.

-tayos (gen.du.m.) V: 10.8.

-tani (nom.-acc.pl.n.) I. 3.7. II.7.1; 10.4; 22. 2; 23.3. III.2.1; 3.2; 5.4(2t.). V.1.15. VII. 4.2; 5.2; 15.4. VIII. 3.5; 12.2(2t.).

-tan (acc.pl.m.) III.13. 6(2t.). IV.3.2,3. V. 3.5; 10.10. VIII.1.6 (2t.); 12.5.

-tais (instr.pl.) VIII.6.5.

-teṣām (gen.pl.) I.10.3.

-tāsām (gen.pl.f.) II.20. 2. VI.4.7.

etad adv. thus, see eta-.

etadātmaka a. having this nature (Bö.); see āitadātmya.

etadātmya a. having this nature (BR.); see āitadātmya.

etadupanisada a. having this secret doctrine or Upaniṣad

-das (nom.sg.m.) VIII. 8.4.

etarhi adv. now, at this time; then. I.8.6,8. VI.7.3,6.

etr, see √i.

ena- pron.st. 3pers.encl.; only oblique cases, unemph. him, her, it, them.

-nam (acc.sg.m.) I.2.8; 11.1,4,6,8. II.1.2(4t.),

Page 62

46

eva

4; 22.3,4(4t.). III. 4; 15.4,5,6,7; 16.4

19.4. IV.1.3,4,6,7; 4. (2t.),6; 17.3,5

2; 5.1; II.1; 12.1; 13. (2t.),6; 18.2(2t.),3,4,

1; 15.2,6. V.1.13(2t.), 5,6; 19.1,3.

14(2t.). VI.7.2,4; 8. IV.1.1,5; 2.3(2t.),4,5; 3.

1 (3t.),2 (2t.), 3 (2t.), 4,8; 4.2; 7.4; 9.3(3t.);

I. VII.5.2; 15.2,3. 10.1,2,5(3t.); 11.1; 12.

VIII.10.2,4. (2t.); 16.1,3,4; 17.4,

-nat (acc.sg.n.) VI.13. 5,6,9,10.

  1. VIII.1.4. V.1.15(2t.); 2.3,6; 3.3,

-nān (acc.pl.m.) I.2.1. 6(3t.),7; 4.1; 5.1; 6.

eva adv. so; just, exactly; 1; 7.1; 8.1; 9.2(2t.);

emph. prec. word. 10.5,6; 11.6(4t.),7; 12.

I.1.5,8(2t.),9,10(3t.); 2. 1; 13.1; 14.1; 15.1;

7,8,9(3t.),10,11,12; 3. 16.1; 17.1; 18.1,2

1,2,3,5,6,7(3t.); 4.3,4; (11t.); 24.4.

5.2,3,4,5; 6.1(2t.),2 VI.1.4,5,6,7; 2.1(4t.),2

(2t.),3(2t.),4(2t.); 3. (2t.),3(2t.); 4.1,2,3,4*,7; 5.4;

(3t.),8; 7.1(2t.),2(2t.), 6.2; 8.2(3t.),3,4,5(2t.),

3(2t.),4(3t.),5(2t.),7, 6; 9.2,4; 10.1(2t.),2,

8,9; 9.1(2t.),4; 10.5, 3; 11.2,3; 12.3; 13.2,

7,10,11; 11.3(2t.),5,9; 3; 14.2(3t.),3; 15.3;

12.3,4. 16.1,2,3.

II.1.2(2t.),3(2t.); 10.4; VII.1.3(3t.),4; 2.1; 5.2

20.2; 22.1(2t.); 23.2, (3t.); 6.1(2t.); 7.1;

4(2t.). 10.1(2t.); 11.1(2t.);

III.1.1,2(3t.); 2.1(3t.); 13.1; 15.2,3,4; 16.1;

3.1(3t.); 4.1(3t.); 5. 17.1(2t.); 18.1(2t.)

1(3t.); 6.1,2,3(4t.),4; 8.1,2,3 19.1(2t.); 20.1(2t.);

7.1,2,3(4t.),4; 8.1,2,3 21.1(2t.); 22.1(2t.);

(4t.),4; 9.1,2,3(4t.),4; 10.1,2,3( 4t.),4; 11.1

(2t.),3,6(2t.); 12.2,3,

Page 63

evaṃvid-eṣas

23.1(2t.); 25.1(5t.),| 17.2; 18.2; 19.2; 20.2;

2(3t.); 26.1,2. 21.2; 23.4; 24.16(2t.).

VIII.1.3,5(2t.),6; 2.1,2 III.6.3; 7.3; 8.3; 9.3;

3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10; 3.2,3; 10.3; 11.3; 12.9; 13.1,

4.2( 2t.),3( 2t.); 5.1 2,3,4,5,6 (2t.),8 (2t.);

(4t.),2(4t.),3(2t.),4(2t.); 15.2 (2t.); 16.7; 18.3,

6.2,5; 7.2 (2t.),4; 8.1, 4,5,6(2t.); 19.4.

3(2t.),4 (3t.); 9.1(4t.), IV.1.2,4,6; 3.8(2t.); 5.

2(3t.),3(2t.); 10.1(2t.), 3(2t.); 6.4.(2t.); 7.4;

3,4 (2t.); 11.1 (3t.),2 (3t.),3 (3t.); 12.3 (2t.).

evaṃvid a. knowing so or such.

-vit (nom.sg.m.) I.7.8. IV.17.8,9,10. V.2.4,4

VIII.3.3,5. V.1.8,9,10,11,12; 10.10

-vidam (acc.sg.) IV.17. 9,10.

-vidi (loc.sg.) I.2.8. IV. 14.3. V.2.1.

evam adv. so, thus.

I.1.7,8; 2.7,8,14; 3.1,7; VII.3.1; 15.1,4(3t.); 24.

4.3,4(3t.),5; 6.7(2t.); 2; 25.2(3t.); 26.1(3t.).

7.7,9; 9.2,4; 10.10,11; VIII.1.6; 3.2; 6.2; 8.3;

12.4; 13.4. 9.1,2,3; 10.4; 11.1,2

II.1.4; 2.3; 3.2; 4.2; 5. (2t.); 12.3 (2t.); 15.1.

2; 6.2; 7.2; 8.3; 9.8; VI.1.6; 2.2; 6,2,5; 7.3,

10.6; 11.2; 12.2; 13. 6; 8.2,3,4,5,7; 9.2; 10.

2; 14.2; 15.2; 16.2; 2; 11.2; 13.1; 14.2.

evammahant a. thus great.

-hān (nom.sg.m.) VI. 12.2.

eṣas, eṣā, see eta-.

Page 64

48

āitadātmya—1 ka—

ĀI

āitadātmya a. having this nature. (Bö., M.M., BR., Capp. treat as n. subst.; but see Wh. Gr. 1211 and AJP. XI. 412.)

-yam (nom.sg.n.) VI. 8.7 ; 9.4 ; 10.3 ; 11.3 ;

12.3 ; 13.3 ; 14.3 ; 15. 3 ; 16.3.

āitareya m.nm.pr.

-vas (nom.sg.) III.16.7.

āirammadīya n.nm.pr. of a cert. lake.

-yam (nom.sg.) VIII.5. 3.

0

oṅkāra m. the sound om.

-ras (nom.sg.) II.23.4

-reṇa (instr.sg.) II.23.4.

ojas n. strength.

-(nom.sg.) III.13.5

ojasvin a. strong.

-vī (nom.sg.m.) III.13. 5.

om sacred mystic syl. of reverence, esp. at beg.

and end of Veda-reading. I.1.1(2t.),5,6,8,9 (3t.); 4.1(2t.),4; 5.1, 3, 12.5(4t.). VIII.6,8,9.

oṣadhī f. plant, herb.

-dhayas (nom.pl.) I.1.2.

-dhīnām (gen.pl.) I.1.2.

oṣadhīvanaspatī m. plants and trees.

-tayas (nom.pl.) V.10.6.

ĀU

āupamanyava m.nm.pr.

-vas (nom.sg.) V.11.1.

-va (voc.sg.) V.12.1.

āuhoikāra m. the sound āuhoi.

-ras (nom.sg.) I.13.2.

I ka— interr.pron.st.—(1) interr. who, what (subst. and a.); (2) indef. some, any, certain (subst. and a., in neg. cl. and w.pcl. ca, cana,

Page 65

2 ka—kadā49cid); (3) n.acc. as adv. how, why.kas (nom.sg.m.) IV.1.3,5; 3.6; 9.2; 14.2(2t.).V.1.7; II.1. VI.4-5.VIII.6.3.kim (nom.-acc.sg.n.) I.1.8. II.8.1. III.12.1; 15.4; 16.2,4,6,7. IV.1.4,6; 9.3; 10.3; 14.2. V.2.1(3t),2; 3.4; 11.1;19.2; 20.2; 21.2; 22.2; 23.2. VII.7.2,4; 12.1(3t.). VIII.1.3; 15.2VIII.1.2,4; 7.3; 8.1,2; 9.2; 10.3; 11.2.kā (nom.sg.f.) I.8.4(4t.),5(2t.),7(2t.); 9.1.kam (acc.sg.m.) I.7.9.V.12.1; 13.1; 14.1;15.1; 16.1; 17.1. VII.13.1.kām (acc.sg.f.) II.13.2.kasmāi (dat.sg.) III.11.6.kasmin (loc.sg.) VII.24.1.2 ka n. joy, happiness (w.allusion to ka m. theWho, the Unknown,the highest deity).kam (nom.-acc.sg.) IV.10.5(4t.).

kaṁsa m. (n.) vessel of metal; metal.-sam (acc.sg.) V.2.8.kakṣa m. hiding - place, thicket.-sam (acc.sg.) II.9.7.katama pron. a. supl. who of several, whosoever.-mas (nom.sg.m.) I.1.4(2t.). VII.7.4.-mat (nom.sg.n.) I.1.4 (2t.).-mā (nom.sg.f.) I.1.4 (2t.); II.4.6,8.katara pron. a. compar. who of two.-reṇa (inst.sg.) V.10.8.katham interr. adv. how.II.24.2. IV.1.3. V.1.8,9,10,11; 3.4,5. VI.1.4,7; 2.2; 13.2(3t.).kathā f. talk, conversation about (loc).-thām (acc.sg.) I.8.1.kad pron.st. in cpd., see Wh.Gr. 506.kadārya a. stingy, avaricious.-yas (nom.sg.m.) V.11.5.kadā interr. adv. when.III.11.2.

Page 66

50 kanīyāṅs—kāma

kanīyāṅs a. compar. smaller, less.

-yas (nom.sg.n.) VII.10.1.

  1. V.2.8. VIII.15.1.

kapilāsa a. with reddish follic (Bö.); see kapyāsa.

-māṇi (nom.-acc.pl.) I.3.5. VII.3.1; 4.1,2;

kapūya a. malodorous, disgusting.

5.1; 14.1; 26.1.

-yām (acc.sg.f.) V.10.7.

-manām (gen.pl.) VII.4.2.

kapūyacarana a. of malodorous conduct.

-masu (loc.pl.) V.2.9.

-ṇās (nom.pl.) V.10.7.

karmajita a. won by work.

kapyāsa a. like an ape's fundament.

-tas (nom.sg.m.) VIII.1.6.

-sam (nom.sg.n.) I.6.7.

kala a. dumb.

✓kam wish, desire.

-lās (nom.pl.) V.1.8.

kāmāyate (pres.ind.mid.sg.caus.) I.2.8. VIII.2.10.

kalahin a. quarrelsome.

-hinas (nom.pl.) VII.6.1.

✓kamp tremble.

kalā f. small part, esp one-sixteenth.

  • +ā tremble violently; caus. shake.

-(nom.sg.) IV.5.2(4t.); 6.3(4t.); 7.3(4t.); 8.3(4t.). VI.7.3,6.

ākampayet (pres.opt.act.sg.caus.) VII.8.1.

-lānām (gen.pl.) VI.7.3,6.

karṇa m. car.

✓kaṣ scratch.

-ṇau (acc.du.) III.13.8.

kaṣamāṇam (pres.ppl.mid.acc.sg.m) V.1.8.

kartṛ m. doer.

kāksaseni m. nm.pr.

-tā (nom.sg.) VII.16.1. VII.8.1; 9.1.

-nim (acc.sg.) IV.3.5.

karman n. deed, sacred work, rite.

kāpeya m. nm.pr.

-ma (nom.sg.) IV.14.

-yas (nom.sg.) IV.3.7.

kāma m. wish, longing.

-yam (acc.sg.) IV.3.5.

-ya (voc.sg.) IV.3.6.

-mas (nom.sg.) I.10.4.

Page 67

kāmacāra—kutas

V.I.4. VII.I4.2. VIII.1.4,5; 3.I; 12.6.—mam (acc.sg.) I.I.6; 3.12(2t.); 7.9.—mās (nom.pl.) III.19.3(2t.). IV.I0.3. VIII.3.2.—mān (acc.pl.) I.2.13. VII.I0.2. VIII.I.6(2t.); 7.I,2,3; 12.5,6.—mānām (gen.pl.) I.I.7, 8; 2.14.

kāmacāra a. moving at will or freely.—ras (nom.sg.m.) VII.25.2. VIII.I.6; 4.3; 5.4.

kāmam adv. at will, freely. VI.7.I.

kāmalāyana m. nm.pr.—nas (nom.sg.) IV.I0.I.

kāmāgāna m. the fulfiling of desires by song.—nasya (gen.sg.) I.7.9.

kāmy a. desirable, relating to a wish.—yeṣu (loc.pl.) V.2.9.

kārayā f. see √kṛ.

kārṣṇāyasa a. made of iron.—sam (nom.sg.m.) VI.I.6.

kāla m. time, right time.—lam (acc.sg.) II.I3.I.

kingotra a. of what race.—ras (nom.sg.m.) IV.4.I(2t.),4.

kim, see s.v. ka- supra.

kila adv. indeed, truly (emph.pcle. word). I.8.6,8. IV.I4.2,3. V.3.4. VI.II.3; I3.2(2t.).

kiṭa m. worm, insect.—ṭas (nom.sg.) VI.9.3; I0.2.

kiṭapatamgapipīlaka n. worms, butterflies, and ants.—kam (acc.sg.) VII.2.I; 7.I; 8.I; I0.I.

kīrti f. mention, renown, glory.—tis (nom.sg.) III.I3.4.—tyā (instr.sg.) II.II.2; I2.2; I3.2; I4.2; I5.2; I6.2; I7.2; I8.2; I9.2; 20.2. III.I8.3,4,5,6.

kīrtimant a. having renown.—mān (nom.sg.) III.I3.4.

ku—, see Wh.Gr. 504.

kuṭumba n. household, family.—be (loc.sg.) VIII.I5.I.

kutas interr.adv. whence, why, how. V.II.5. VI.2.2.

865

Page 68

52 kumāra—√kr̥ (skr̥)

kumāra m. boy, youth. -rasya (gen.sg.) V.3.6. -ra (voc.sg.) V.3.1.

kuru m. nm.pr.; pl. the people of Kuru. -rūn (acc.pl.) II.17.9. -ruṣu (loc.pl.) I.10.1.

kula n. herd, family, guild, abode. -le (loc.sg.) III.13.6. V.12.1,2; 13.1,2; 14. 2; 15.2; 16.2; 17.2.

kulmāṣa m. sour gruel (of fruits, etc.). -ṣās (nom.pl.) I.10.7. -ṣān (acc.pl.) I.10.2.

kuçala a. well, able, clever, versed in; n.acc. as adv. well. -lam (acc.sg.n.) IV.10. 2,4. -lās (nom.pl.) I.8.1(2t.).

√kr̥ (skr̥) do, make (in the various uses of these words).

karoti (pres.ind.act.sg.) I.3.5. V.8.1. VII.21. 1; 22.1(3t.). kurutas (pres.ind.act.du.) I.1.10(2t.). -rvanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) IV.1.4,6; 15.5. -rute (pres.ind.mid.sg.)

VI.16.1,2. 14.1. karavāṇi (pres.subj.act. sg.) VI.3.3. kuryāt (pres.opt.act.sg.) II.24.2(2t.). -rvīya (pres.opt.mid.sg.) VII.3.1. -rvita (pres.opt.mid.sg.) III.14.1. IV.17.10.

akarot (impf.ind.act.sg.) VI.3.4. cakāra (perf.ind.act.sg.) I.2.13; 12.3. IV.6.1; 7.1; 8.1. V.3.6,7; 11. 3,5. VI.13.1,2.

-krus (perf.ind.act.pl.) V.11.1,2. VI.4.5,6(3t.), 7. -kre (perf.ind.mid.sg.) I.2.10,11,12. IV.1.1; 4.1; 10.2. -krāte (perf.ind.mid.du.) VIII.S.1,2. -krire (perf.ind.mid.pl.) I.2.2,3,4,5,6,7; 10.11.

akārṣīt (aor.ind.act.sg.) VI.16.1. kr̥ta pass.ppl., which see. -tvā grd. VII.21.1. VIII. 15.1. karayām (caus.vbl.f.acc. sg.) V.11.5.

Page 69

kṛcchrin—√klp

– +upā bring near, pre-| side (four-spot) of die,

sent.

upākṛte (pass.ppl.loc.sg.) | best throw at dice.

IV.16.2,4.

– +nirā separate, select. | -tam (nom.sg.n.) IV.3.

nirākṛtya grd. IV.4.5. | 8(2t.).

– +vyā separate, divide. | -taya (dat.sg.) IV.1.4,6.

vyākaravaṇi (pres.subj. | kṛtātman a. with self com-

act.sg.) VII.3.2.

-rot (impf.ind.act.sg.) | plete.

VI.3.3.

– +pari make ready, | -mā (nom.sg.) VIII.13.

adorn.

pariškṛta pass.ppl., which | kṛti f. doing, action, pro-

sec.

– +sam put together | duction, work.

consecrate, adorn (cf. | -tis (nom.sg.) VII.21.1.

Sanskrit).

saṁskaroti (pres.ind.act. | -tim (acc.sg.) VII.21.1.

sg.) IV.16.2,3.

-kurvanti (pres.ind.act. | kṛça a. lean, weak.

pl.) IV.16.4. VIII.8.5.

– +hīṅ say hīṅ, low (as | -çanām (gen.pl.) IV.4.5.

cow to calf).

hīṅkurvanti (pres.ind.act. | kṛṣṇa a. black.

pl.) II.9.3.

-ñicakrus (perf.ind.act.pl.) | -ṇam (nom.sg.n.) III.3.

I.12.4.

kṛcchrin a. finding trouble; | 3. VI.4.1,2,3,4,6.

see mithunin.

-rī (nom.sg.) | -ṇāya (dat.sg.) III.17.

V.3.7.

kṛta a. done, proper; n. | kṛṣṇāyasa n. iron.

stake at game, lucky | -sam (nom.sg.) VI.1.6.

√klp be in order, corre-|

spond, fall to the share |

of.

kalpante (pres.ind.mid. |

pl.) II.2.3; 5.2.

  • +sam succeed, pros-|

per; caus. join togeth-|

er, determine, imag- |

ine.

saṁkalpate(pres.ind.mid. |

sg.) VII.4.2(4t.).

Page 70

-pante (pres.ind.mid.pl) VII.4.2 (3t.).

samakalpetām (impf.ind.mid.du.) VII.4.2(2t.).

-panta (impf.ind.mid.pl) VII.4.2.

sam்klptān (pass.ppl.acc.pl.) VII.4.3.

-kalpayati (pres.ind.act.sg.caus.) I.2.6. VII. 4.1 ; 5.1.

kāikeyam.nn.pr.

-yas (nom.sg.) V.11.4.

kola n. Kola-fruit.

-e (acc.du.) VII.3.1

koça m. cask, chest, bucket; (scabbard, seedcup, womb, storeroom, antbology).

-ças (nom.sg.) III.15.1 (2t.).

-cam (acc.sg.) III.15.3.

kāuşītaki m.nn.pr.

-kis (nom.sg.) I.5.2,4.

kratu m. power, insight, wisdom.

-tum (acc.sg.) III.14.1.

kratumaya a. endowed with wisdom.

-yas (nom.sg.m.) III. 14.1.

√kram stride, go, come.

  • +ā tread upon, ascend.

ākrāmate (pres.ind.mid.sg) VIII.6.5.

  • +ud ascend, depart.

utkrāmati (pres.ind.act.sg.) VIII.6.5.

mauti (pres.ind.act.pl.) I.2.9.

uccakrāma (perf.ind.act.sg.) V.1.8,9,10,11.

utkramīs (unaug.aor.ind.act.sg.) V.1.12.

udakramişyat (cond.ind.act.sg.) V.14.2.

utkrānte(pass.ppl.loc.sg.) V.1.7.

uccikramişan (pres.ppl.des.nom.sg.) V.1.12.

  • +prati return.

praticakrame (perf.ind.mid.sg.) IV.2.1,3.

-mire (perf.ind.mid.pl.) V.11.7.

√kriḍ play, sport.

kriḍan (pres.ppl.nom.sg.) VIII.12.3.

krāuņica (m. curlew) a. of a curlew, curlew's.

-cam (nom.sg.n.) II.22. I.

kva interr.adv. where, whither; indef.w. ca anywhere. II.24.2. VI.2.3,4; 8.4,6

Page 71

kṣattṛ m. cutter, attendant.

-tā (nom.sg.) IV.1.7,8.

-tāram (acc.sg.) IV.1.5.

kṣatra n. rule, second or warrior caste; member of warrior caste.

-rasya (gen.sg.) V.3.7.

kṣātravidyā f. science of warrior caste.

-(nom.sg.) VII.1.4.

-yām (acc.sg.) VII.1.2; 2.1; 7.1.

kṣatriyayoni f. birth-station of a ruler.

-nim (acc.sg.) V.10.7.

kṣayyaloka a. having a perishable world.

-kās (nom.pl.) VII.25.2.

√kṣar flow, glide, melt away.

    • vi flow asunder.

vyakṣarat (impf.ind.act. sg.) III.1.4; 2.3; 3.3; 4.3; 5.3.

√kṣi, kṣi destroy.

kṣīyate (pres.ind.pass.-mid.sg.) VIII.1.6(2t.); 6.5.

-yante (pres.ind.pass.pl.) IV.11.2; 12.2; 13.2.

kṣudra a. small.

-rāṇi (nom.pl.m.) V.10.8.

√kṣudh be hungry.

kṣudhitās (pass.ppl.caus.(?)nom.pl.) V.24.5.

√kṣubh tremble, be in motion.

kṣobhate (pres.ind.mid. sg.) III.5.3.

kṣetra n. field, land.

-rāṇi (acc.pl.) VII.24.2.

kṣetrabhāga m. piece of land.

-gam (acc.sg.) VIII.1.5.

KH

kha n. hole, opening (esp. in hub of wheel or in human body), organ of sense; void space, sky, air.

kham (nom.-acc.sg.) IV.10.5(4t.).

[khaṇḍa a. broken; m.

break, section (of book).]

khad̄yotamātra a. as large as a (glowing, flying insect) fire-fly.

-ras (nom.sg.m.) VI.7.3.

-ram (acc.sg.m.) VI.7.5.

Page 72

56 khalu—gandharvās

khalu continuative or emph.pcl. now, indeed, verily. I.1.10; 3.3,6; 8; 5.1,5. II.1.1 (2t.); 9.1,8; 10.1. III.14.1 (2t.). V.2.7; 10.6; 18.1. VI.2.2; 3.1,4; 4.7; 6.2; 8.2,4,6; 9.2; 10.2 ; 11.2. VIII. 6.5; 9.1,2; 11.1,2; 15.1.

  • +sam (press together) tear out together. samkhideṭ (pres.opt.act. sg.) V.1.12. samakhidat (impf.ind. act.sg.) V.1.12.

khād bite, chew, eat. khādantam (pres.ppl.act. acc.sg.) I.10.2. -ditvā grd. I.10.5,7.

khid depress (fig.).

khyā appear, see. - +anuvyā show discriminally further, explain. anuvyākhyāsyāmi (fut. ind.act.sg.) VII.9.3; 10.4; 11.3. - + pari behold, observe. parikhyāyate (pres.ind. pass.sg.) VIII.7.4.(2t.).

G

gata a. gone; n. going, extension. -tam (nom.sg.n.) VII. 1.5; 2.3; 3.2; 4.3; 5. 3; 6.2; 7.2; 8.2; 9.2; 10.2; 11.2; 12.2; 13.2; 14.2.

gati f. going, path, origin -tis (nom.sg.) I.8.4(4t.), 5(2t.),7(2t.); 9.1. -tim (acc.sg.) IV.14.1.

gandha m. smell, odor. -dhāya (dat.sg. as inf.) VIII.12.4.

gandhamālya n. odors and garlands. -ye (nom.du.) VIII.2. 6.

gandhamālyaloka m. world of odors and garlands. -kena (instr.sg.) VIII. 2.6.

gandhamālyalokakāma a. desirous of the world of odors and garlands. -mas (nom.sg.) VIII. 2.6.

gandharvās m.pl. the heav-

Page 73

gandhāra—√ I gā

enly singers, the Gandharvas. II.21.1.

gandhāra m. mm.pr.

–rās (nom.pl.) VI.14.2.

–rān (acc.pl.) VI.14.2.

–rebhyas (abl.pl.) VI. 14.1.

√gam go, come, arrive at.

gacchati (pres.ind.act.sg.) II.13.1; 20.2. IV.15. 1; 17.9. V.3.7. VIII. 6.2,5.

–chanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) VIII.3.2; 6.2.

–cheyus (pres.opt.act.pl.) II.1.4. III.19.4.

jagāma (perf.ind.act.sg.) VIII.8.4.

aganma (aor.ind.act.pl.) III.17.7.

gata pass.ppl., which see.

–tvā grd. VIII.3.2.

gamayati(pres.ind.act.sg. caus.) IV.15.6. V. 10.2.

–yanti (pres.ind.act.pl. caus.) VI.9.1.

–yatu (imv.act.sg.caus.) V.2.6.

jigamiṣet (pres.opt.act. sg.des.) V.2.4.

– +ā come to, arrive at, return.

āgacchāmahc (pres.ind. mid.pl.) VI.10.2.

–chet (pres.opt.act.sg.) V.19.1.

ajagāma (perf.ind.act.sg.) IV.15.1.

–gmatus(perf.ind.act.du.) VIII.7.2.

āgamas (aor.ind.act.sg.) VIII.9.2; 10.3; 11.2.

–miṣyas (cond.ind.act. sg.) V.12.2; 13.2; 14.2; 15.2; 16.2; 17. 2.

–mya grd. VI.10.1.

– +abhyā visit.

abhyāgacchāma (pres. subj.act.pl.) V.11.2,4.

–ājagmus (perf.ind.act. pl.) V.11.2,4.

– +samā come together, meet.

samāgacchatas (pres.ind. act.du.) I.1.6.

garbha m. womb, fœtus, offspring.

–bhas (nom.sg.) V.8.2; 9.1.

–bhās (nom.pl.) II.9.6.

√ I gā go, comc.

agās (aor.ind.act.sg.) IV. 4.5.

– +adhi fall into; study.

Page 74

58 √2 gā—gāyatrī

adhyagiṣṭhās (aor.ind. mid.sg.) VII.1.3.

– +apa go away, vanish.

apāgāt (aor.ind.act.sg.) VI.1.4.1,2,3,4.

– +abhi approach, obtain.

abhigām (unaug.aor.ind. act.sg.) VIII.14.1(2t.).

– +upā approach, come to.

upāgāt (aor.ind.act.sg.) II.1.2(4t.).

√2 gā sing, chant.

gāyati(pres.ind.act.sg.) I. 3.4; 7.7(2t.),9(2t.). III. 12.1.

-yanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) I.7.6(2t.) ; II.7.

gīyate (pres.ind.pass.sg.) I.6.1,2,3,4,5; 7.1,2,3,4.

– +abhi sing or call to, praise with song.

abhigāyati (pres.ind.act. sg.) II.24.3,7,11.

-yatāt (pres.-fut.imv.act. sg.) I.5.4.

abhyagāṣiṣam (aor.ind. act.sg.) I.5.2,4.

– +ā gain by singing.

āgāyati (pres.ind.act.sg.) I.2.13.

-yāni (pres.subj.act.sg.) I.7.9. II.22.2(2t.).

-yet (pres.opt.act.sg.) II. 22.2.

-yatu (imv.act.sg.) I. 12.2.

– +ud chant, intone. udgāyati (pres.ind.act. sg.) I.1.1,9; 3.1,4; 4.1.

-gāsyasi (fut.ind.act.sg.) I.10.10; II.6.

udagāsyas (cond.ind.act. sg.) I.11.7

gātṛ m. singer.

-tā (nom.sg.) I.6.8.

gāthā f. song, religious verse.

-(nom.sg.) IV.17.9.

1 gāyatra n. song, hymn, sacred verse.

-ram (nom.-acc.sg.) II. II.1,2.

2 gāyatra a. in or connected with the Gāyatrī.

-ram (nom.sg.n.) III 16.1.

gāyatrī f. a cert. sacred verse; the meter thereof (consisting of 3x8 syll.).

-(nom.sg.) III.12.1. (2t.),2,5; 16.1.

Page 75

gārhapatya—gāutama

gārhapatya m. sacred fire

of the householder.

–yas (nom.sg.) IV.11.

I. V.18.2.

–yasya (gen.sg.) II.24.3.

–ye (loc.sg.) IV.17.4.

gir f. praise, speech, word.

–ras (nom.pl.) I.3.6.

gī 2nd syl. of udgītha. I.3.

6,7 (3t.). Cf. gir nom.

of gir.

gītavādita n. song and music.

sic.

–te (nom.du.) VIII.2.8.

gītavaditaloka m. world of song and music.

–kena(instr.sg.)VIII.2.8.

gītavāditalokakāma a. desirous of the world of song and music.

–mas (nom.sg.m) VIII.

2.8.

√gup keep, protect; des. beware of, shun.

jugupseta (pres.opt.mid.

sg.des.) V.10.8.

guru a. heavy, venerable;

m. venerable person,

esp. teacher.

–ros (gen.sg.) V.10.9.

VIII.15.1.

guhya grdv. to be covered;

hidden, secret.

–yās (nom.pl.) III.5.

1,2.

√gr swallow.

jagāra (perf.ind.act.sg.)

IV.3.6.

geṣṇa m. singer.

–nāu (nom.du.) I.6.8;

7.5(2t.).

go m. f. bull, ox, cow.

gāvas (nom.pl.) II.6.1;

18.1.

gās (acc.pl.) IV.4.5; 6.

I (2t.); 7.1 (2t.); 8.1

(2t.)

gobhis (instr.pl.) IV.

2.3.

gavām (gen.pl.) IV.2.

1,2,3,4.

goaçva n. cows and horses.

–vam (acc.sg.) VII.24.2.

gonāya m. cow-leader.

–yas (nom.sg.) VI.8.3,5.

gopā m. cow-keeper, protector.

–pās (nom.sg.) IV.3.6.

goçruti m.nm.pr.

–taye (dat.sg.) V.2.3.

gāutama m. nm.pr.

–mas (nom.sg.) V.3.6.

–mam (acc.sg.) IV.4.3.

–ma (voc.sg.) V.3.6,7;

4.1; 5.1; 6.1; 7.1; 8.

1; 17.1.

Page 76

60 √grabh—ghrāṇa

√grabh, grah graṣp, seize. - +api shut. apigrhya grd. III.13.8. - +ā check, control, draw in. agrhya grd. VII.11.1. - +ud lift up, cease (cf. "let up", "hold up"). udgrhṇāti (pres.ind.act.sg.) II.3.2; 15.1. - +upod lift up towards. upodgrhṇan (pres.ppl.act.nom.sg.) IV.2.5. - +pari embrace, surround. parigrhītām (pass.ppl.acc.sg.f.) III.11.6.

  • +prati seize hold of. pratigrhṇāti (pres.ind.act.sg.) VI.16.1,2. -grhya grd. I.10.5. grāma m. dwelling-place, village. -mas (nom.sg.) IV.3.4. -mām (acc.sg.) VI.14.3. -māt (abl.sg.) VI.14.2. -me (loc.sg.) V.10.3. -mān (acc.pl.) VIII. 6.2.

grīṣma m. summer. -mas (nom.sg.) II.5.1; 16.1.

glāva m. nm.pr. -vas (nom.sg.) I.12.1,3.

GH

ghora m.nm.pr. -ras (nom.sg.) III.17.6.

ghoṣa m. noise, tumult, sound. -ṣās (nom.pl.) II.19.3 (2t.).4. ghoṣavant a. sonant. -ntas (nom.pl.) II.22.5.

√ghrā smell. jighrati (pres.ind.act.sg.) I.2.2. -rāṇi (pres.subj.act.sg.) VIII.12.4.

ghrāṇa n. nose. -ṇam (nom.sg.) VIII. 12.4.

Page 77

ca encl.conj. and.

I.1.5(4t.),8,10(4t.); 2.2

(2t.),3(2t.),4(2t.),5(2t.),

6(2t.),8; 3.2(3t.); 6.

8(5t.); 7.6(3t.),7(3t.),

8(3t.); 10.2.

II.1.4(2t.); 2.3(2t.); 8.

1; 15.2(2t.); 24.1(2t.),

14(2t.),16(2t.).

III.12.1(3t.),6; 13.2(2t.),

4(2t.),5(2t.),8(2t.);

15.4; 18.1(2t.),2(2t.),

3(4t.),4(4t.),5(4t.),6

(4t.); 19.1(2t.),3(4t.),

4(2t.).

IV.1.4,6; 3.5(2t.); 5.2;

10.5(4t.); 11.2(2t.);

12.2(2t.); 13.2(2t.);

14.1(2t.); 15.5(2t.);

16.1(2t.); 17.10.

V.1.1(6t.),3(2t.),4(2t.);

2.2(2t.); 3.2; 10.1,9

(3t.); 15.1(2t.); 17.1

(2t.); 19.2(3t.); 20.2

(3t.); 21.2(3t.) 22.2

(3t.); 23.2(3t.).

VI.2.3; 7.4.

VII.1.3; 2.1(8t.),4; 3.

1(6t.); 4.2(4t.); 7.1

(2t.); 8.1(3t.); 10.1

(2t.); 11.1(2t.); 14.1

(4t.); 26.2(6t.).

C

VIII.1.3(4t.),4(2t.),6

(2t.); 3.2(3t.); 5.3

(2t.),4(2t.); 6.2(4t.),

6(2t.); 7.1(2t.),2(2t.),

3(2t.),4; 8.4; 12.6(4t.);

15.1(2t.).

cakra n. wheel.

-reṇa (instr.sg.) IV.16.

-rabhyām (instr.du.) IV.

16.5.

√cakṣ appear, see, show.

  • +ā proclaim, name, call.

acakṣate (pres.ind.mid.

pl.) I.3.2,6. II.1.1

IV.15.2. V.1.15(2t.).

VI.8.1,3,5. VII.24.2;

26.2(2t.). VIII.5.1

(2t.),2(2t.),3(2t.).

cakṣus n. eye.

-(nom.-acc.sg.) I.2.4; 7.

2(2t.). II.7.1; 11.1.

III.13.1; 18.2,5. IV.

3.3; 8.3. V.1.3,9(2t.),

13; 7.1; 13.2; 18.2;

19.2. VIII.12.4(2t.),5.

-ṣuṣā (instr.sg.) V.1.8,

10,11. VIII.12.5.

-ṣuṣi (loc.sg.) V.19.2.

-ṣūṅṣi (nom.pl.) V.1.15.

cakṣuṣya a. agreeable to

Page 78

62

candāla--catuṣpād

the eyes, pleasant to

-yas (nom.sg.m.) III. 13.8.

candāla m. a Caṇḍāla, outcast.

-laya (dat.sg.) V.24.4.

candālāyoni f. birth-station of a Caṇḍāla.

-nim (acc.sg.) V.10.7.

catur num.a. four.

-tvāras (nom.pl.m.) V. 10.9.

-turas (acc.pl.m.) IV. 3.6.

caturakṣara n. a complex of four syllables.

-ram (nom.sg.) II.10. 2,3.

caturtha num.a. fourth.

-thas (nom.sg.m.) III. 18.3,4,5,6. VIII.1.4.

-tham (nom.sg.n.,acc.sg.m.) III.9.1. VII.1.2; 2.1; 7.1.

-thīm (acc.sg.f.) V.22. 1.

[caturdaça num.a. fourteenth.]

[caturviṅça num.a. twenty-fourth.]

caturviṅçati f. twenty-four.

-tis (nom.sg.) III.16.1.

caturviṅçatvarṣa a. twenty-four years old.

-ṣas (nom.sg.m.) VI. 1.2.

caturviṅcatvaksara a. with twenty-four syllables.

-rā (nom.sg.f) III. 16.1.

catuçcatvāriṅcat f. forty-four.

-(nom.sg.) III.16.3.

catuçcatvāriṅçadakṣara a. with forty-four syllables.

-rā (nom.sg.f.) III.16. 3;

catuhçata (n.) num.a. four hundred.

-tās (acc.pl.f) IV.4.5.

catuṣkala a. consisting of four-sixteenths or one-fourths.

-las (nom.sg.m.) IV.5. 2; 6.3; 7.3; 8.3.

-lam (acc.sg.m.) IV.5. 3(2t.); 6.4(2t.); 7.4 (2t.); 8.4(2t.).

catuṣpada a. four-footed; with four pādas or verses.

-da (nom.sg.f.) III.12.5.

catuṣpād a. four-footed, with four quarters or fourths.

Page 79

cana—√car

63

–pat (nom.sg. m.) III.18.2.

cana adv.postp. also not, not even (w.neg. and interr.=neg. indef.).

II.13.2. III.11.2,6. IV.9.3. V.2.1; 3.5(2t.); 10.8. VI.4.5; 12.1. VII.13.1. VIII.6.3.

candra m. moon.

–ras (nom.sg.) IV.3.1; 7.3. VIII.13.1.

–rāt (abl.sg.) VI.4.3.

candratva n. quality of the moon, brightness.

–vam (nom.sg.) VI.4.3.

candramas m. moon.

–mās (nom.sg.) I.6.4 (2t.); 13.1. II.20.1. III.13.2. IV.12.1. V.4.1; 20.2(2t.).

–masam (acc.sg.) IV.15.5. V.10.2,4.

–masas (abl.-gen.sg.) IV.15.5. V.10.2. VI.4.3.

–masi (loc.sg.) IV.12.1. V.20.2.

√cam sip.

– +ā sip (water), rinse the mouth.

ācamati (pres.ind.act.sg.) V 2.7(4t.).

–met (pres.opt.act.sg.) II.12.2.

–ma (imv.act.sg.) VI.13.2(3t.).

camasa m. drinking vessel, wooden cup.

–sam (acc.sg.) V.2.8.

√car go, move, walk, roam, go to, engage in.

carati (pres.ind.act.sg.) III.17.3. VIII.10.1.

–ranti (pres.ind.act.pl.) VII.11.1.

–ret (pres.opt.act.sg.) V.11.6.

–ranti (pres.ppl.act.nom. sg.f.) IV.4.2,4.

– +ā behave, deal with.

acaran (pres.ppl.act.nom. sg.m.) V.10.9,10.

– +pari attend, serve, care for.

paricaran (pres.ppl.act. nom.sg.m.) VIII.8.4.

–ricacāra (perf.ind.act. sg.) IV.10.1.

–ryacārīt (aor.ind.act.sg.) IV.10.2,4.

– +sam meet, roam over again.

samcarantas (pres.ppl. act.nom.pl.) VIII.3.2.

Page 80

64 carman—cāikitāyana

carman n. skin, leather. -maṇa (instr.sg.) IV. 17.7. -maṇi (loc.sg.) V.2.8.

cākrāyaṇa m.nm.pr. -ṇas (nom.sg.) I.10.1; II.1.1

cākṣuṣa a. belonging to the eye, visible. -ṣas (nom.sg.m.) VIII. 12.4.

√cit observe, strive after; caus. remind; caus. mid. reflect, consider, think, understand. cetayate (pres.ind.mid. sg.caus.) VII.5.1. citta pass.ppl., which sec.

citta a. observed, thought, striven after, understood; n. attention, understanding, reason. -tam ( nom.-acc.sg.n.) VII.5.1,2(4t.),3 (2t.); 26.1. -tāt (abl.sg.n.) VII.5. 3(2t.); 6.1. -tasya (gen.sg.n.) VII. 5.3. -te (loc.sg.n.) VII.5.2. -tān (acc.pl.m.) VII.5. 3.

cittavant a. having understanding or reason, sensible. -vān (nom.sg.) VII.5. 2.

cittātmaka a. having attention or reason as nature. -kāni (nom.pl.n.) VII. 5.2.

cittāikāyana a. having meeting place in attention or reason. -nāni (nom.pl.n.) VII. 5.2.

cid encl.pcl. even, also (w. interr.= indef.). III. 16.2,4,6. V.2.1. VII. 15.2.

cira a. long, lasting; n. as subst. delay; n. as adv. long time. -ram ( nom.-acc.sg.n.) V.3.7. VI.14.2.

ced conj. and; if. See ca and id. I.10.9,10,11; 11.4,5,6,7,8,9. III.16. 2,4,6. VII.15.4. VIII. 1.2,4(2t.).

cāikitāyana m.nm.pr. -nas (nom.sg.) I.8.1. -nam ( acc.sg. ) I.8.3, 6.

Page 81

√chad—√jan

CH

√chad cover.

acchādayan (impf.ind. act.pl.caus.) I.4.2.

chandas n. delight, wish, holy song.

-(acc.sg.) I.3.10.

-dasā (instr.sg.) I.3.10.

-dobhis (instr.pl.) I.4.2.

-dasām (gen.pl.) I.4.2.

chandastva n. quality or essence of holy song.

-vam (nom.sg.) I.4.2.

√chā cut or tear up.

    • vi cut or tear in pieces.

vicchāyanti (pres.ind. act.pl.caus.) VIII.10.

[chāndogya a. derived from Chandoga; n. his teaching.]

√chid cut or tear off.

    • vi cut or tear in pieces.

vicchetsyate (fut.ind.mid. sg.) VI.7.1.

J

√jakṣ laugh.

jakṣiti (pres.ind.act.sg.) III.17.3.

-ṣat (pres.ppl.act.nom. sg.m.) VIII.12.3.

-yante (pres.ind.mid.pl.) V.10.6. VI.2.3.

-yeta (pres.opt.mid.sg.) VI.2.2.

-yeran (pres.opt.mid.pl.) V.2.3.

-yasva (imv.mid.sg.) V. 10.8.

-yamānam (pres.ppl. mid.acc.sg.m.) III.19. 3.

jagat a. moving, alive; f. a cert. meter (of 4x12 syll.).

-tí (nom.sg.f.) III.16.5.

jaghana m.n. hinder parts, hips, pudenda; instr. as adv.-prep. bchind.

-nena (instr.sg.) II.24. 3,7,11.

√jan, jā (beget), be born. jāyate (pres.ind. mid.-pass.sg., Wh.Gr. 761. b) II.3.1 ; 12.1 ; 15.1.

ajāyata (impf.ind.mid. sg.) III.1.3; 2.2; 3.2; 4.2 ; 5.2 ; 19.3. VI.2.1.

jātas (pass.ppl.nom.sg.) V.9.2.

Page 82

66

jana—jihvā

-†abhi be born or destined for.

abhijāyate (pres.ind.mid. sg.) VII.12.1.

-+pra (beget), spring forth, be born again.

prajāyate (pres.ind.mid. sg.) II.13.2.

-yeya (pres.opt.mid.sg.) VI.2.3(2t).

-yemahi (pres.opt.mid. pl.) VI.2.4

jana m.nm.pr.

-nas (nom.sg.) V.11.1.

-nam (acc.sg.) V.15.1.

janapada m. district, country, people.

-dam (acc.sg.) VIII.1.5

-de (loc.sg) V.11.5.

janitṛ m. progenitor.

-tā (nom.sg.) IV.3.7.

√jap whisper (esp. prayers).

japati (pres.ind.act.sg.) V.2.6.

jābālā f.nm.pr.

-(nom.sg.) IV.4.2,4

-lām (acc.sg.) IV.4.1.

jaya m. victory.

-yas (nom.sg.) II.10.6.

-yam (acc.sg.) II.10.6.

jarā f. wearing out, decay, old age.

-(nom.sg.) VIII.1.4; 4.1.

-rayā (instr.sg.) VIII.1.5.

jarāyu n. cast-off skin of serpent; outer skin of egg or embryo; chorion.

-(nom.sg.) III.19.2.

jāgata a. in or connected with the Jagrati.

-tam (nom.sg.n.) III.16.5.

jānaçruti m.nm.pr.

-tis (nom.sg.) IV.1.1, 5; 2.1,3.

-tes (gen.sg.) IV.1.2.

jābāla m.nm.pr.

-las (nom.sg.) IV.4.1, 2,4.

-le (loc.sg.) IV.10.1.

jāyā f. wife.

-(nom.sg.) I.10.7. IV. 2.4; 10.2.

-yayā (instr.sg.) I.10.1.

-yāyas (gen.sg.) I.10.5.

√ji win, conquer.

jayati (pres.ind.act.sg.) I.9.2. II.7.2; 10.5. IV.5.3; 6.4; 7.4; 8.4.

jeṣyants (fut.pl.act. nom.pl.) VII.8.5.

jihvā f. tongue.

Page 83

√jīv—√jñā

-(nom.sg.) V.7.1. √jīv live.

jīvati (pres.ind.act.sg.) II.11.2; 12.2; 13.2; 14.2; 15.2; 16.2; 17.2; 18.2; 19.2; 20.2. III.16.7. IV.11.2; 12.2; 13.2. V.9.2. -vanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) I.11.9. -vet (pres.opt.act.sg.) VII.9.1. -van (pres.ppl.act.nom.sg.) VI.11.1(3t.). ajīvat (impf.ind.act.sg.) III.16.7. -viṣyam (cond.ind.act.sg.) I.10.4. jīvitum (m.acc.sg. as inf.) V.1.8,9,10,11. - +upa live upon. upajīvanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) III.6.1; 7.1; 8.1; 9.1; 10.1. VIII.1.5. jīva a. living; m. life, spirit, self. -vas (nom.sg.) VI.11.2,3. -vena (instr.sg.) VI.3.2,3; II.1.1. -vās (nom.pl.) VIII.3.2. jīvaja a. born alive or from the womb.

-jam (nom.sg.n.) VI.3.1. jīvana a. vivifying; n. life. -nam (nom.sg.n.) I.9.3,4. jīvāpeta a. with life gone away, lifeless. -tam (nom.sg.n.) VI.11.3. juhū f. (tongue; tongue of Agni, flame; sacrificial ladle); eastern side of the world-soul's case. -hūs (nom.sg.) III.15.2. √jr decay, grow old. jīryati (pres.ind.act.sg.) III.15.1. VII.1.5. jāivali m.nm.pr. -lis (nom.sg.) V.3.1. I.8.1,2,8.

√jñā know, perceive. jānāsi (pres.ind.act.sg.) VI.15.1(2t.) VIII.6.4,4(2t.). -nāti (pres.ind.act.sg.) VI.15.1,2. VIII.6.4; 11.1,2. -nāni (pres.subj.act.sg.) III.14.1. -nīyāt (pres.opt.act.sg.) V.2.9.

Page 84

68 jñātṛ—jñānavant

jñapayate (pres.ind.mid.sg.caus.) II.13.1.

    • anu permit. anujānāti (pres.ind.act.sg.) I.1.8.
    • ā attend to, notice; caus. command. ājñapayām (caus.vbl.f.acc.sg.) V.3.7.
    • prati recognize, agree; mid. answer, confess. pratijajñe (perf.ind.mid.sg.) IV.1.8; 9.2 ; 14.3.
    • vi discern, understand; caus. report. vijānāmi ( pres.ind.act.sg.) IV.10.5(2t.).

-nāti (pres.ind.act.sg.) I.2.9. III.13.8. VII.7.1 (2t.) ; 13.1 ; 17.1 ; 18.1 (3t.) ; 24.1 (2t.). VIII.6.3 ; 7.1,3 ; 11.1 ; 12.6.

-nīthas (pres.ind.act.du.) VIII.8.1.

-nīyus (pres.opt.act.pl.) VII.13.1(2t.).

-nīhi (imv.act.sg.) VI.3.4 ; 4.7 ; 8.1,3 (2t.),5.

-nan (pres.ppl.act.nom.sg.) VII.15.4 ; 17.1 ; 25.2.

-natas (pres.ppl.act.gen.sg.) VII.26.1.

vijajñau (perf.ind.act.sg.) VI.7.6(2t.) ; 16.3(2t.). vijñasyasi ( fut.ind.act.sg.) VI.7.4.

-atam (pass.ppl.nom.sg.n.) VI.1.3,4,5,6. vijijñāse (pres.ind.mid.sg.des.) VII.16.1 ; 17.1 ; 18.1 ; 19.1 ; 20.1 ; 21.1 ; 22.1 ; 23.1.

vijñapayati (pres.ind.act.sg.caus.) VII.2.1(2t.). -yatu (imv.act.sg.caus.) VI.5.4 ; 6.5 ; 8.7 ; 9.4 ; 10.3 ; 11.3 ; 12.3 ; 13.3 ; 14.3 ; 15.3 ; 16.3.

vyajñāpayiṣyata (cond.ind.mid.sg.caus.) VII.2.1.

jñātṛ m. knower. -tā (nom.sg.) VIII.5.1.

jñāti m. near relative, kinsman. -tayas (nom.pl.) VI.15.1.

-tibhis (instr.pl.) VIII.12.3.

jñānavant a. intelligent, wise; wherewisdom is. -vatas (acc.pl.) VII.7.2.

Page 85

jyāyāṅs--ta-

jyāyāṅs a. compar. greater, superior, older.

-yān (nom.sg.m.) I.9.1; 14.3(4t).

-yas (nom.sg.n.) II.21.3.

jyeṣṭha a. supl. principal, best, oldest.

-ṭhas (nom.sg.m.) V.1.1 (2t); 2.6.

-ṭham (acc.sg.n.) V.1.1.

-ṭhāya (dat.sg.) III.11.4,5. V.2.4.

jyāiṣṭhya n. preëminence, primogeniture.

-yam (acc.sg.) V.2.6.

jyok adv. long. II.11.2; 12.2; 13.2; 14.2; 15.2; 16.2; 17.2; 18.2; 19.2; 20.2. IV.11.2; 12.2; 13.2.

nya m.nm.pr. of a cert. sea. -yas (nom.sg.) VIII.5.3.

jyotiṣmant a. having light.

-mān (nom.sg.) IV.7.3,4 (3t).

-matas (acc.pl.) IV.7.4.

jyotis n. light.

-(nom.-acc.sg.) III.13.7 (2t); 17.7(4t). IV.1.2. VIII.3.4; 12.2,3.

-iṣā (instr.sg.) III.18.3, 4,5,6.

jval blaze, glow. jvalati (pres.ind.act.sg.) II.12.1.

-latas (pres.ppl.act.gen. sg.) III.13.8.

  • +pra blaze forth, ignite. prajvalit (aor.ind.act.sg.) VI.7.6.

prajvalayet (pres.opt.act. sg.caus.) VI.7.5.

-yam (acc.sg.) VIII.5.4.

T

ta- pron.st. 3 pers. he, she, it; this, that (used 1. both as subst. and a., 2. w.pron. of 1 or 2 pers., 3. w. other pron.); n. as adv.

there, then, therefore; instr. as adv. therefore; abl. as adv.therefore.

sas (nom.sg.m.) I.1.3; 2.8(2t.), 13 (2t.); 3.3

Page 86

70

ta-

(3t.),4,12; 4.5; 5.1 (2t.),5(2t.); 6.7,8; 7. 6,7(2t.); 8.2,3; 9.2 (2t.),4; 10.2,5,6(2t.),8; 11.2. II.1.4; 3.1(3t.); 4.1(4t.); 8.1(3t.),2 (3t.); 9.2,3,4,5,6,7; 11.2; 12.1(4t.),2; 13. 1(4t.),2; 14.2; 15.1 (4t.),2; 16.2; 17.2; 18.2; 19.2; 20.2; 21. 1(3t.),2,4; 22.3,4(2t.); 24.2,3,7,11(2t.). III.6. 3(2t.),4; 7.3(2t.),4; 8. 3(2t.),4; 9.3(2t.),4; 10.3(2t.),4; 12.7,8(2t.),9; 13.1(3t.),2(2t.),3 (2t.),4(2t.),5(3t.),6; 14.1; 15.1,2(2t.),4; 16.2,4,6,7(2t.); 17.1, 6(2t.); 18.3,4,5,6; 19. 2(2t.),3,4. IV.1.1,4 (2t.),5,6(2t.),7,8(2t.); 3.3,6(2t.); 4.2,3,4(2t.), 5; 5.3; 6.1,4; 7.1,4; 8.1,4; 10.1,3(2t.),5; 11.1(2t.),2; 12.1(2t.), 2; 13.1(2t.),2; 16.2,3 (2t.),5(2t.); 17.2,3. V.1.7,12; 2.1,2,6(2t.), 8; 3.4(2t.),5,6(3t.), 7; 8.1; 9.1,2; 10. 10; 11.3,5; 18.1; 19.

1; 24.1. VI.1.2,4,6; 5 2,3; 6.1,2,3(2t.),4; 7. 2(2t.),4; 8.2,6,7; 9.4 (2t.); 10.1,3(2t.); 11. 1,3(2t.); 12.3(2t.); 13. 1,3(2t.); 14.1,2,3(2t.); 15.3(2t.); 16.1(3t.),2 (2t.),3(2t.). VII.1.2, 3(2t.),5; 2.2; 3.1,2; 4.2,3(2t.); 5.3(2t.); 6. 2; 7.2(2t.); 8.1,2; 9. 2(2t.); 10.2; 11.2 (2t.); 12.2(2t.); 13.2; 14.1,2; 15.2,4; 16.1; 24. 1(2t.); 25.1(7t.),2 (2t.); 26.2. VIII.1.3, 5; 2.1,10; 3.3; 4.1; 6.4,5(2t.); 7.1(3t.),3 (3t.); 8.4; 9.2(2t.),3; 10.1(3t.),3(3t.),4; 11. 1(2t.),2(2t.),3; 12.3 (3t.),4(4t.),5(2t.),6; 14.1(2t.); 15.1.

tat (nom.-acc.sg.n.) I.1. 5,6,8(2t.); 2.1,4,5,6; 3.4,8,10; 4.2,4,5(2t.); 6.1(2t.),2(2t.),3(2t.),4 (2t.),5(2t.),6(2t.); 7. 1(2t.),2(2t.),3(2t.),4 (4t.).5(6t.),6; 12.1,3. II.1.1(2t.),2(3t.),3(2t.); 3.2; 8.2; 9.2,3,4,5,6,7, 8(2t.); 10.1,2,3,4,5

Page 87

ta-

(2t.); 11.2; 12.1,2; 13.1,2; 14.2; 15.1,2; 16.2; 17.2; 18.2; 19. 2; 20.2; 21.1,3,4(3t.); 23.4. III.1.4(3t.); 2. 3(3t.); 3.3(3t.); 4.3 (3t.); 5.3(3t.); 6.1 (2t.); 7.1; 8.1; 9. 1; 10.1; 11.1,4 (2t.), 5; 12.4(2t.),5,7 (2t.), 9; 13.1 (2 t.),2 (2 t.), 3,4 (2t.),5,7,8; 14. 1; 15.1,4,6,7(2t.); 16. 1 (2t.),3 (2t.),5 (2t.), 7; 17.2,3,5,6; 18.2; 19.1 (5t.),2,3 (3t.),4( 2t.),5,6( 2t.), 7; 2.1(2t.),3(2t.); 3. 7,8; 10.5(3t.); 14.3; 15.1,5; 17.4(2t.),5,6,7, 9(2t.). V.1.9,10,11,13 (2t.),14(2t.); 2.1,3,7,9; 10. 1,2,4,6,7,8; 19.1 (2t.),2; 20.2; 21.2; 22. 2; 23.2; 24.1,3,4(2t.). VI.1.7; 2.1,3(5t.),4; 3.4; 4.1 (3t.),2 (3t.),3 (3t.),4 (3t.),5,6 (4t.),7 (2t.); 5.1(3t.),2(3t.), 3; 6.1,2; 7.6; 8.2,3 (3t.),5 (3t.),6,7 (2t.); 9.3,4 (2t.); 10.2,3(2t.); 11.3(2t.); 12.3(2t.);

13.1(2t.),2(2t.),3(2t.); 14.3(2t.); 15.3(2t.); 16.3(3t.). VII.1.5; 2. 2,4; 3.2; 4.3; 5.3; 6. 2; 7.2; 8.2; 9.2; 10. 2; 11.1(4t.),2; 12.2; 13.2; 14.2; 23.1; 24. 1(3t.); 26.2. VIII.1.1 (2t.),2,3,6; 3.2 (2t.), 4.2; 5.1(2t.), 2(2t.),3(5t.),4; 6.2,3, 6; 7.2; 8.1; 10.1,3; 11.1,3; 12.1,2; 14.1 (2t.); 15.1.

sā (nom.sg.f.) I.3.3,4; 6.5,6; 7.4(2t.),5; 10.5; 11.4,5,6,7,8,9. III.12. 2(2t.),3 (2t.),5; 13.3; 19.2(2t.). IV.3.8; 4. 2 (2t.),4(2t.). V.1.8 (2t.). VI.3.2,3; 5.3; 6.4; 7.6; 11.2(3t.).

tam (acc.sg.m.) I.2.2,7 (2t.),10,11,12,13; 3.1, (2t.),10,11; 8.6,8; 9.3; 16.2,7; 12.2. II.22.3; 24.2. III.15.4; 16.2, 4,6; 19.3. IV.1.3,7,8; 2.1,3,4; 3.6; 4.4,5(2t.); 6.2; 7.2; S.2; 9.2; 10. 1,2,3; 11.2; 12.2; 13. 2; 14.1. V.1.12; 3.1,4, 6,7(2t.); 9.2; 10.4; 11.2

Page 88

(2t.),4(2t.),6(2t.). VI. 1.1,3(2t.); 7.3,4(2t.),5; 12.2 ; 13.1,2; 14.1. VII.1.1,3(2t.); 15.4; 26.2(2t.). VIII.1.2,4, 5(2t.); 3.1; 5.1; 6.3, 4; 7.1,2,3(2t.); 9.2; 10.3; 11.2; 12.6(2t).

tām (acc.sg.f.) I.2.3; 3- 9(2t.),11; 4.2; 10.9, 10, 11; 11.4,5,6,7,8,9. II.23.3. V.3.6; 19.1; 20.1 ; 21.1 ; 22.1 ; 23. 1. VII.4.1 ; 5.1.

tasmāi (dat.sg.) I.12.2. II.24.6,10,15,16. IV. 2.5; 3.5,6,8; 5.2; 6.3; 7.3; 8.3; 9.3; 10.2,4; 14.3. V.3.6,7. VII.5. 2; 26.2. VIII.9.3; 10. 4 ; 11.3.

tasyāi (dat.sg.f.) I.2.11. tena (instr.sg.) I.1.9,10; 2.2,4, 5, 6, 9(2t.), 10, 11, 12. II.9.1(2t.). III. 11.2. V.10.8. VI.7. 3,5. VII.1.1. VIII. 2.1,2,3,4,5, 6, 7,8,9, 10; 3-5.

tayā (instr.sg.f.) I.2.3. IV.3.8. VI.7.3,6. VIII. 6.6.

tasmāt (abl.sg.) I.2.2,3, 4,5,6; 3.2,3,4(3t.); 5. 2,4; 6.1,2,3,4,5,8(2t.); 7.1,2,3,4,6,8. II.9.2,3, 4,5,6,7,8. III.17.5. IV.3.8; 16.1; 17.10. V.2.2; 3.7; 10.8; 12. 4; 7.1,2,3(2t.); 9.2; 10.3; 11.2; 12.6(2t).

16.1; 17.1; 24.4. VI. 2.1,3,4; 8.1. VII.5.2; 6.1; 9.1; 10.1; 11.1 (2t.); 13.1. VIII.3.3, 5; 4.2(2t.); 8.5; 12.6.

tasyās (abl.-gen.sg.f.) II. 23.3. IV.2.5; 17.3. V.4.2; 5.2; 6.1,2; 7. 2; 8.1,2.

tasya (gen.sg.) I.1.1; 4. 1; 6.7,8; 7.5. II.9.2. III.1.1,2,3; 2.2; 3.2; 4.2; 5.2; 13.1,7,8; 15. 2; 16.1; 19.1,3. IV. 10.1; 16.1. V.4.1; 5.1; 7.1; 18.2; 19.2; 20.2; 21.2; 22.2; 23.2; 24.2. VI.5.1,3; 8.4,6; 14.2 (2t.); 15.1; 16.1,2. VII.25.2; 26.1. VIII. 3.3,4.

tasmin (loc.sg.) II.9.2. III.15.1. V.2.9(2t.); 4.2; 5.2; 6.2; 7.2; 8. 2; 10.5. VIII.1.1.

tau (nom.-acc.du.m.) I.1.

Page 89

tatas—tathā

6; 7.5. IV.3.4. VIII.

7.2,3 (4t.); 8.1 (3t.),2

(3t.),3 (2t.),4

te (nom.-acc.du.n.) III.

19.1. VIII.14.1.

tayos (gen.du.f.) IV.16.

te (nom.pl.m.) I.2.2; 4.

3; 7.6 (2t.); 8.1; 9.

3; 10.11; 12.4 (2t.).

II.9.2,3,5,6,7 III.4.2;

5.2,4; 6.2; 7.2; 8.2;

9.2; 10.2; 13.6; 19.2.

IV.2.5; 3.8; 10.5; 14.

  1. V.1.7; 8.1; 10.1,

3,6,7 (2t.); 11.1,2,6,7.

VI.1.7; 9.2,3; 10.2.

VII.6.1 (3t.); 13.1

(2t.); 25.2. VIII.3.1;

6.2 (2t.); 7.2; 8.4.

tāni (nom.-acc.pl.n.) I.3.

  1. II.9.4; 10.4; 23.4.

III.2.2; 3.2; 5.4. V.

10.8. VII.4.2; 5.2

VIII.3.5; 11.3.

tās (nom.-acc.pl.f.) III.

1.2 (3t.); 2.1 (2t.); 3.

1 (2t.); 4.1 (2t.); 5.1

(2t.); 17.1,4; 19.2.

IV.4.5 (2t.); 6.1; 7.1;

8.1. VI.2.4 (2t.); 10.

1 (2t.). VIII.6.1.

tān (acc.pl.m.) I.4.3; 7.

7,8; 10.3,5,7; 12.3.

II.9.8; 22.1. IV.15.5.

V.1.7; 10.1,3; 11.4,7

(2t.); 18.1.

tāis (instr.pl.) V.10.9,

tebhyaḥ (dat.-abl.pl.) II.

21.3; 23.3,4. V.11.3,

  1. VIII.8.4.

teṣām (gen.pl.) I.6.8;

7.6. III.5.4 (2t.). IV.

17.1. V.3.5. VI.3.1.

VII.4.2; 25.2. VIII.

1.6 (2t.); 3.1; 4.3 (2t.);

5.4 (2t.); 12.6.

tāsām (gen.pl.f.) III.15.

  1. IV.17.2. VI.3.3,4;

5.2. VIII.6.6.

tatas adv. thence, therefore.

II.10.2. III.11.

1,6 (2t.); 12.6; 16.2,4,

  1. VI.7.3,5; 14.1; 16.

1,2. VII.1.1.VIII.1.4.

tatra adv. there, then.

I. 4.3; 10.8. III.11.2;

17.6. IV.6.1; 7.1; 8.1.

V.2.9. VI.8.3,5; 9.2;

10.1; 14.1. VII.1.5;

2.2; 3.2; 4.3; 5.3; 6.

2; 7.2; 8.2; 9.2; 10.

2; 11.2; 12.2; 13.2;

14.2. VII.12.3.

tathā adv. so, thus; yes;

Page 90

74

tad—√tap

also. I.S.2 ; 9.4(2t.) ; 11.3 (2t.),5,7,9 (2t.). III.14.1. V.3.5; 7. VI. 1.7 ; 5.4 ; 6.5 ; 8.7 ; 9. 4 ; 10.3 ; 11.3 ; 12.3 ; 13.1,2,3 ; 14.3 ; 15.3 ; 16.3.

tad adv. there, see ta-. tadā adv. at that time, in that case. VI.S.1. VIII.6.3(2t.). √tan, tā stretch (tr. and intr.).

– + ā spread over, reach to. ātatas (pass.ppl.nom.sg. m.) VIII.6.2. -tam (pass.ppl.nom.sg. n.) IV.1.2. – + pra extend. pratīyante(pres.ind.pass. pl. ; so BR., but see √tāy).

– + vi extend (weft or line); perform (sacrifice, from comparison w. weft). vitatam (pass.ppl.acc.sg. m.) I.10.7. – + sam make continuous. saṁtanuta (imv.act.pl.) III.16.2,4,6.

√tap be warm, blaze; beshine, heat; be in pain, do penance. tapati (pres.ind.act.sg.) I.3.1. III.18.3(2t.),4 (2t.),5(2t.),6(2t.). -pata (imv.act.pl) VI. 16.1.

-pantam (pres.ppl.act. acc.sg.m.) III.14.2. -ptas (pass.ppl.nom.sg. m.) IV.10.2,4. -ptam (pass.ppl.acc.sg. m.) VI.16.1. -pyamānāyas (pres.ppl. pass.gen.sg.f.) IV. 17.3.

-nānām (pres.ppl.pass. gen.pl.) IV.17.1,2. – + abhi warm, heat. abhitapati (pres.ind.act. sg.) VII.11.1. abhyatapat (impf.ind.act. sg.) II.23.3(2t.),4. IV.17.1,2,3.

-pan (impf.ind.act.pl.) III.1.3 ; 2.2 ; 3.2 ; 4.2 ; 5.2. abhitaptasya (pass.ppl. gen.sg.) III.1.3 ; 2.2 ; 3.2 ; 4.2 ; 5.2. -tāyās (pass.ppl.abl.sg.f.) II.23.3.

Page 91

-tebhyas (pass.ppl.abl. pl.) II.23.3.4.

    • upa make hot; = pass. suffer, become unwell. upatapasi (pres.ind.act. sg.) III.16.7.

-pet ( pres.opt.act.sg.) III.16.2,4,6.

    • ni beam down upon. nitapati (pres.ind.act.sg.) VII.11.1.

tapas n. heat; penance; asceticism.

-(nom.sg.) II.23.2. III. 17.4. V.10.1.

tamas n. darkness.

-(acc.sg.) I.3.1.

-asas (abl.-gen.sg.) I.3. 1. III.17.7. VII.26.2.

tarhi adv. at that time; then, in that case. I. 11.3. II.24.2.

talpa m. bed, couch.

-pam (acc.sg.) V.10.9.

tasmāt adv. from that, therefore; see ta-.

tāta m. father, reverend, dear.

-(voc.sg.) IV.4.2. V. 3.5.

tādṛç a. of this sort; n.acc. as adv. in this way, so.

-dṛk (acc.sg.m.) V.24.1.

    • pra extend.

pratāyante (pres.ind.mid. pl.) VIII.6.2(2t.).

tāvant a. so great, so many, lasting so long; n.acc. as adv. so far, so long.

-vān (nom.sg.m.) III. 12.6. VIII.1.3.

-vat (nom.-acc.sg.n.) I. 9.3; 11.3. III.6.4; 7. 4( 2t.) ; 8.4(2t.);9.4 (2t.); 10.4(2t.). V. 11.5. VI.14.2 ; 15.1. VIII.6.4,5.

ti- 2nd syl. of sattiya. VIII.3.5.

tiraścīnavan̄ça m. cross-beam; bee-hive.

-ças (nom.sg.) III.1.1.

tiryañc a. oblique, horizontal.

tiraścībhis (instr.pl.f.) VII.11.1.

tilamāṣa m. sesamum plants and beans.

-ṣās (nom.pl.) V.10.6.

tisras, see tri.

tīrtha m. (passage, access; shrine) the right place or moment; the right or holy way.

Page 92

76

1 tu—√tṛp

-thebhyas (abl.pl.) VIII. 15.1.

1 tu postp.pcl. but, on the other hand. I.1.10; 6. 8; 11.3(2t.). II.22.1 IV.4.3,4; 9.2; 10.5; 14.1,3. V.12.2; 13.2; 14.2; 15.2; 16.2; 17. 2; 18.1. VI.1.7; 2.2 (2t.); 3.4; 4.7; 8.6. VII.16.1(2t.); 17.1; 18.1; 19.1; 20.1; 21. 1; 22.1; 23.1. VIII. 9.3; 10.2,4(2t.); 11.3.

-tayas (nom.pl.) VII. 8.1; 10.1. -tīn (acc.pl.) VII.2.1; 7.1.

2 tu— pron.st.2pers., see tvam.

tr̥ṇodaka n. grass and water.

-kam (acc.sg.) II.22.2. tr̥tīya num.a. third. -yas (nom.sg.m.) II. 23.2.

tura a. strong, wealthy, copious. -yam (nom.sg.n.) III. 8.1. V.10.8.

-ram (acc.sg.n.) V.2.7. -yām (acc.sg.f.) VI.11.2.

tūṣṇīm adv. silently. I.10. 11.

-yasyām (loc.sg.f) VIII. 5.3.

√tr̥ cross over, overcome. tr̥tiyasavana n. third or evening libation (of Soma).

tarati (prs.ind.act.sg.) VII.1.3. -nam (nom.-acc.sg.) II. 24.1,16. III.16.4,5(2t.), 6.

-tas ( pres.ind.act.du. ) VIII.4.1. -nasya (gen.sg.) II.24. 11.

tirtvā grd. VIII.4.2(2t.). √tr̥d split, bore. + sam connect by a hole, fasten together.

tārayatu (imv.act.sg. caus.) VII.1.3. samtr̥ṇṇā (pass.ppl.nom. sg.f.) II.23.4.

tr̥ṇa n. grass, grass-blade. -ṇāni (pass.ppl.nom.pl. n.) II.23.4.

-ṇāis (instr.pl.) VI.7.5. √tr̥p be satisfied, become content.

tr̥ṇavanaspati m. grass and trees.

Page 93

trpyati (pres.ind.act.sg.) III.6.3; 7.3; 8.3; 9.3; 10.3. V.19.1,2(5t.); 20.1,2(4t.); 21.1,2(5t.); 22.1,2(5t.); 23.1,2(4t).

-yanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) III.6.1; 7.1; 8.1; 9.1; 10.1. V.20.2.

-yati (pres.ppl.act.loc. sg.) V.19.2(3t.); 20.2(3t.); 21.2(2t.); 22.2(3t.); 23.2(3t).

-yantyaṃ (pres.ppl.act. loc.sg.f.) V.19.2; 21.2(2t.); 22.2.

-yantiṣu (pres.ppl.act. loc.pl.f.) V.20.2.

tr̥pti f. satiety, satisfaction. -tim (acc.sg.) V.19.2; 20.2; 21.2; 22.2; 23.2.

tr̥ptimant a. sated, satisfied. -mān (nom.sg.m.) VII.10.2.

tejas n. sharpness, point of flame, fire; vigor. -(nom.-acc.sg.) III.1.3; 2.2; 3.2; 4.2; 5.2; 13.1. VI.2.3(2t.); 5.3; 8.4,5(2t.),6(2t.); 15.1,2. VII.2.1; 4.2; 7.1; 11.1(4t.),2(2t.); 26.1.

-sā (instr.sg.) V.19.2; 20.2; 21.2; 22.2; 23.2*. VI.8.4,6. VIII.6.3.

-sas (abl.-gen.sg.) VI.2.3; 4.1,2,3,4,6; 6.4. VIII.11.2(3t.); 12.1.

-si (loc.sg.) VI.8.6; 15.1,2.

tejasvant a. possessing fire or vigor; brilliant or strong. -vatas (acc.pl.) VII.11.2.

tejasvin a. sharp, bright, strong. -vī (nom.sg.m.) II.14.2. III.13.1. VII.11.2.

tejomaya a. consisting of flame, shining. -yī (nom.sg.f.) VI.5.4; 6.5; 7.6.

tena adv. in that way, therefore; see ta-.

trapu n. tin. -(acc.sg.) IV.17.7. -punā (instr.sg.) IV.17.7.

traya a. triple; n. triad (the three Vedas). -yam (acc.sg.n.) III.17.6.

-yī (nom.sg.f) I.1.9. II.21.1; 23.3.

Page 94

-yīm (acc.sg.f.) I.4.2; IV.17.3.

-yyās (gen.sg.f.) IV.17.8.

trayodaça num.a. thirteenth.

-ças (nom.sg.m.) I.13.3. [trayovįñça num.a. twenty-third.]

√trā protect, rescue. trāyate (pres.ind.mid-pass.sg.,Wh.Gr.761.c) III.12.1.

trāṇa n. protection, help. -ṇam (acc.sg.) VIII.5.2.

tri num.a. three. trayas (nom.m.) I.8.1. II.21.1 ; 23.1. trīṇi (nom.n.) II.21.3 (2t.). VI.3.1 ; 4.1,2,3, 4. VIII.3.5. tisras (nom.-acc.f.) IV. 17.2. VI.3.2,3,4 ; 4.7 ; 8.6.

tribhis (instr.) II.10.3 (2t.). tridhā adv. in three ways or parts. VII.26.2.

tripād a. three-footed; m. three-quarters. -pāt (nom.sg.m.) III. 12.6.

trivṛt a. threefold.

-(nom.sg.f.) VI.3.4(2t.); 4.7(2t.); 8.6(2t.). -tam (acc.sg.f.) VI.3.3 (2t.),4 (2t).

triṣṭubh f. a cert. meter (of 4×11 syll.). -ṭup (nom.sg.) III.16.3.

tredhā adv. in three ways or parts. VI.5.1,2,3.

trāiṣṭubha a. in or connected with the Triṣṭup. -bham (nom.sg.m.) III. 16.3.

tryakṣara a. having three syllables; n. a complex of three syllables. -ram (nom.sg.n.) II.10. 1 (2t.),3 (2t.),4.

tvac f. skin. -vak (nom.sg.) II.19.1.

tvattas adv. (=tvat, abl. sg. of tvam, which see). V.3.7.

tvam 2 pers.pron. thou. -(nom.sg.) I.5.2(2t.),4 (2t.). IV.1.8;4.2(3t.), 4(2t.). V.1.12;13(2t.), 14(2t.); 3.5,7; 12.1 (2t.); 13.1(2t.); 14.1 (2t.); 15.1(3t.); 16.1. (3t.); 17.1(3t.). VI. 8.7; 9.4; 10.3; 11.3; 12.3; 13.3; 14.3; 15.

Page 95

-tha—darçanīya 79

3; 16.3. VII.15.2(6t). | 4,5,6,7,8,9. IV.5.2; 6

tvām (acc.sg.) IV .4.2, | 1;3; 7.1,3; S.1,3; 14.1

  1. V.14.1. (2t.),2(2t.),3(2t.). V.

tvā (encl.acc.sg.) I.8.3, | 2.6; 3.5; 12.2; 14.2;

6,8. II.22.3,4(2t.); 24. | 15.2; 16.2; 17.2. VI.

4,8,12,13. IV.1.2; 2. | 7.3,6. VII.1.1. VIII.

3; 4.5; 9.2; 10.2; 14. | 9.3; 10.4; 11.3.

  1. V.3.1,4. VII.15. | tava (gen.sg) IV.2.3.

  2. | V.3.6; 12.1; 13.1.

te (encl.dat.-gen.sg.) I. | yūyam (nom.pl.) V.18.1

5.2,4; 7.9; 8.6(3t.),8 | vas ( encl.acc.-gen.pl )

(3t.); 10.9,10,11; 11. | V.1.7(2t.); 11.7.

TH

-tha 3rd syl. of udgītha. | I.3.6,7(3t).

D

dañça m. biting; gradfly. | dakṣiṇāgni m. right-hand

-ças (nom.sg.) VI.9.3; | or southern altar-fire.

10.2. | -nāu (loc.sg.) IV.17.5.

dakṣiṇa a. ablc; right- | datta n. gift, liberality.

hand; southern. | -tam (nom.sg.) V.10.3

-ṇas (nom.sg.m.) III. | dadhan n. sour milk.

13.2. | -dhnas (gen.sg.) VI.

-ṇā (nom.sg.f.) . III.15. | 6.1.

  1. IV.5.2. | dadhimadhu n. sour milk

-ṇās (nom.pl.m.-f.) III. | and honey.

2.1(2t.); 17.4. | -dhunos (loc.clu.) V.2.4.

dakṣiṇatas adv. from or on | darçana n. secing, sight.

the right or south. | -nāya (dat.sg. as inf.)

III.7.4; 8.4; 9.4; 10. | VIII.3.1; 12.4.

  1. VII.25.1(2t.),2. | darçanīya grdv. to be seen

dakṣiṇā adv. to the right, | or shown, sightly.

southward. V.10.3. | -yam (acc.sg.n.) I.2.4.

Page 96

80

daça—√dā

daça num. ten. IV.3.8(2t.).

V.9.1. VII.9.1; 26.2.

[daçama num.a. tenth.]

√dah burn.

dahet (pres.opt.act.sg.)

VI.7.3,5.

-hyate (pres.ind.pass. sg.) VI.16.1,2.

    • pra burn up, destroy.

pradhākṣit (unaug.aor. ind.act.sg.) IV.1.2.

    • prati burn against, burn.

pratidhakṣyati (fut.ind. act.sg.) II.22.4.

    • vyatisam burn up together completely.

vyatisamdhet (pres.opt. act.sg.) VII.15.3.

dahara a. small, fin.

-ras (nom.sg.m.) VIII. 1.1,2.

-ram (nom.sg.n.) VIII. 1.1,2.

√dā, dad give, grant.

dadāti (pres.ind.act.sg.)

VII.15.1(2t.).

-dāni (pres.subj.act.sg.)

II.22.5.

-dyās (pres.opt.act.sg.)

I.11.3(2t.).

-dyāt (pres.opt.act.sg.)

III.11.6.

dehi (imv.act.sg.) I.10. 3.

datta (imv.act.pl.) IV. 3.7.

dadatus (perf.ind.act.du.)

IV.3.5.

-dus (perf.ind.act.pl.)

IV.3.8.

dasyāmi (fut.ind.act.sg.)

V.11.5(2t.).

dattam (pass.ppl.nom.sg. n.) IV.3.6.

    • ā receive, seize, get possession of.

adadate (pres.ind.mid. pl.) III.16.5.

attas (pass.ppl.nom.sg.)

VIII.12.1.

-tam (pass.ppl.nom.sg. n.) VIII.12.1.

-tās (pass.ppl.nom.pl.m.)

VIII.12.6.

adāya grd. II.9.4. IV. 2.1,3.

    • abhyā appropriate, put on; cmbrace.

abhyāttas (pass.ppl. nom.sg., ? embracing)

III.14.2,4.

    • vya (± mukham) open the mouth.

vyādadāti (pres.ind.act. sg.) I.2.9.

Page 97

dāna—√du

– + pari surrender, intrust.

paridadāni (pres.subj.act. sg.) II.22.5.

– – + pra deliver, present.

pradadāu (perf.ind.act. sg.) I.10.3.

dāna n. giving, liberality.

– nam (nom.sg.) II.23.1. III.17.4.

dāru n. wood.

– (acc.sg.) IV.17.7(2t.).

dālbhya m.nm.pr.

– yas (nom.sg.) I.2.13; 8.1 ; 12.1,3.

– yam (acc.sg.) I.8.3,6.

– ya (voc.sg.) I.8.6.

√dās bear ill will.

– + abhi bear ill will towards.

abhidāsati (pres.ind.act. sg.) I.2.8.

dāsabhārya n. slaves and wives.

– yam (acc.sg.) VII.24.2.

dāsī f. female slave.

– (nom.sg.) V.13.2.

div, see dyo.

divikṣit a. dwelling in the sky.

– ṣidbhyas (dat.pl.) II.24.14.

diś f. region, direction, cardinal point.

dik (nom.sg.) III.15.2. IV.5.2(4t.).

diśam (acc.sg.) I.3.11 (2t.). VI.8.2(4t.); 14.2(2t.).

– cas (nom.pl.) II.17.1; 21.4. III.15.1; 18.2. IV.12.1. V.6.1; 20.2 (2t.).

digbhis (instr.pl.) III.18.6.

diśām (gen.pl.) III.15.2(2t.).

dikṣu (loc.pl.) IV.3.8. V.20.2.

diṣṭa n. appointed place, destiny.

– ṭam (acc.sg.) V.9.2.

√dīkṣ consecrate oneself (for performance of a ceremony, esp. for offering of Soma).

dīkṣitvā grd. V.2.4.

dīkṣā f. preparation, consecration.

– ṣas (nom.pl.) III.17.1.

√dīp blaze, shine.

dīpyate (pres.ind.mid.sg.) III.13.7.

√du, dū burn (tr. and intr.), afflict.

Page 98

    • pra grieve. pradūyante (pres.ind.pass.pl.) V.24.3. -yeta (pres.opt.pass.sg.) V.24.3. duḥkhatā f. pain, sorrow. -tām (acc.sg.) VII.26. 2. durudgītha m. bad udgītha. -tham (acc.sg.) I.5.5. durgandhi a. ill-smelling. -(acc.sg.n.) I.2.2,9. durniṣprapadana n. difficult departure. -nam (nom.sg.) V.10.6. √duṣ spoil, become bad, be impure. duṣyati (pres.ind.act.sg.) VIII.10.1,3. duṣkrta n. evil deed. -tam (nom.sg.) VIII. 4.1. √duh milk, derive. dugdhe (pres.ind.mid. sg.) I.3.7; 13.4. II. 8.3. duhitṛ f. daughter. -taram (acc.sg.) IV.2.3. dṛḍha a. strong, firm. -dhasya (gen.sg.) I.3.5. √dṛç see; pass.-mid. appear; caus. show. dṛçyate (pres.ind.pass.-

mid.sg.) I.6.6; 7.5. IV.11.1; 12.1; 13.1; 15.1. V.12.1; 13.1. VIII.7.4. -yeta (pres.opt.pass.-mid.sg.) V.1.7. dadarça (perf.ind.act.sg.) VIII.9.1; 10.1; 11.1. dṛṣṭam (pass.ppl.nom. sg.n.) III.13.8. IV. 3.8(2t.). -tvā grd. II.9.7. III.6. 1,3; 7.1,3; 8.1,3; 9.1, 3; 10.1,3. darçayati (pres.ind.act. sg.caus.) VII.26.2. -yitvā grd.caus. VII.11. 1 (2t.). dṛṣṭi f. seeing, glance. -ṭis (nom.sg.) III.13.7. deva a. divine; m; god. -vas (nom.sg.) I.12.5. -vam (acc.sg.) III.17.7. -vasya (gen.sg.) V.2.7. -vās (nom.-voc.pl.) I.2. 1; 4.2,4,5; 13.2. II. 9.5; 24.16. III.6.1; 7. 1; 8.1; 9.1; 10.1; 11. 2. V.4.2; 5.2; 6.2; 7. 2; 8.2; 10.4. VIII.8. 4; 12.6. -vān (acc.pl.) VII.2.1;

Page 99

devakāma - dāiva 83

7.1. VIII.9.1; 10.1; -vebhyas (dat.pl.) II. 22.2; 24.14. -vānām (gen.pl.) II.24. I. IV.3.7. VIII.7.2. -veṣu (loc.pl.) IV.3.4. devakāma m. desire of the gods. -mān (acc.pl.) I.7.7. -mānām (gen.pl.) I.6.8. devakīputra m. son of Devakī. -rāya (dat.sg.) III.17.6. devatā f. divinity. -(nom.sg.) I.10.9,10.11; 11.4 (2t.),5,6 (2t.),7,8 (2t.),9. VI.3.2,3 (2t.), 4; 4.7. tām (acc.sg.) I.3.9 (2t.). IV.2.2 (2t.). -tāyām (loc.sg.) VI.8. 6; 15.1,2. -tās (nom.-acc.pl.) IV. 17.2. VI.3.2; 8.6. -tānām (gen.pl.) II.20. 2. IV.17.8. VI.4.7. -tāsu (loc.pl.) II.20.1,2. devatrā adv. among the gods. III.17.7. devapatha m. way of the gods.

-thas (nom.sg.) IV.15.6. devamadhu n. honey of the gods. -(nom.sg.) III.1.1. devamānuṣya m. gods and men. -yās (nom.pl.) VII.6.1; 8.1; 10.1. devayāna a. leading to the gods. -nas (nom.sg.) V.10.2. -nasyā (gen.sg.) V.3.2. devavidyā f. science of the gods. -(nom.sg.) VII.1.4. -yām (acc.sg.) VII.1.2; 2.1; 7.1. devasuṣ̣i m. cavity of the gods. -ṣayas (nom.pl.) III.13. 1. devāsura m. gods and Asuras. -rās (nom.pl.) I.2.1. VIII.7.2. deça m. region, spot, place. -çe (loc.sg.) VIII.15. 1. dāiva a. divine. VII.1.4. -vas (nom.sg.) -vam (nom.sg.n.,acc.sg. m.) VII.1.2; 2.1; 7. 1. VIII.12.5.

Page 100

84

doṣa—dvārapa

-vena (instr.sg.) VIII. 12.5.

-vās (nom.pl.) V.I.4.

doṣa m. fault, defect.

-ṣeṇa (instr.sg.) VIII. 10.1,3.

doṣā f. night; instr. as adv. at night.

-(old instr.sg.) VI.13.1.

doha m. milking, milk.

-has (nom.sg.) I.3.7; 13.4. II.8.3.

-ham (acc.sg.) I.3.7; 13.4. II.8.3.

dyu, see dyo.

√dyut shine, gleam.

    • vi shine forth, lighten.

vidyotate (pres.ind.mid. sg.) II.3.1; 15.1. VII.11.1.

dyāvāpṛthivī f. heaven and earth.

-(nom.du.) VII.4.2. VIII.1.3.

dyo f. (m.) heaven, sky, day.

dyāus (nom.sg.) I.3.7; 6.3(2t.). II.2.1,2; 17. 1. III.1.1; 15.1; 19. 2. IV.6.3; 13.1. V. 19.2(2t.). VIII.6.1; 8. 1; 10.1.

divam (acc.sg.) III.15. 1

divā (instr.sg.) III.11. 3; 17.7. IV.1.2. 14.3. IV.17.1.

divas (abl.sg.) III.13.7;

divi (loc.sg.) III.12.6. V.19.2. VIII.5.3.

draṣṭṛ m. seer.

-tā (nom.sg.) VII.8.1; 9.1.

√dru run.

  • +upa run to upadravanti (pres.ind.act. pl.) II.9.7.

dva num.a. two.

dvāu (nom.-acc.du.m.) IV.3.4. VII.3.1.

dve (nom.du.f.,acc.du.n.) III.17.6. VII.3.1(2t.).

dvātriṃśat f. thirty-two.

-tam (acc.sg.) VIII.7. 3; 9.3(2t.); 10.4(2t.).

dvādaśa num. twelve.

IV.10.1.

[2 dvādaśa num.a. twelfth.]

dvādaśavarṣa a. twelve years old.

-ṣas (nom.sg.) VI.1.2.

dvārapa m. door-keeper.

-pās (nom.pl.) III.13.6.

-pān (acc.pl.) III.13.6 (2t.).

Page 101

dvāviṅça—√dhā

85

dvāviṅça num.a. twenty-

-çena (instr.sg.) II.10.5.

dvāviṅçati f. twenty-two.

-tis (nom.sg.) II.10.4.

dvitīya num.a. second.

-yas (nom.sg.) II.23.2.

-yam (nom.sg.n.) III.7.1.

-yām (acc.sg.f.) V.20.1.VI.11.2.

dvis num.adv. twice. III.7.4; 8.4; 9.4; 10.4.

dvyakṣara n. a complex of two syllables.

-ram (nom.sg.) II.10.2.

DH

dhana n. booty, wealth,money.

-nam (acc.sg.) I.11.3.

-nena (instr.sg.) V.15.1.

-nasya (gen.sg.) III.11.6.

dhanamātrā f. a measure of money, some money.

-rām (acc.sg.) I.10.6.

dhanasani a. granting treasures.

-nayas (nom.pl.) I.7.6.

dhanus n. bow.

-uṣas (gen.sg.) I.3.5.

√dham, dhmā blow.

    • pra blow forth.

pradhmāyīta (pres.opt. pass.sg., Wh.Gr. 772, 738.b) VI.14.1.

dhamani f. reed; vessel of human body, vein, nerve.

-nayas (nom.pl.) III.19.2.

dharma m. custom, right, law.

-mas (nom.sg.) VII.2.1.

-mam (acc.sg.) VII.2.1.

-mās (nom.pl.) II.1.4.

dharmaskandha m. division of law.

-dhās (nom.pl.) II.23.1.

√dhā, dadh put, place, constitute, do, make; mid. appropriate, obtain; w. çrad have faith, w. açrad be without faith.

dhīmahi (?aor.opt.mid. pl.,Wh.Gr. 837.b) V.2.7.

Page 102

    • antar put between,

cover, conceal.

antardhāya grd.

VI.16.

1,2.

    • ava put down in, dip

into (water or other

fluid).

avadhās (aor.ind.act.sg.)

VI.13.1.

avadhāya grd.

VI.13.1.

    • ā put on (as wood

on fire).

ādhāya grd.

IV.6.1 ; 7.

1 ; 8.1.

V.2.6.

    • abhyā put in place

(esp. wood), kindle

(fire).

abhyāhitasya (pass.ppl.

gen.sg.)

VI.7.3.5.

    • vyā pass. be sepa-

rated, be sick.

vyādhiyante (pres.ind.

pass.pl.)

VIII.10.1.

    • samā put in order,

lay (as wood for fire).

samāhitam (pass.ppl.

nom.sg.n.)

VIII.1.3,

-te (pass.ppl.nom.du.f.)

VIII.1.3.

-tās (pass.ppl.nom.pl.)

VIII.1.5.

    • upasamā put in place,

lay on, build (as fire).

upasamāhitā (pass.ppl.

nom.sg.f.)

VI.7.6.

-ādhāya grd.

IV.6.1 ; 7.

1 ; 8.1.

VI.7.5.

    • ni deposit, lay aside.

nidadhati (pres.ind.act.

pl.)

II.9.8.

-dhau (perf.ind act.sg.)

I.

10.5.

nihitam (pass.ppl.acc.sg.

m.)

VIII.3 2.

    • abhini lay down on,

touch against.

abhinihitās (pass.ppl.

nom.pl.)

II.23.5.

    • upani deposit, lay

down.

upanihitās (pass.ppl.

nom.pl.)

I.10.2.

    • pari surround.

paridadhati (pres.ind.act.

pl.)

V.2.2.

    • vi divide, produce.

vidadhat (pres.ppl.act.

nom.sg.m.)

VIII.15.1.

vidhīyate (pres.ind.pass.

sg.)

VI.5.1,3.

-yante (pres.ind.pass.pl.)

VI.5.2.

    • sam unite, restore.

samdadhāti (pres.ind.act.

sg.)

IV.17.4,5,6,8.

Page 103

-dhyāt (pres.opt.act.sg.) IV.17.7. - +açrad be without faith. açraddadhat (pres.ppl. nom.sg.m.) VII. 19.1. -dhānam (pres.ppl.mid. acc.sg.m) VIII.8.5. - +çrad have faith. çraddadhāti (pres.ind.act. sg.) VII.19.1; 20.1 (3t.). çraddhatsva (imv.mid. sg.) VI.12.3. çraddadhat (pres.ppl.act. nom.sg.m.) VII.19.1. dhātu m. layer, element. -tus (nom.sg.) VI.5.1, 2,3. dhānā f. a grain; pl. corns, i.e. grain. -nās (nom.pl.) VI.12.1. dhārmika a. lawful, dutiful, virtuous. -kān (acc.pl.m.) VIII. 15.1. √dhāv run, stream. - +upa resort to. upadhāvet (pres.opt.act. sg.) I.3.8,9,10,11. dhik interj.w.acc. fie! shame! VII.15.2.

√dhi think. dhīmahi (pres.ind.act.pl. only in the later language; see √dhā and Wh.RVF.). √dhū shake, shake off. dhūtva grd. VIII.13.1. - +vi shake apart, remove, shake off. vidhūya grd. VIII.13.1. dhūma m. smoke. -mas (nom.sg.) II.12.1. V.4.1; 5.1; 6.1; 7.1; 8.1; 10.5(2t.). -mam (acc.sg.) V.10.3. -māt (abl.sg.) V.10.3. √dhr hold, withstand; undertake, resolve (with infin.). dadhre (perf.ind.mid.sg.) IV.10.3. √dhmā, see √dham. √dhyā think, meditate on. dhyāyati (pres.ind.act. sg.) VII.6.1 (3t.). -yanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) VII.6.1(3t.). -yan (pres.ppl.act.nom. sg.) I.3.12. II.22.2. -yantas (pres.ppl.act. nom.pl.) V.I.8,9,10. dhyāna n. thought, religious meditation.

Page 104

88 dhyanopadāñça—2 na

–nam (nom.-acc.sg.) VII. 6.1(2t.),2 ; 26.1. –nāt (abl.sg.) VII.6.2 (2t.) ; 7.1. –nasya (gen.sg.) VII.6.2. dhyanopadāñca a having as one's portion the gift of meditation. –çās (nom.pl.) VII.6.1 (2t.). dhruva a. steady, safe. –vas (nom.sg.) VII.4. 3 ; 5.3. –vā (nom.sg.f.) VII. 26.2. –vān (acc.pl.) VII.4.3 ; 5.3.

dhvāns scatter, sink down, fall to dust. – + pra perish. pradhvañsate (pres.ind. mid.sg.) VII.1.4. – + vi crumble away. vidhvañsate (pres.ind. mid.sg.) I.2.8(2t.). –seta (prs.opt.mid.sg.) I.2.7. vidadhvañsire (perf.ind. mid.pl.) I.2.7. dhvan sound. – + apa sound wrong. apadhvāntam (pass. ppl.nom.sg.n.) II.22.1.

N

1 na– pron.st. I pers., see aham. 4 ; 15.1,2 ; 16.7 ; 17.1. IV.1.7 ; 3.5,6(2t.) ; 4.2 (2t.),5(3t.) ; 9. 3 ; 10.1,3(2t.),5 ; 11. 2 ; 12.2 ; 13.2 ; 14.3 (2t.) ; 15.5,6(2t.) ; 16. 4(2t.) ; 17.10(2t.). V.1.15(4t.) ; 2.1 ; 3.2 (3t.),3(3t.),4,5(3t.),7 ; 10.3,8(2t.),10 ; 11.3,5 (6t.) ; 12.2 ; 13.2 ; 14. 2 ; 15.2 ; 16.2 ; 17.2. VI.1.1,7(2t.) ; 4.5 ; 7.1, 2(2t.),3(2t.) ; 8.3,5 ; 9.

2 na adv. not, nor. I.1.10 ; 2.9(2t.) ; 8.5,7 ; 10.2,4(2t.). II.4.2 ; 9.6 ; 12.2(2t.) ; 13.2 ; 14.2 ; 15.2 ; 16. 2 ; 17.2 ; 18.2 ; . 19.2 (3t.) ; 20.2 ; 21.3 ; 24. 2. III.6.1(2t.) ; 7.1 ; (2t.) ; 8.1(2t.) ; 9.1(2t.) ; 10. 1(2t.) ; 11.1(2t.),2(2t.), 3(2t.),6 ; 12 2,3,4 ; 14.

Page 105

nakṣatra--nāḍī 89

2(2t.); 10.1,2; 11.3;| nadathu m. sounding,

12.1,2; 13.1,2; 14.2; roaring.

15.1,2; 16.2. -thum (acc.sg.) III.13.8.

VII.1.3; 2.1(9t.); 5.2 naḍī f. (roaring) flowing

(2t.); 9.1; 10.1; 12. water, stream.

1; 13.1(3t.); 15.3(6t.), -dyas (nom.pl.) III.19.2.

4; 17.1; 18.1; 19.1; VI.10.1.

20.1; 21.1; 22.1; 23. √ nam bend, bow (intr.);

1; 24.1(4t.),2; 26.2 w. upa fall to the

(3t.). share of.

VIII.1.3,5(2t.); 3.1,2 nameyus (pres.opt.act.

(3t.); 4.1(6t.),2; 5.3; pl.) II.1.4.

6.3(2t.); 8.1; 9.1,2; namas n. bow, obeisance,

10.1,2(3t.),3,4(3t.); 11. adoration.

1(3t.),2(2t.); 12.1(2t.), -(nom.sg.) II.24.5,9,14.

3; 15.1(2t.). [navadaça num.a. nine-

nakṣatra n. star, constella- teenth.]

tion. navadhā adv. in nine parts

-raṇi (nom.pl.) I.6.4 or ways. VII.26.2.

(2t.). II.20.1; 21.1. [navama num.a. ninth.]

IV.12.1. V.4.1. VII. √ naç be lost, vanish, per-

12.1. VIII.1.3. ish.

nakṣatravidyā f. science of naçyati (pres.ind.act.sg.)

the stars. VIII.5.3; 9.1,2.

-(nom.sg.) VII.1.4 nāka (m. heaven) a. sor-

-yām (acc.sg.) VIII. rowless.

2; 2.1; 7.1.2; -kam (nom.sg.n.) II.10.

nakha m.n. nail, claw. 5.

-khebhyas(abl.pl.) VIII. nāḍī f. tube, vein.

8.1. -dyas (nom.pl.) VIII.

nakhanikṛntana n. nail- 6.1,6.

paring, shaving. -dbhyas (abl.pl.) VIII.

-nena (instr.sg.) VI.1.6. 6.2.

Page 106

-diṣu (loc.pl.) VIII.6.2,3.

nānā adv. differently (as pred.a.). I.1.10.

nānātyaya a. going beyond differently, different, various.

-yās (nom.pl.) IV.10.3.

-yānām (gen.pl.) VI. 9.1.

nābhi f. navel, nave of wheel.

-bhāu (loc.sg.) VII.15.1.

nāmadheya n. name-giving, appellation, name.

-yam (nom.sg.) VI.1. 4,5,6; 4.1,2,3,4.

nāman n. form name; acc. as adv. by name, namely.

-ma (nom.-acc.sg.) I.6. 7; 7.5(2t.). III.15.2 (4t.) IV.2.5; 4.2(2t.), 4(2t.); 5.2; 6.3; 7.3; 8.3. V.2.1,6. VI.3.1, 3,5. VII.1.3,4(3t.),5; 3.1; 26.1. VII.3.4; 14.1.

-mnas (abl.-gen.sg.) VII.1.5(3t.); 2.1.

-mni (loc.sg.) VII.4.1 (2t.); 5.1(2t.).

nāmarūpa n. name and form.

-pe (acc.du.) VI.3.2,3.

-payos (gen.du.) VIII. 14.1.

nārada m.nm.pr.

-das (nom.sg.) VII.1.1.

nāśa m. loss, destruction.

-cam (acc.sg.) VIII.9. 1,2.

nāsikya a. nasal.

-yam (acc.sg.m.) I.2.2.

ni- 1st syl. of nidhana. II. 8.2.

√nij cleanse.

  • +niṣ wash off.

nirnijya grd. V.2.8.

nidhana n. putting down, settlement, end, death.

-nam (nom.sg.) II.2.1, 2; 3.2; 4.1; 5.1; 6.1; 7.1; 8.2; 9.8; 10.4; 11.1; 12.1; 13.1; 14. 1; 15.1; 16.1; 17.1; 18.1; 19.1; 20.1; 21.1.

nidhanabhäjin a. sharing in nidhana.

-jinas (nom.pl.) II.9.8.

nidhi m. setting down; treasure (a cert. work).

-dhis (nom.sg.) VII.1.4.

-dhim (acc.sg.) VII.1. 2; 2.1; 7.1.

Page 107

ninada--nīla

ninada m. noise, hum.

-dam (acc.sg.) III.13.8.

√nind, nid revile.

nindet (pres.opt.act.sg.)

II.14.2; 15.2; 16.2;

17.2; 18.2; 20.2.

nirukta a. uttered; n. etymological explanation.

-tam (nom.sg.n.) VIII.

3.3.

nirodha m. shutting in, restraint.

-dhas (nom.sg.) VIII.

6.5.

nirvahitṛ m. accomplisher, separator.

-tā (nom.sg.) VIII.14.1.

niçā f. night.

-çāyām (loc.sg.) IV.1.2.

niṣanna, see √sad.

niṣka m. golden ornament for breast or neck.

-kas (nom.sg.) IV.2.2,

  1. V.13.2.

-kam (acc.sg.) IV.2.1,3.

nihṣṭhā f. completion, consummate wisdom.

-(nom.sg.) VII.20.1.

-ṭhām (acc.sg.) VII.

20.1.

nihava m. summons.

-vas (nom.sg.) I.13.2.

√nī lead.

nayati (pres.ind.act.sg.)

IV.15.3(2t.).

-yate (pres.ind.mid.sg.)

VI.8.5.

-yante (pres.ind.mid.pl.)

VI.8.3.

-yet (pres.opt.act.sg.) I.

8.5,7.

neṣye (fut.ind.mid.sg.)

IV.4.5.

nitas (pass.ppl.nom.sg.)

VIII.6.4.

nīyate (pres.ind.pass.sg.)

VIII.6.5.

+ava pour off or down.

avanayet (pres.opt.act. sg.) V.2.4,5(4t.).

+ā lead to, bring.

ānayanti (pres.ind.act. pl.) VI.16.1.

-nitas (pass.ppl.nom.sg.)

VI.14.1.

-nīya grd. VI.14.1.

+upa lead to, receive (esp. a pupil).

upanīya grd. IV.4.5.

nīla a. blue.

-las (nom.sg.m.) VIII.

6.1.

-lam (nom.sg.n.) I.6.5,

6; 7.4(2t.).

-lasya (gen.sg.) VIII.6.1.

Page 108

92

nīhāra—pañcāla

nīhāra m. mist, fog.

-ras (nom.sg.) III.19.2.

√nu cry aloud, roar.

    • pra murmur, utter (esp. the sacred syl. om).

praṇauti (pres.ind.act. sg.) I.4.5.

nu adv. (temporal, continuative, imperative) now, still, then. I.4.3.

II.7.2. IV.1.3,5,8; 4. 1,4; 9.2; 10.3; 14.2 (3t.). V.3.4; 9.1. VI. 1.3,4.

pacchas adv. by pādas or hemistichs. V.2.7.

pañca num. five. III.13.1, 6(3t.). IV.3.8(2t.). V. 3.5; 10.10. VIII.11. 3(2t.).

1 pañcadaśa num. fifteen. VI.7.1,2.

[2 pañcadaśa num.a. fifteenth.]

pañcadhā adv. in five parts. II.21.3. VII.26.2.

pañcama num.a. fifth. -mas (nom.sg.m.) V. 10.9. VII.1.4. -mam (nom.sg.n.,acc.sg. m.) III.10.1. VII.1. 2; 2.1; 7.1.

nūnam adv. now, immediately, surely. IV.14. 2. VI.1.7.

nāimiṣīya a. relating to the sacred forest Naimiṣa; m.nm.pr. inhabitant thereof. -yānām (gen.pl.m.) I. 2.13.

no (2na+u) adv. and not. VIII.11.1,2,3.

nyagrodha m. fig-tree. -dhas (nom.sg.) VI.12.2.

nyagrodhaphala n. fig. -lam (acc.sg.) VI.12.1.

-mīm (acc.sg.f) V.23.1. -myām (loc.sg.f) V.3. 3; 9.1.

[pañcaviṅśa num.a. twenty-fifth.]

pañcavidha a. of five kinds, fivefold. -dham (acc.sg.n.) II.2. 1,3; 3.1,2; 4.1,2; 5.1, 2; 6.1,2; 7.1,2.

-dhasya (gen.sg.) II.7.2.

pañcāla m.nm.pr. of a warrior-tribe. -lānām (gen.pl.) V.3.1.

Page 109

padviçañku—√pad

93

paḍviçañku m. tether-peg.

-kūn (acc.pl.) V.1.12.

paṇdita a. wise, clever.

-tas (nom.sg.) VI.14.2.

√pat fly, fall, fall mortally.

patanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) V.10.9.

-titvā grd. VI.8.2(2t.).

  • +ati fly past.

atipetus (perf.ind.act.pl.) IV.1.2.

  • +ud fly up, shoot forth.

utpatitam (pass.ppl.acc.sg.n.) VI.8.3,5.

  • +upani fly down towards.

upanipatya grd. IV.7.2; 8.2.

  • +pari fly around.

paripatanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) II.9.4.

  • +vi fly asunder, burst.

vipatet (pres.opt.act.sg.) I.8.6,8.

-tiṣyati (fut.ind.act.sg.) I.8.6,8; 10.9,10,11; II. 4,6,8.

vyapatiṣyat(cond.ind.act.sg.) I.11.5,7,9. V.12.2.

patamga m. bird, insect, esp. butterfly.

-gas (nom.sg.) VI.9.3; 10.2.

pati m. master, lord, husband.

-tis (nom.sg.) I.2.11.

-tim (acc.sg.) I.10.7.

-te (voc.sg.) I.10.7.

path, see panthan.

√pad go (in cpd. and deriv.),fall.

padyante (pres.ind.mid.pl.) V.1.4.

  • +ava fall off or out.

avapadyante (pres.ind.mid.pl.) II.9.6.

  • +ā approach, reach.

āpadyeran (pres.opt.mid.pl.) V.10.7(2t.).

  • +samud arise, be born.

samutpadyante (pres.ind.mid.pl.) I.9.1.

  • +abhinis come forth, appear, become.

abhiniṣpadyate (pres.ind.mid.sg.) VIII.3.4; 4.2; 12.3;

-yante (pres.ind.mid.pl.) VIII.12.2

  • +pra enter, resort to.

prapadye (pres.ind.mid.sg.) III.15.3(5t.),4,5 (4t.),6(4t.),7(4t.). VIII. 13.1(2t.); 14.1.

Page 110

94

pad—parahkrṣṇa

prāpatsi (aor.ind.mid.sg.) III.15.4.

sg.) VI.5.1. VIII.2.1, 2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10; 6.3.

prapannas (pass.ppl.nom. -pādya grd. VI.9.2.

sg.) II.22.3,4 (2t.). -pādayām (caus.vbl.f. - + anupra follow, obey. acc.sg.) V.11.2,3.

anuprāpatsi (aor.ind.mid. - + abhisam become like, sg.) VIII.14.1. change into.

abhisampadyate (pres. - + prati resort to, enter ind.mid.sg.) VIII.15. upon, perform, under- I. stand, answer.

pratipadyate (pres.ind. - + upasam arrive at. mid.sg.) III.13.6. upasampadyeta (pres.

opt.mid.sg.) VI.14.2. -padyeta (pres.opt.mid. -ya grd. VIII.3.4; 12. sg.) III.17.6. 2,3.

-padyamānās (pres.ppl. pad m. foot, see pāda. mid.nom.pl.) IV.15.6. padau (nom.du.) V.17.

-pede (perf.ind.mid.sg.) 2(2t.); 18.2. VI.7.4. panthan m. path.

-patsye (fut.ind.mid.sg.) -thās (nom.sg.) V.10.2. V.11.3. pathos (gen.du.) V.3.2;

    • sam meet with, suc- 10.8. ceed in,arrive at; caus. para a. distant, beyond, agree. higher, better.

sampadyate (pres.ind. -ram (nom.-acc.sg.n.) II. mid.sg.) VI.8.6; 15. 16.5; 21.3. VIII.3.4; I,2. 12.2,3.

-padyāmahe (pres.ind. -rasyām (loc.sg.f.) VI. mid.pl.) VI.9.2. 8.6; 15.1,2.

-pedus (perf.ind.act.pl.) parahkrṣṇa a. beyond black, IV.4.5. VIII.11.3. deep-black.

-patsye (fut.ind.mid.sg.) -ṇam (nom.sg.n.) I.6. VI.14.2. 5,6; 7.4(2t.). III.4.3.

-pannas (pass.ppl.nom.

Page 111

parama—parjanya 95

parama a.supl. farthest, best. -mas (nom.sg.) I.1.3.

paraçu m. hatchet, ax. -çum (acc.sg.) VI.16.1(2t.),2.

paras adv.-prep. farther, beyond (instr.-abl.). II.10.6. III.13.7; 17.7. IV.1.3; 2.3.

parastāt adv.-prep. beyond, later, after. II.24.6,10,15.

parāñc a. directed away, following upon, beyond. -cas (nom.pl.) I.6.8; 7.7.

parāyana n. departure, final aim, essence. -ṇam (nom.sg.) I.9.1.

parārdhya a. being on the more remote side, best. -yas (nom.sg.) I.1.3.

pari adv.-prep. around. III.17.7.

parigha m. iron bolt or bar. -gham (acc.sg.) II.24.6,10,15.

paricaritṛ m. attendant. -tā (nom.sg.) VII.8.1.

paricaryagrdv.to be served. -yas (nom.sg.) VIII.8.4.

paricārin a. going about, serving. -riṇī (nom.sg.f.) IV.4.2,4.

paridhānīyā f. concluding verse. -yāyas (abl.sg.) IV.16.2,4.

pariṣkṛta a. adorned (√kṛ). -tas (nom.sg.) VIII.9.1,2. -te (loc.sg.) VIII.9.1,2. -tāu (nom.du.) VIII.8.2(2t.),3(2t.).

parovarīyāns a. compar. far more desirable. -yān (nom.sg.m.) I.9.2. -yas (nom.-acc.sg.n.) I.9.2,3,4. II.7.1,2(2t.). -yaiṅsam (acc.sg.m.) I.9.2. -yaiṅsi (nom.pl.n.) II.7.1.

parjanya m. rain-cloud; nm.pr. the rain-god. -yas (nom.sg.) III.13.4. V.5.1; 22.2(2t.). -ye (loc.sg.) II.15.1,2.

Page 112

96

parna--paçu

parna n. wing, plume, leaf.

-ṇāni (nom.pl.) II.23.4.

parvata m. mountain.

-tas (nom.pl.) III.19.2. VII.6.1; 8.1; 10.1.

palaça n. leaf, petal.

-çāni (nom.pl.) V.2.3.

paç sec, perceive. paçyāmi (pres.ind.act. sg.) VIII.9.1,2; 10. 2,4; 11.1,2.

-yasi (pres.ind.act.sg.) V.12.2; 13.2; 14.2; 15.2; 16.2; 17.2. VI. 12.1(2t.).

-yati (pres.ind.act.sg.) I.2.4. V.2.9; 12.2; 13. 2; 14.2; 15.2; 16.2; 17.2. VII.24.1(2t.); 26.2(2t).

-yāvas (pres.ind.act.du.) VIII.8.1.

-yathas (pres.ind.act.du.) VIII.8.1,2.

-yanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) III.17.7.

-yet (pres.opt.act.sg.) V.2.8.

-yema (pres.opt.act.pl.) II.24.4,8,12,13.

-yan (pres.ppl.act.nom. sg.) VII.15.4; 25.2. VIII.12.5.

-yatas (pres.ppl.act.gen. sg.) VII.26.1.

-yantas (pres.ppl.act. nom.pl.) V.18,10,11. III.17.7(2t.).

+abhi behold, know. abhipaçyanti (pres.ind. act.pl.) IV.3.6.

+pari look around, discover. paripaçyet (pres.opt.act. sg.) I.4.3.

paryapaçyat (impf.ind. act.sg.) I.4.3.

paçavya a. belonging to cattle.

-yam (nom.sg.n.) II.22. 1.

paçu m. cattle, animal (esp. for sacrifice).

-çavas (nom.pl.) II.6. 2; 9.2. VII.8.1; 10.1.

-çūn (acc.pl.) II.15.2; 18.2. VII.2.1; 3.1; 7. 1; 13.1; 14.1.

-çubhis (instr.pl.) II. 11.2; 12.2; 13.2; 14. 2; 15.2; 16.2(2t.); 17. 2; 18.2; 19.2; 20.2. V.17.1; 19.2; 20.2; 21.2; 22.2; 23.2.

-çubhyas (dat.pl.) II. 22.2.

Page 113

paçumant—pāpiṣṭhatara

97

-çuşu (loc.pl.) II.6.1,2; 18.1,2.

paçumant a. possessing cattle.

-mān (nom.sg.) II.6.2; 18.2.

paçcāt adv.-prep. from behind, after, westward.

III.6.4; 7.4; 8.4; 9.4.

IV.6.1; 7.1; 8.1. V. 2.8. VI.10.1. VII.

paçya a. looking, intelligent.

-yas (nom.sg.) VII.26. 2(2t.).

pā drink; int. drink eagerly; des. be thirsty.

pibati (pres.ind.act.sg.) I.2.9. III.17.2. V.2.7.

-banti (pres.ind.act.pl.) III.6.1; 7.1; 8.1; 9. 1; 10.1.

-bāma (pres.subj.act.pl.) I.12.5.

-ba (imv.act.sg.) VI.7.1.

-ban (pres.ppl.act.nom. sg.) V.10.9.

-batas (pres.ppl.act.gen. sg.) VI.7.1.

pitam (pass.ppl.nom.-acc. sg.n.) I.10.3. VI. 8.5.

-tās (pass.ppl.nom.pl.) VI.5.2.

pīyamānānām (pres.ppl. pass.gen.pl.) VI.6.3.

pepīyamānas (pres.ppl. mid.-pass.int.nom.sg., Wh.Gr.1016) VI.11.1.

pipāsati (pres.ind.act.sg. des.) III.17.1. VI.8. 5.

pāda m. foot, quarter; see pad.

-das (nom.sg.) III.12. 6; 18.2(St.),3,4,5,6. IV.5.2; 6.3; 7.3; 8.3.

-dam (acc.sg.) IV.5.2, 3(2t.); 6.1,3,4(2t.); 7.1,3,4(2t.); 8.1,3,4 (2t.).

pānavant a. rich in drink.

-vatas (acc.pl.) VII.9.2.

pāpa a. evil, wicked.

-pam (nom.-acc.sg.n.) I. 2.8. IV.14.3. VIII. 13.1.

pāpakṛtyā f. evil doing, sin.

-yām (acc.sg.) IV.11.2; 12.2; 13.2.

pāpiṣṭhatara a. compar. of supl. by far the worst off.

-ram (nom.sg.n.) V.1.7.

Page 114

pāpīyāns a.compar. worse.

-yān (nom.sg.) IV.16.3.

pāpman m. evil, sin.

-mā (nom.sg.) VIII.6.3.

-manā (instr.sg.) I.2.2 (2t.),3(2t.),4(2t.),5(2t.), 6(2t.). V.10.10.

-mānas (nom.pl.) V.24. 3. VIII.4.2.

-mabhyas (abl.pl.) I.6. 7(2t.).

pāman m. skin disease, scab.

-mānam (acc.sg.) IV. I.S.

pāra n. farther shore, end, limit.

-ram (acc.sg.) VII.I.3; 26.2.

√pālay watch, protect (Wh.Gr.1042.m; not the anomaly noted at 1087.c).

    • prati watch for, expect.

pratipālayam (vi.1.acc. sg.) I.12.3.

piṅgala a. reddish brown.

-las (nom.sg.) VIII.6.1.

-lasya (gen.sg.) VIII. 6.1.

pitṛ m. father; pl. ancestors or the Manes.

-tā (nom.sg.) III.11.4; 5. V.3.1. VI.1.1,3. VII.15.1.

-taram (acc.sg.) V.1.7.

-tur (gen.sg.) V.3.4.

-taras (nom.pl.) II.9.8; 21.1. VIII.2.1.

-ṛbhyas (dat.pl.) II.22. 2.

pitryāṇa a. trodden by ancestors or the Manes.

-ṇasya (gen.sg.) V.3.2.

pitṛloka m. world of the Manes.

-kam (acc.sg.) V.10.4.

-kena (instr.sg.) VIII. 2.1.

-kāt (abl.sg.) V.10.4.

pitṛlokakāma a. desirous of the world of the Manes.

-mas (nom.sg.) VIII.2. 1.

pitṛhan m. patricide.

-ṇāt (nom.sg.) VII.15. 2,3.

pitrya a. paternal, sacred to the Manes (a cert. work).

-yas (nom.sg.) VII.I.4.

-yam (acc.sg.m.) VII. 1.2; 2.1; 7.1.

Page 115

piçuna a. backbiting, slanderous.

–nās (nom.pl.) VII.6.1.

√piṣ crush, grind.

– + prati crush against.

pratipekṣyati (fut.ind.act. sg.) II.22.4.

pīta a. yellow.

–tas (nom.sg.) VIII.6.1.

–tasya (gen.sg.) VIII. 6.1.

puṇḍarīka n. lotus-flower, esp. white one.

–kam (nom.sg.) I.6.7. VIII.1.1,2.

puṇyajita a. won by good or right.

–tas (nom.sg.) VIII.1. 6.

puṇyaloka a. partaking of the good world.

–kas (nom.sg.) V.10.10.

–kās (nom.pl.) II.23.2.

putra m. son.

–ram (acc.sg.) I.5.2,4. VI.8.1.

–rāya (dat.sg.) III.11. 4,5.

–rās (nom.pl.) III.1.1.

–rān (acc.pl.) VII.3.1; 13.1; 14.1.

putraroda m. wailing for a son.

–dam (acc.sg.) III.15.2 (2t.).

punar adv. again, back. IV.2.3. V.3.2; 10.5. VII.26.2. VIII.9.2 (2t.); 10.3(2t.); 11.2 (2t.); 15.1(2t.).

punarutpādana n. bringing into birth again, re-procreation.

–nam (nom.sg.) III.17. 5.

pūr f. wall, stronghold, citadel.

pūr (nom.sg.) VIII.5.3.

purastāt adv.-prep. before, eastward.

4; 8.4; 9.4. V.2.2. VI.8.6; 10.1. VII. 25.1(2t.),2.

purā adv.-prep. formerly, before. II.9.2 ; 24.3,7, II. IV.16.2,4. V .3.7.

puriṣa n. crumbling earth, rubbish, excrement.

–ṣam (nom.sg.) VI.5.1.

puruṣa (pūruṣa) m. man, human being; personality, spirit.

–ṣas (nom.sg.) I.1.2; 6.6; 7.5. II.6.1 ; 18.1. III.12.6; 14.1(2t.); 16. 1. IV.11.1; 12.1; 13.

Page 116

100 puruṣanāya—prthak

1; 15.1,5. V.7.1; 10.2; 11.6. VI.2.3; 7.1; 8.1,3,5; 14.2. VIII.7.4; 12.4.-ṣam (acc.sg.) VI.4.7; 8.6; 14.1; 15.1; 16.1.-ṣāt (abl.sg.) (2t.). III.12.7-puruṣanāya m. man-leader, prince.-yas (nom.sg.) VI.8.3, 5.puruṣavacas a. with human voice.-casas (nom.pl.) V.3.3; 9.1.purovāta m. fore-wind, east-wind.-tas (nom.sg.) II.3.1.puṣkarapalāśa n. petal of blue lotus-flower.-çe (loc.sg.) IV.14.3.puṣṭimant a. thriving.-mān (nom.sg.) V.16.1.puṣpa n. bloom.-pam (nom.sg.) III.1.2; 2.1; 3.1; 4.1; 5.1.

pū cleanse, purify.punāti (pres.ind.act.sg.) IV.16.1(2t.).pavate (pres.ind.mid.sg.) IV.16.1.pūtas (pass.ppl.nom.sg.) V.10.10.pūr, see pur.pūruṣa, see puruṣa.pūrva a. being before; m. pl. forefathers, ancients; n. acc. as adv. before, first.-ve (nom.pl.m.) VI.4.5.-vam (acc.sg.n.) VII.11.1(2t.).pūrvāḥṇa m. forenoon.-ṇe (loc.sg.) VII.11.7.pr, pūr fill, sate.pūrṇam ( pass.ppl.acc. sg.n., BR.caus?) III.12.9.-ṇām (pass.ppl.acc.sg.f.) III.11.6; 12.9.- + prati fill up.pratipūrṇas (pass.ppl. nom.sg.) IV.10.3.- + sam fill full.sampūryate (pres.ind. mid.-pass.sg., Wh.Gr. 761.b) V.3.3; 10.8.

prthak adv. separately. V.11.5; 14.1(2t.); 18.1.

Page 117

prthagvartman—prajā

101

prthagvartman a. having a separate track. -mā (nom.sg.) V.14.1; prthivī f. earth. -(nom.sg.) II.2.1,2; 17.1. III.12. 2,3; 19.2. IV.6.3; 11. 1. V.6.1; 21.2(2t). VII.6.1; 8.1; 10.1. -vīm (acc.sg.) III.15.5. VIII.2.1; 7.1. -vyās (abl.-gen.sg.) I. 1.2. III.14.3. IV.17.1. -vyām (loc.sg.) V.21.2. prthivikṣit a. dwelling on the earth. -te (dat.sg.) II.24.5. prṣṭha n. back, ridge. -ṭheṣu (loc.pl.) III.13. 7(2t). pāutrāyaṇa m.nn.pr. -ṇas (nom.sg.) IV.1.1, 5; 2.1,3. -ṇasya (gen.sg.) IV.1.2. pāurnamāsa a. relating to full moon. -syām (loc.sg.f.) V.2.4. pāuluṣī m.nm.pr. -ṣis (nom.sg.) V.11.1. -ṣim (acc.sg.) V.13.1. 1 pra adv.-(prep.) onward, forth. III.16.7.

2 pra used as syl. in word-analysis. II.8.1. prakāçavant a. bright, gleaming. -vān (nom.sg.) IV.5.2, 3(3t.). -vatas (acc.pl.) IV.5.3. √prach ask, ask after. prcchāni (pres.subj.act. sg.) I.8.3. -cha (imv.act.sg.) I.8.3. -chan (pres.ppl.act.nom. sg.) VI.14.2. aprccham (impf.ind.act. sg.) IV.4.4. papraccha (perf.ind.act. sg.) VI.7.4. aprākṣīs (aor.ind.act.sg.) VI.1.3. -ṣīt (aor.ind.act.sg.) V. 3.5. prakṣyanti (fut.ind.act. pl.) V.11.3.

prajā f. offspring, descendant; creature. -jayā (instr.sg.) II.11. 2; 12.2; 13.2; 14.2; 15.2; 16.2(2t.); 17.2; 18.2; 19.2; 20.2. V. 15.1; 17.1; 19.2; 20. 2; 21.2; 22.2; 23.2. -jayām (loc.sg.) I.9.3.

Page 118

-jās (nom.pl.) IV.1.4,6. V.3.2. VI.8.4,6; 9.2; 10.2. VIII.1.5; 3.2. -jābhyas (dat.pl.) I.3.1. -jānām (gen.pl.) IV. 3.7. prajāpati m.nm.pr. -tis (nom.sg.) I.12.5; 13.2. II.23.3. III.11. 4. IV.17.1. VIII.7. 1,3(2t.); 8,1,2(2t.),4; 9.2; 10.3; 11.2; 12.6 (2t.); 15.1. -tim (acc.sg.) II.22.4. V.1.7. -taye (dat.sg.) III.11.4. VIII.15.1. -tes (gen.sg.) II.22.1,3, 5. VIII.14.1. -tāu (loc.sg.) VII.11.3. prajāpatisakāça m. presence of Prajāpati. -çam (acc.sg.) VIII.7.2. pranakha n. nail-tip. -khat (abl.sg.) II.6.6. pranava m. the sacred syllable om. -vas (nom.sg.) I.5.1(3t.), 5(2t.). praṇāyya a. attractive, worthy. -yāya (dat.sg.) III.11.5.

1 prati adv.-prep. against, before, like; near, on, in. I.9.1. II.9.1(2t.); 13.1. III.19.3(2t.). V. 1.3. 2 prati used as syll. in word-analysis. II.S.2. pratipālayā, see √pāláy. pratirūpa a. with likeform, similar. -pam (acc.sg.m) VIII. 8.1. prativaktr̥, see √vac. pratiṣṭhā f. stead, support, basis, home. -(nom.sg.) V.1.3,1₃(2t.); 17.1; 18.2. VII.5.2. -ṭhām (acc.sg.) I.8.7(2t.). V.1.3. -ṭhāyai (dat.sg.) V.2.5. pratiṣṭhāsamstava a. praised as stead or home. -vam (nom.sg.n.) I.8.7. pratihartṛ m. a cert. priest. -tā (nom.sg.) I.11.8. -tāram (acc.sg.) I.10. 11. -tar (voc.sg.) I.10.11; II.S. pratihāra m. (door, porter) utterance of the Prati-hartar.

Page 119

pratihārabhājin—prabhuvimita

103

-ras (nom.sg.) II.2.1,2;

3.1; 4.1; 5.1; 6.1; 7.

1; 8.2; 9.6; 10.2; 11.

1; 12.1; 13.1; 14.1;

15.1; 16.1; 17.1; 18.

1; 19.1; 20.1; 21.1.

-ram (acc.sg.) I.10.1;

11.8,9.

pratihārabhājin a. sharing in the pratihāra.

-jinas (nom.pl.m.) II.

9.6.

pratna a. old, ancient.

-nāsya (gen.sg.) III.

17.7.

pratyakṣa a. lying before the eyes, plain.

-ṣam (nom.sg.n.) V.2.

pratyañc a. turned backwards or towards, opposite; western.

-tyañ (nom.sg.m.) II.12.

  1. III.13.3. VI.14.1.

-ticī (nom.sg.f.) II.4.1.

III.15.2. IV.5.2

-tyañcas (nom.pl.m.) III.

3.1.

-ticyas (nom.pl.f.) III.

3.1. VI.10.1.

pratyāyana n. going back, setting (of sun).

-nam (acc.sg.) III.19.3.

pratyāsvara a. backward-gleaming.

-ras (nom.sg.m.) I.3.2.

prathama a. supl. foremost, first.

-mas (nom.sg.) II.23.1.

-mam (nom.-acc.sg.n.)

III.6.1. V.19.1.

-mām (acc.sg.f.) V.19.

prathamāstamitā a. first set (of the sun), just after (sun-)set (Wh. Gr. 1092.b; cf. 303,a, b,c,d).

-te (loc.sg.) II.9.3.

prathamodita a. first risen (of the sun) (sun-)rise (cf.prec. word).

-te (loc sg.) II.9.3.

pradrānaka a. very poor.

-kas (nom.sg.) I.10.1.

prapadana n. entrance.

-nam (nom.sg.) VIII.

6.5.

[prapāṭhaka m. lesson, book (division of a work).]

prabhu a. excelling, mighty, lordly.

-bhavas (nom.pl.) VII.

6.1.

prabhuvimita n. lordly hall

Page 120

104

prayogya—prāñc

or hall of the Lord

(Brahman).

-tam (nom.sg.) VIII.

5.3.

1; 12.1; 13.1; 14.1;

15.1; 16.1; 17.1; 18.

1; 19.1; 20.1; 21.1.

prayogya grdv. to be yoked;

m. work-animal,

horse.

-yas (nom.sg.m.) VIII.

12.3.

-vam (acc.sg.) I.10.9;

pravana a. declined, sloped,

prone.

-ṇas (nom.sg.) IV.17.9.

11.4,5.

pravāsa m. the being

abroad, absence from

home.

-sam (acc.sg.) IV.10.

prastāvabhājin a. sharing

in the prastāva.

pravāhaṇa m.nm.pr.

-ṇas (nom.sg.) I.8.1,2,

  1. V.3.1.

-jinas (nom.pl.) II.9.3.

pracaṅsākāma a. desirous

of praise.

-mās (nom.pl.) II.9.3.

prastutikāma a. desirous

of praise.

-mās (nom.pl.) II.9.3.

praçāsana n. direction,

guidance.

prasṭotṛ m. praiser, a cert.

priest.

-nam (nom.sg.) V.3.7.

-tā (nom.sg.) I.11.4.

praçna m. question.

-tāram (acc.sg.) I.10.8.

-nān (acc.pl.) V.3.5.

-tar (voc.sg.) I.10.9;

prastāva m. mentioning,

prologue,introduction.

11.4.

-vas (nom.sg.) II.2.1,2;

3.1; 4.1; 5.1; 6.1; 7.

1; 8.1; 9.3; 10.1; 11.

prācinayogya m.nm.pr.

-(voc.sg.) V.13.1.

prācinaçāla m.nm.pr.

-las (nom.sg.) V.11.1.

prājāpatya a. of Prajāpati.

-yās (nom.pl.) I.2.1.

-yānām (gen.pl.) II.9.5.

prāñc a. turned forward or

eastward; front or

eastern; n.acc as

adv.-prep. before.

-āñ (nom.sg.m.) III.13.

  1. IV.6.1; 7.1; S.1.

VI.14.1.

-acī (nom.sg.f.) II.4.1.

III.15.2. IV.5.2.

Page 121

prāṇa—prātar 105

-ak (acc.sg.n.) II.9.6,7. V.3.7. -añcas (nom.pl.) III.1. 2. -ācyas (nom.pl.f.) III. 1.2. VI.10.1.

prāṇa m. air inhaled, breath, vital breath, life; organ of sense. -ṇas (nom.sg.) I.1.5(2t.); 2.7; 3.3,6; 5.3; 7.1 (2t.); 8.4; 11.5; 13.2. II.7.1; 11.1. III.13.1; 15.4; 18.2,4. IV.3.3 (2t.),4; 8.3; 10.5(2t.); 13.1. V.1.1,12,15; 7. 1; 14.2(2t.); 18.2; 19. 1. VI.5.2,4; 6.3,5; 7. 1,6; 8.6; 15.1,2. VII. 15.1(9t.) 4; 26.1. VIII. 12.3.

-ṇam (acc.sg.) I.2.2; 11.5(2t.). III.15.3,4, 8.2. VII.1.5.1. -ṇena (instr.sg.) I.3.6. V.1.8,9,10,11. VII.15. 1. -ṇāya (dat.sg.) V.19.1. -ṇasya (gen.sg.) I.8.4. V.2.1. -ṇe (loc.sg.) V.19.2. VI.8.6; 15.1,2. VII. 15.1. -ṇās (nom.pl.) III.12. 3,4; 16.1,2,3,4,5,6. V. 1.6,7,15. VII.4.2; 10. 1(2t.). -ṇān (acc.pl.) I.2.9; 5. 4. V.1.12. -ṇānām (gen.pl.) III. 16.2,4,6. VII.4.2. -ṇeṣu (loc.pl.) II.7.1,2; 11.1,2. IV.3.4.

prāṇabandhana n. fetter of the breath or life. -nam (nom.sg.) VI.8.2. prāṇacārin a. with breath as body. -ras (nom.sg.) III.14.2. prāṇasamcita a. whetted or prepared by the breath. -tam (nom.sg.n.) III. 17.6.

prāṇāpāna m. inspiration and expiration. -nayos (gen.du.) I.3.3. prāṇin a. breathing, living; m. animal. -ṇi (nom.sg.m.) II.11.2. prātar adv. early in the morning, to-morrow. I.10.6; 12.3. V.3.6; 11.5,7. VI.13.1.

Page 122

106 prāṭaranuvāka—barhis

prāṭaranuvāka m. matin recital.

-kasya (gen.sg.) II.24.3.

-ke (loc.sg.) IV.16.2,4.

prāṭahsavana n. morning libation (of Soma).

-nam (nom.-acc.sg.) II. 24.1,6. III.16.1(2t.),2.

prāḍus adv. forth to view, into sight. I.12.2.

prādeçamātra a. measuring a span.

-ram (acc.sg.m.) V.18.1.

priya a. dear, beloved, one’s own; n. love, kindness.

-yam (acc.sg.n.) V.12. 2(2t.); 13.2(2t.); 14. 2(2t.); 15.2(2t.); 16. 2(2t.); 17.2(2t.).

priyāpriya n. pleasure and pain.

baka m.nm.pr.

-kas (nom.sg.) I.2.13; 12.1,3.

bata interj. alas! I.10.6. VIII.8.5.

badhirā a. deaf.

-rās (nom.pl.) V.1.10.

bandh bind.

    • pra fasten.

-ye (nom.du.) VIII.12, I.

-yābhyām (instr.du.) VIII.12.1.

-yayos (gen.du.) VIII. 12.1.

prota (√2 vā) a. interwoven.

-tam (nom.-acc.sg.n.) II. 11.1,2; 12.1,2; 13.1,2; 14.1,2; 15.1,2; 16.1,2; 19.1,2; 20.1,2; 21.1,2. V.24.3 .

-tas (nom.-acc.pl.f.) II. 17.1,2; 18.1,2.

plu float, swim, hover.

+sam flow together. samplavate (pres.ind.mid. sg.) II.4.1.

-vante (pres.ind.mid.pl.) II.15.1.

prabaddhas (pass.ppl. nom.sg.) VI.8.2.

bandhana a. binding; n. fetter, string.

-nam (acc.sg.n.) VI.8.2.

babhasa m. eater, devourer.

-sas (nom.sg.) IV.3.7.

barhis n. straw (of Kuça-grass), sacrifical grass or bed (vedi).

Page 123

bala—budila

-(nom.sg.) V.18.2.

bala n. might.

-lam (nom.-acc.sg.) II. 22.5. VII.8.1 (2t.),2; 26.1.

-lena (instr.sg.) VII.8. 1 (7t.).

-lāt (abl.sg.) VII.8.2 (2t.); 9.1.

-lasya (gen.sg.) VII.8. 2.

balavant a. powerful.

-van (nom.sg.) VII.8.1.

-vat (nom.sg.n.) II.22.1.

-vantas (nom.pl.) II.22. 5.

bali m. tax, tribute, gift, esp. offering.

-lim (acc.sg.) II.21.4.

-layas (nom.pl.) V.14.1.

balin a. powerful.

-lī (nom.sg.) VII.8.1.

bahirdhā adv.-prep. outside. III.12.7(2t.).

bahiṣpavamāna n. a cert. sacred song.

-nā (instr.sg.) I.12.4.

bahu a. much, many; n. acc. as adv. much, often.

-hu (nom.-acc.sg.n.) IV. 4.2,4 (these two might be f. according to Pa-

ṇini, cf. Wh.Gr.344.b; but better as above).

-havas (nom.pl.) I.5.2, V.13.1. VI.2.3 (2t.); 7.3,5. VII.10.1.

-hvyas (nom.pl.f.) VI. 2.4.

bahudāyin a. giving much, liberal.

-yī (nom.sg.) IV.1.1.

bahudhā adv. manifoldly. IV.3.6.

bahupākya a. having much cooked (for the poor).

-yas (nom.sg.) IV.1.1.

bahula a. thick, dense, wide, extended.

-las (nom.sg.) V.15.1 (2t.); 18.2.

bahuvid a. knowing much.

-vit (nom.sg.) VII.5.2.

bāla a. young, immature.

-lās (nom.pl.) V.1.11; 24.5.

bila n. cleft, hollow, cavern.

-lam (nom.sg.) III.15.1.

bija n. seed, germ, origin.

-jāni (nom.pl.) VI.3.1.

budila m.nm.pr.

-las (nom.sg.) V.11.1.

-lam (acc.sg.) V.16.1.

Page 124

108

√budh—I brahman

√budh know, awake.

  • +anu be aware of, perceive.

anububudhire (perf.ind.mid.pl.) VIII.7.2.

√brṛ (vṛ) tear.

  • +pra tear out.

prābṛhat (impf.ind.act.sg.) IV.17.1,2,3.

bṛhant a. great, loud; n. a cert. Sāman.

-hatī (nom.sg.f.) I.2.11.

-hat (nom.-acc.sg.n.) II.14.1,2.

bṛhaspati (lord of prayer) m.nm.pr., mediator between gods and men.

-tis (nom.sg.) I.2.11(2t.).

-tes (gen.sg.) II.22.1.

boddhrṜ m. perceiver.

-dhā (nom.sg.) VII.8.1; 9.1.

brahmacarya n. devotion to sacred knowledge, esp. chastity; religious studentship (first of the four periods of a Brahman's life).

-yam (nom.-acc.sg.) IV.4.1,3; 10.1. VIII.5.1 (2t.),2(2t.),3 (2t.); 7.3; 11.3.

-yeṇa (instr.sg.) VIII.

4.3; 5.1(2t.),2(2t.),3,4.

brahmacārin a. leading the life of a religious student.

-rī (nom.sg.) II.23.2. IV.3.5; 10.2,4.

-rin (voc.sg.) IV.3.7; 10.3.

1 brahman n. prayer, devotion, worship, piety; sacred text; theology; impersonal spirit pervading the universe, Brahman, the Absolute.

-ma (nom.-acc.sg.) I.7.5. III.5.1,2; 11,4,5; 12.7; 14.1,4; 18.1(2t.), 2; 19.1,4. IV (4t.); 15.1,6; 17.9. V.10.2; 11.1.

5; 2.2; 3.1,2; 4.3(2t.); 5.3(2t.); 6.2; 7.2(2t.); 8.2; 9.2(2t.); 10.2(2t.); 11.2(2t.); 12.2(2t.); 13.2; 14.2(2t.). VIII 3.4; 7.4; 8.3; 10.1; 11.1; 14.1.

-manā (instr.sg.) III. 10.1,3; 11.2.

-maṇas (gen.sg.) III. 18.3,4,5,6. IV. 5.2(2t.), 3(2t.); 6.3(2t.),4(2t.);

Page 125

7.3(2t.),4(2t.); 8.3(2t.),

4(2t.). VIII.3.4; 5.3.

2 brahman m. priest, pray-

er, Brahman; imper-

sonal spirit pervading

the universe; Brah-

man, the supreme

All-soul and Creator

(personified).

-mā (nom.sg.) III.11.

  1. IV.16.2(2t.),4; 17.

8,9,10. VII.15.1.

-mānam (acc.sg.) IV.17.

9,10.

brahmapatha m. path to

Brahman (m.-n.).

-thas (nom.sg.) IV.15.

brahmapura n. Brahman's

city.

-ram (nom.sg.) VIII.1.

-re (loc.sg.) VIII.1.1,2,

brahmapuruṣa n. servant

of Brahman.

-ṣās (nom.pl.) III.13.6.

-ṣān (acc.pl.) III.13.6

(2t.).

brahmabandhu m. priest's

companion (merely),

so-called Brahman.

-dhus (nom.sg.) VI.1.1.

brahmaloka m. world of

Brahman.

-kas (nom.sg.) VIII.

4.2 (2t.),3; 5.4.

-kam (acc.sg.) VIII.3.

2; 4.3; 13.1; 15.1.

-ke (loc.sg.) VIII.5.3,

4; 12.6.

brahmavarcasa n. preëmi-

nence in divine

science, holliness.

-sam (nom.-acc.sg.) III.

13.3. V.12.2; 13.2;

14.2; 15.2; 16.2; 17.

-sena (instr.sg.) II.16.2.

III.18.3,4,5,6. V.19.2;

20.2; 21.2; 22.2; 23.2.

brahmavarcasin a. possess-

ing preëminence in

divine science or holi-

ness, holy.

-sī (nom.sg) II.12.2.

brahmavādin m. declarer

of sacred learning,

theologian.

-dinas (nom.pl.) II.24.1.

brahmavid a. having sa-

cred knowledge; m.

theologian.

-vit (nom.sg.m.) IV.9.

Page 126

110 brahmavidyā—√brū

–vidas (gen.sg.m.) IV. 14.2. brahmavidyā f. science of sacred knowledge. –yām (acc.sg.) VII.1.4 2; 2.1; 7.1. brahmasamstha a. wholly devoted to sacred knowledge. –thas (nom.sg.) II.23.2. brahman m. murderer of a priest, sacerdotocide. –hā (nom.sg.) V.10.9. brahmapaniṣad f. secret doctrine of Brahman, Brahma-Upaniṣad. –dam (acc.sg.) III.11.3. brāhmaṇa (a. having to do with brahman) m. priest, theologian, Brahman. –ṇas (nom.sg.) VII.15.2. –ṇam (acc.sg.) VII.15.2. –ṇasya (gen.sg.) IV.1.7. –ṇayos (gen.du.) I.8.2. –ṇān (acc.pl.) II.20.2. V.3.7. –ṇānām (gen.pl.) VIII. 14.1. brāhmaṇayani f. birth-sta-tion of a priest. –nim (acc.sg.) V.10.7.

brāhmaṇahan m. murderer of a priest, sacerdotocide. –hā (nom.sg.) VII.15. 2,3.

√brū speak, tell. bravimi (pres.ind.act.sg.) VI.7.2. VII.24.2. –vaṇi (pres.subj.act.sg.) IV.5.2; 6.3; 7.3; 8. 3. brūyāt (pres.opt.act.sg.) I.7.8; 8.6,8. II.22.3, 4( 2t.). III.16.2,4,6. IV.9.2. V.2.3. VII. 15.4. VIII.1.3,5. –yus (pres.opt.act.pl.) VII.15.3,4. VIII.1.2, 4. bruvithās (pres.opt.mid. sg.) IV.4.2. –vita (pres.opt.mid.sg.) V.3.4.

brūhi (imv.act.sg.) V. 3.6; 11.6. bravītu (imv.act.sg.) IV. 5.2; 6.3; 7.3; 8.3; 14. 2.2; 3.2; 4.3; 5.3; 6. 2; 7.2; 8.2; 9.2; 10.2; 11.2; 12.2; 13.2; 14.2. abravīt (impf.ind.act.sg.) V.3.4.

Page 127

    • pra proclainm, instruct.

prabravāma (pres.subj. act.pl.) IV.10.4.

-brūyat (pres.opt.act. sg.) III.11.5. VI. 14.2.

BH

bhakta a. divided; n. portion,food.

-tam (acc.sg.n.) V.19.1.

√bhakṣ partake of, eat, drink.

bhakṣayanti (pres.ind. act.pl.caus.) V.19.4.

bhaga m. dispenser, lord.

-gasya (gen.sg.) V.2. 7.

bhagavattas adv. (= abl. of bhagavant) from your reverence! I.S. 7,8.

bhagavadṛṣṭa a. like your reverence!

-çebhyas (abl.pl.) IV. 9.3. VII.1.3.

bhagavant a. fortunate, excellent, blessed; (esp. nom.-voc.) the gentleman, your highness, sir!

-vān (nom.sg.) I.11.3,

-brūhi (imv.act.sg.) IV. 10.2.

-brūtam (imv.act.du.) VIII.8.1.

    • prati answer. pratyabravit (impf.ind. act.sg.) IV.4.4.

4,6,8; 12.2. IV.5.2; 6.3; 7.3; 8.3; 9.2; 14. 3. V.3.4. VI.1.7; 5. 4; 6.5; 8.7; 9.4; 10. 3; 11.3; 12.3; 13.3; 14.3; 15.3; 16.3. VII. 1.3,5; 2.2; 3.2; 4.3; 5.3; 6.2; 7.2; 8.2; 9. 2; 10.2; 11.2; 12.2; 13.2; 14.2; 26.2.

-vantam (acc.sg.) I.11. 1,2(2t.). IV.4.3.

-vatas (gen.sg.) VIII. 7.3.

-vati (loc.sg.) IV.4.3.

-van (voc.sg.) V.1,7, 12; 3.6.

-vas (voc.sg.) IV.1.8; 2.2,4; 5.1; 6.2; 7.2; 8.2 ; 9.1 ; 14.2. V.3.1, 2(3t.),3(2t.); 12.1; 13. 1; 14.1; 15.1; 16.1; 17.1. VI.1.4; 12.1(5t.). VII.1.1,2(2t.),3(2t.),5;

Page 128

112 bhaya—bhās

2.2 ; 3.2 ; 4.3 ; 5.3 ; 6.

2 ; 7.2 ; 8.2 ; 9.2 ; 10.

2 ; 11.2 ; 12.2 ; 13.2 ;

14.2 ; 16.1(2t.) ; 17.1 ;

18.1 ; 19.1 ; 20.1 ; 21.

1 ; 22.1 ; 23.1 ; 24.1.

VIII.7.4 ; 8.1,3(2t.) ;

9.2 ; 10.3 ; 11.2

–vantāu (nom.du.) I.8.2.

–vantas ( nom.voc.pl.)

V.11.2,4,5(2t.). VI.1.7.

–vadbhyas (dat.pl.) V.

11.5.

bhaya n. fear, danger.

–yam (acc.sg.) VIII.9.

1 ; 10.1 ; 11.1.

–yasya (gen.sg.) I.3.1.

√bhal look.

– + ni perceive.

nibhālayase (pres.ind.

mid.sg.caus.) VI.12.

2 ; 13.2.

bhallākṣa m.nm.pr.(Clear–

cye).

–(voc.sg.) IV.1.2(2t.).

bhavant a. lordly; as 2

pers.pron. thou, ye,

your honor, sir, lady!

–vati (voc.sg.f) IV.4.

bhos (voc.sg.m) IV.4.

4(2t.) ; 14.2. VI.7.2

(2t.).

bhasman a. devouring; n.

ashes.

–ni (loc.sg.) V.24.1

√bhā be bright, shine.

bhāsi (pres.ind.act.sg.)

IV.9.2.

–āti (pres.ind.act.sg.) III.

18.4(2t.),4(2t.),5(2t.),6

(2t.). IV.14.2 ; 15.4

(2t.).

– + prati shine against,

be clear to, occur to.

pratibhānti (pres.ind.act.

pl.) VI.7.2.

– + vi illumine, become

bright.

vibhātas (pass.ppl.nom.

sg.) VIII.4.2.

bhāmanī a. light–leading;

m.nm.pr.

–nīs (nom.sg.m) IV.15.4.

bhārūpa a. with light as

form.

–pas (nom.sg.) III.14.2.

bhāllaveya m.nm.pr.

–yas (nom.sg.) V.11.1.

–yam (acc.sg.) V.14.1.

√bhās speak.

abhāṣathās (impf.ind.

mid.sg.) V.3.6.

bhās n. sheen, light.

–(nom.sg.) I.6.5,6 ; 7.4

(2t.).

Page 129

bhāsvant—√bhū

bhāsvant a. shining.

-vatas ( acc.pl. ) VII. 11.2.

√bhikṣ beg.

bibhikṣe (perf.ind.mid. sg.) I.10.3. IV.3.5.

bhikṣā f. alms.

-ṣām (acc.sg.) IV.3.7.

√bhid split.

bhinddhi (imv.act.sg.) VI.12.1(2t.).

bhinnam (pass.ppl.nom. sg.n.) VI.12.1.

-nā (pass.ppl.nom.sg.f.) VI.12.1.

    • nis split asunder, divide.

nirabhidyata (impf.ind. pass.sg.) III.19.1.

    • vi split in pieces.

vyabhetsyata (cond.ind. mid.sg.) V.16.2.

√bhī fear.

bibhyatas (pres.ppl.act. nom.pl.) I.4.2.

√bhuj enjoy, be of use to, serve.

bhuñjāmas (pres.ind.act. pl.) IV.11.2; 12.2; 13.2.

bhuvana n. being, thing, world.

-nasya (gen.sg.) IV.3.6.

8

bhuvas (indecl. air) sacred syll.; probably voc.pl. of bhū, O ye spaces.

II.23.3. III.15.3,6. IV. 17.3,5.

√bhū become, be.

bhavāmi (pres.ind.act. sg.) VIII.14.1.

-vati (pres.ind.act.sg.) I.1.4,7,8,10(2t.); 2.14; 3.1,7; 4.5; 9.2,4; 13.4. II.1.3(2t.); 4.2; 5.2; 6. 2; 7.2; 8.3; 10.3,4,6; 11.2(2t.); 12.2(2t.); 13.2(2t.); 14.2(2t.); 15.2; 16.2; 17.2(2t.); 18.2(2t.); 19.2(2t.); 20.2; 21.2. III.11.3; 13.1,2,3,4,5,8; 14.1 (2t.); 16,2,4,6; 18.1,2. IV.3.8(2t.); 5.3; 6.4; 7.4; 8.4; 11.2; 12.2; 13.2; 16.3,5; 17.8,9. V.1.1,2,5; 2.1,2 (2t.); 9.2; 10.6,10; 12.2; 13.2; 14.2; 15. 2; 16.2; 17.2; 24.2. VI.1.1,3,4,6; 2.4; 3.1, 4; 4.7; 5.1,2,3; 6.1,2, 3,4; 8.1(3t.),6(2t.); 10.1; 16.1,2. VII.1.5; 2.2; 3.2; 4.3; 5.2(2t.), 3; 6.2; 7.2; 8.1(10t.),

Page 130

114

ûhū

2; 9.1(7t.),2; 10.1(2t.),2(2t.); 11.2; 12.2; 13.2; 14.2; 15.4(2t.); 25.2(3t.); 26.2(2t.). VIII.1.6(2t.); 2.1,2,3; 4,5,6,7,8,9,10; 4.2(3t.),3; 5.4; 6.3(2t.),4(2t.); 9.1(2t.),2(2t.); 10.1(2t.),2,3(2t.),4; 11.1,2(2t.),2,3(2t.),4; VI.5.3,5. VII.10.1(2t.). -yanti (fut.ind.act.pl.) I.5.2,4. VIII.8.4. abhaviṣyas (cond.ind.act.sg.) V.13.2. -yat (cond.ind.act.sg.) VII.2.1. bhūta pass.ppl., which see. -te (pass.ppl.loc.sg.) IV. 6.1; 7.1; 8.1. -tvā grd. III.6.3; 7.3; 8.3; 9.3; 10.3. V.10.5(2t.),6(2t.). VIII.5.2(2t.). - +anti attain, comprehend, notice. anubhavasi (pres.ind.act.sg.) VI.7.3,6 -vati (pres.ind.act.sg.) VII.3.1(2t.). - +abhi be against, overcome. abhibhaviṣyāmas (fut.ind.act.pl.) I.2.1. - + ā be present, live upon, continue to live. abhavanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) VI.9.3; 10.2. - +parā perish, vanish, overcome. parābhaviṣyanti (fut.ind.act.pl.) VIII.8.4.

-vatas (presc.ind.act.du.) III.17.6. -vanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) II.6.2; 12.1; 23.2. V. 3.3; 9.1; 10.5(2t.),6. VI.9.3; 10.2. VII.4.1; 5.1; 6.1(2t.); 10.1; 14.2; 25.2. VIII.1.5; 6.6(2t.). abhavatām (impf.ind.act.du.) III.19.1. -van (impf.ind.act.pl.) I. 4.4. babhūva (perf.ind.act.sg.) I.2.13; 10.5; 12.2. III.17.6. V.3.7. -vus (perf.ind.act.pl.) I. 8.1. IV.6.1; 7.1; S.1. abhūvam (aor.ind.act.sg.) II.22.3,4(2t.). -ūt (aor.ind.act.sg.) V. 3.7. VI.4.6(3t.),7; 7.6. bhaviṣyati (fut.ind.act.sg.) I.9.3. V.2.1,2.

Page 131

  • +anupra spread through, fill. anuprabhūtas (pass.ppl. nom.sg.) VII.11.1. 9.1; 11.5,7,9. II.9.2. III.12.6; 19.3( 2t.). V.10.8; 24.5. VIII. 1.4; 11.1,2. -tānām (gen.pl.) I.1.2. -teṣu (loc.pl.) V.18.1; 24.2.

  • +sam come together, originate, develop. sambhavati (pres.ind.act. sg.) V.4.2; 5.2; 6.2; 7.2; 8.2. samabhavat (impf.ind. act.sg.) III.19.1. sambhūtas (pass.ppl. nom.sg.) V.9.2 - +abhisam attain, get possessed of change into. abhisambhavāmi (pres.ind. act.sg.) VIII.13.1 (2t.). -vati ( pres.ind.act.sg. ) IV.15.1. -vanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) V.10.1,3. -vitā (nm.ag.nom.sg.) III.14.4.

bhū f. the world, space, earth; see bhuvas. bhūta a. become, been; n. existence, world, creature; demon. -tam (nom.sg.n.) III. 12.1(2t.),2; 15.4. -tāni (nom.-acc.pl.) I.

bhūtavidyā f. science of hostile beings or demons. -(nom.sg.) VII.1.4. -yām (acc.sg.) VII.1. 2; 2.1; 7.1. bhūman m. plenty, abundance, multitude. -mā (nom.sg.) VII.23. 1(3t.); 24.1 (2t.). -mānām (acc.sg.) I.5.4. VII.23.1.

bhūmibudhna a. with the earth for bottom or foundation. -nas (nom.sg.) III.15. 1. bhūyāṅs a. compar. more, mightier, better; n. acc. as adv. moreover, further, still. -yān (nom.sg.) VII.4. 1; 12.1; 13.1; 15.1. -yas (nom.-acc.sg.n.) III. 11.6(2t.). V.10.6. VI.

Page 132

116

bhūyiṣṭha--bhrātṛhan

5.4; 6.5; 8.7; 9.4; 10.

3; 11.3; 12.3; 13.3;

14.3; 15.3; 16.3. VII.

1.5(2t.); 2.2(2t.); 3.1,2

(2t.); 4.3(2t.); 5.1,3

(2t.); 6.1,2(2t.); 7.1,

2(2t.); 8.1,2(2t.); 9.1,

2(2t.); 10.2(2t.); 11.

1,2(2t.); 12.2(2t.);

13.2(2t.); 14.2(2t.).

VIII.9.3; 10.4; 11.3.

bhūyiṣṭha a. sup1. most

abundant, greatest,

best.

-ṭham (nom.sg.n.) VI.

2.4

bhūr (indecl. earth) sacred

syl.; probably voc.sg.

of bhū, O earth! II.

23.3. III.15.3,5. IV.

17.3,4.

bhrça a. strong, intense;

n.acc. as adv. violent-

ly.

-çam (acc.sg.n.) VII.

15.2.

bheṣajakṛta a. made heal-

ing, curative.

-tas (nom.sg.) IV.17.S.

bhogya grdv. to be enjoyed;

n. enjoyment, use,

gain.

-yam (acc.sg.n.) VIII.

9.1,2; 10.2,4; 11.1,2.

bhojana n. the enjoying;

food.

-nam (acc.sg.) V.2.7.

bhos, see bhavant.

bhrātṛ m. brother.

-tā (nom.sg.) VII.15.1.

-taram (acc.sg.) VII.

15.2.

-taras (nom.pl.) VIII.

2.3.

bhrātṛloka m. world of

brothers.

-kena (instr.sg.) VIII.

2.3.

bhrātṛlokakāma a. desirous

of the world of broth-

ers.

-mas (nom.sg.) VIII.

2.3.

bhrātṛhan m. fratricide.

-hā (nom.sg.) VII.15.

2,3.

Page 133

ma——madhyamdina

117

M

ma- pron.st. 1 pers., see aham.

maghavanta. rich in gifts; m. patron of a sacrifice, esp. Indra.

-vān (nom.sg.) VIII. 11.3.

-van (voc.sg.) VIII.9. 2,3; 10.3,4; 11.2,3; 12.1.

majjan m. marrow, pith.

-jā (nom.sg.) II.19.1. VI.5.3.

-jñas (gen.sg.,acc.pl?) II. 19.2 (2t.).

maṭacīhant a. having hail destroyed, without hail(?).

-hateṣu (loc.pl.) I.10.1.

mati f. thought, reverence.

-tis (nom.sg.) VII.18.1.

-tim (acc.sg.) VII.18. 1.

matsya m. fish.

-yam (acc.sg.) I.4.3.

√math, manth shake, stir, churn.

mathyamānasyā (pres. ppl.pass.gen.sg.) VI. 6.1.

  • +abhi turn round, whirl.

abhimanthati (pres.ind. act.sg.) II.12.1.

  • +upa mix.

upamathya grd. V.2.4.

madgu m. a cert. aquatic bird.

-gus (nom.sg.) IV.8.1, 2.

madyapa a drinking spirituous liquors.

-pas (nom.sg.) V.11.5.

madhu n. mead, honey.

-(acc.sg.) VI.9.1.

madhukṛt a. making sweetness or honey; m. bee.

-tas (nom.pl.) III.1.2; 2.1; 3.1; 4.1; 5.1. VI.9.1.

madhunāḍī f. honey-cell.

-dyas (nom.pl.) III.1. 2; 2.1; 3.1; 4.1; 5.1.

madhya a. middle; n. the middle, mid- heaven; loc. as adv.-prep. amid, inside,between,among.

-yāt (abl.sg.) VI.13.2.

-ye (loc.sg.) III.5.3; 11.1; 16.2,4,6. VI.11. 1.

madhyamdina m. midday.

-nāt (abl.sg.) II.9.6.

-ne (loc.sg.) II.9.5; 14.1.

Page 134

118

madhyama—manusya

madhyama a. supl. mid-

most, medium.

-mas (nom.sg.) VI.5.1,

2,3.

3;8.3; 16.1. V.1.5,

11(2t.),14; 18.2; 22.

  1. VI.5.1,4; 6.2,5; 7.

6; 8.2(2t.),6; 15.1,2.

√man think, believe, take

to be, perceive.

manute(pres.ind.mid.sg.)

VII.18.1; 19.1(3t.).

VIII.5.2.

-nyante (pres.ind.mid-

pass.pl.) I.2.10,11,12.

VIII.8.5.

-navai ( pres.subj.mid.

sg.) VIII.12.5.

-nviran ( pres.opt.mid.

pl.) VII.13.1(2t.).

manvānas (pres.ppl.mid.

nom.sg.) VII.15.4;

25.2.

-nasya(pres.ppl.mid.gen.

sg.) VII.26.1.

matam (pass.ppl.nom.sg.

n.) VI.1.3.

-tvā grd. VII.18.1.

mimāṁsām (des.vbl.f.acc.

sg.) V.11.1.

    • prati answer, opposc.

pratimanvānas (pres.ppl.

mid.nom.sg.) IV.3.7.

manas n. mind.

-(nom.-acc.sg.) I.2.6;

7.3(2t.). II.7.1; 11.1.

III.13.4; 18.1. IV.3.

-sa (instr.sg.) II.22.2.

IV.16.2. V.1.8,9,10.

VII.3.1. VIII.12.5.

-sas (abl.-gen.sg.) VII.

3.2(3t.); 4.1.

-si (loc.sg.) V.22.2. VI.

8.6; 15.1,2.

manāṁsi (nom.pl.) V.1.

√manasy have in mind,

intend.

manasyati (pres.ind.act.

sg.) VII.3.1; 4.1; 5.

manu m.nm.pr. the man,

father of mankind.

-nus (nom.sg.) III.11.4.

VIII.15.1.

-nave (dat.sg.) III.11.4.

VIII.15.1.

manusya a. human; m.

man.

-yās (nom.pl.) II.9.3.

-yān (acc.pl.) VII.2.1;

7.1.

-yebhyas (dat.-abl.pl.)

II.22.2. IV.9.2.

Page 135

-yānām (gen.pl.) VII. manuşyakāma m. human desires. -mān (acc.pl.) I.7.8. manomaya a. spiritual, mental. -yas (nom.sg.) III.14.2. mantṛ m. thinker. -tā (nom.sg.) VII.8.1 ; mantra m. thought, speech, esp. hymn (of the Veda, including ṛc, yajus, sāman). -rās (nom.pl.) VII.4.1, 2 ; 5.1 ; 26.1. -rān (acc.pl.) VII.3.1 ; 14.1. -rāṇām (gen.pl.) VII.4.2. -reṣu (loc.pl.) VII.4.1 ; 5.1. √mantray speak. - + tā address, invite. āmantrayām (vbl.f.acc. sg.) IV .4.1. - +upa call near, persuade. upamantrayāte (pres.ind. mid.sg.) II.13.1. V . 8.1.

mantravid a. knowing the Mantras. -vit (nom.sg.m) VII.1.3. mantha m. churning; mixed beverage; spoon, churning-stick. -tham (acc.sg.) V.2.4,6. -the (loc.sg.) (4t.). V.2.4,5 manthana n. kindling fire by friction. -nam (nom.sg.) I.3.5. maraṇa n. death. -nam (nom.sg.) III.17.5. marīci f. ray, beam. -cayas (nom.pl.) II.21.1. III.1.1. marut m.pl. the Maruts (gods of the wind, companions of Rudra and Indra). -tas (nom.pl.) III.9.1. -tām (gen.pl.) III.9.3,4. martya a. mortal. -yam (nom.sg.n.) VII.24.1. VIII.3.5 ; 12.1. -yās (nom.pl.) IV.3.6. māçaka m. biting insect; gnat, fly. -kas (nom.sg.) VI.9.3; 10.2.

Page 136

120 √mah—√mahīy

√mah be great; caus. magnify, delight, honor.

mahayan (pres.ppl.act. nom.sg.caus.) VIII. 8.4.

mahattā f. greatness. -tām (acc.sg.) VII.6.1.

mahant (mahānt) a. great; n. greatness. -hān (nom.sg.) II.11.2 ; 12.2(2t.) ; 13.2 (2t.) ;

14.2 (2t.) ; 15.2 (2t.) ; 16.2(2t.) ; 17.2 (2t.) ;

18.2(2t.) ; 19.2 (2t.) ;

20.2 (2t.). -hāntam (acc.sg.) IV. 3.7.

-hat (acc.sg.n) V.2.4 -hatas (gen.sg.) VI.7.3,

5 ; 11.1.

mahayya a. (grdv.caus.?) to be delighted. -yas (nom.sg.) VIII.8.4

mahas n. greatness; splendor. -(nom.sg.) III.13.5.

mahasvant a. great ; splendid. -vān (nom.sg.) III.13.5.

mahātman a. great-hearted, mighty. -nas (acc.pl.) IV.3.6.

mahāpatha m. chief road, highway. -thas (nom.sg.) VIII.6. 2.

mahāmanas a. great-hearted 'or minded, noble; proud. -nās (nom.sg.m) II.11. 2. VI.1.2,3.

mahāvṛṣa m. great bull; pl.nm.pr. -ṣeṣu (loc.pl.) IV.2.5.

mahāçāla m. great householder. -las (nom.pl.) V.11.1,3. VI.4.5.

mahāçrotriya a. greatly learned(in sacred lore). -yās (nom.pl.) V.11.1, 3. VI.4.5.

mahidāsa m.nm.pr. -sas (nom.sg.) III.16.7.

mahiman m. greatness, might. -mā (nom.sg.) III.12.6. VII.24.2.

-mānam (acc.sg.) IV.3. 7.

-mnā (instr.sg.) I.1.9. -mni (loc.sg.) VII.24.1 (2t.).

√mahīy be great, happy, or blessed.

Page 137

mahīyate (pres.ind.mid. -mas (nom.sg.) VIII.2. 2.

sg.) VIII.2.1,2,3,4,5, mātrhan m. matricide.

6,7,8,9,10. -hā (nom.sg.) VII.15. 2;3.

-yamānas (pres.ppl.mid. mātra f. measure, limit, nom.sg.) VIII.10.1.

1 mā adv.-conj. not; that period; small measure, lest (w. unaug. pret., doubtfully w. opt.). III.11.2; 15.2; 16.2,4,6. IV.1.2(2t.); 10.2. V.1.12. VI.7.1. VIII.14.1(2t.).

2 mā, see aham. ure, particle; due measure, arrangement.

√mā measure, prepare; -rām (acc.sg.) II.24.16. III.19.1.

caus. build. mādhyaṃdina a. merid-

māpayām (caus.vbl.f.acc ional, midday's.

sg.) IV.1.1. -nam (nom.-acc.sg.n.) II. 24.1,10. III.16.2,3(2t.), 4.

  • +ativi, see ativimāna. -nāsya (gen.sg.) II.24. 7.

māṃsa n. meat. mānava a. human; m. man.

-sam (nom.sg.) II.19.1. -vas (nom.sg.m.) IV. 17.9.

mātṛ f. mother. -vam (acc.sg.m.) IV.15. 6.

-tā (nom.sg.) VII.15.1. māṇasa a. mental, spiritual.

-taram (acc.sg.) IV.4. -sas (nom.sg.) IV.15.5. V.10.2.

1,4. V.24.5. VII.15.2 mānuṣa a. human.

-taras(nom.pl.) VIII.2.2. -ṣam (nom.sg.n.) V.3.6.

mātṛloka m. world of -ṣasya (gen.sg.) V.3.6. mothers.

-kena (instr.sg.) VIII. 2.2.

mātṛlokakāma a. desirous -ṣās (nom.pl.) V.1.4.

Page 138

122

māsa—mūla

māsa m. month.

-sān (acc.pl.) IV.15.5. V.9.1; 10.1,3.

-sebhyas (abl.pl.) IV. 15.5. V.10.2,4.

mithuna a. paired; m. pair, couple; n. pair, copulation, union.

-nam (nom.sg.n.) I.1.5, 6.

-nāt (abl.sg.) II.13.2 (2t.).

-ni (loc.sg.) II.13.1,2.

-nāu (nom.du.m.) I.1.6.

mithunin a. pairing.

-nī (nom.sg.; BR. treat as adv., which it is in effect, see Wh.Gr. 1093.a) II.13.2.

mīmāṁsā f., see √man.

mukha n. mouth,face; beginning, head.

-kham (nom.-acc.sg.) IV. 2.5; 14.2.

-khena (instr.sg.) III.6. 1,3; 7.1,3; 8.1,3; 9.1, 3; 10.1,3. IV.2.5.

-khat (abl.sg.) VIII.13.1.

mukhya a. pertaining to the mouth or face; chief, primary.

-yas (nom.sg.) I.2.7; 5.3.

√muc, mokṣ release.

mucyate (pres.ind.pass. sg.) VI.16.2.

    • pra untie, loose.

pramucya grd. VI.14.2. VIII.13.1.

  • +vi set free, abandon, give up.

vimokṣye (fut.ind.mid. sg.) VI.14.2.

√mud be merry, rejoice.

modamānas (pres.ppl. mid.nom.sg.) VI.11.1.

muṣṭi f. fist, handful.

-ṭis (nom.sg.) VII.3.1.

mūtra n. urine.

-ram (nom.sg.) VI.5.2.

mūrta a. thickened, coagulated.

-tās (nom.pl.f) VII.10. 1 (2t.).

mūrdhan m. head, chief, leader.

-dhā (nom.sg.) I.8.6 (2t.),8 (2t.); 10.9,10, 11; 11.4,5,6,7,8,9. V. 12.2 (2t.); 18.2.

-dhanam (acc.sg.) VIII. 6.6.

mūla n. root, basis, origin, cause.

-lam (nom.-acc.sg.) VI. 8.4 (4t.),6 (3t.).

Page 139

√mr—√mluc 123

-le (loc.sg.) VI.11.1. √mr die. mriyate (pres.ind.pass.-mid.sg.) VI.11.3(2t.). -vasya (imv.pass.sg.) V. 10.8. mr̥ttikā f. earth, clay, loam. -(nom.sg.) VI.1.4. mr̥pinda m. lump of clay. [-ḍas (nom.sg.) I.2.7*, 8*.] -dena (instr.sg.) VI.1.4. mr̥tyu m. death -yus (nom.sg.) I.4.3. VIII.4.1. -yum (acc.sg.) II.22.4. VII.26.2. -yunā (instr.sg.) VIII. 12.1. -yos (abl.-gen.sg.) I.4. 2. II.22.3,5. mr̥ditakaṣāya a. with passion or impurity rubbed or wiped away. -yāya (dat.sg.) VII.26. 2. mr̥du a. soft, gentle, tender. -(nom.sg.n.) II.22.1. mr̥ṇmaya a. made of clay, earthen. -yam (nom.sg.n.) VI.1.4. √mr̥c stroke, grasp, consider.

    • ava grc, consider. avamr̥cya grd. VI.13.1. - + vi fcl, try, examine. vimr̥stam (pass.ppl.nom. sg.n.) I.1.4. megha m. cloud. -ghas (nom.sg.) II.3.1; 4.1; 15.1. III.19.2. V. 10.6(2t.). medhāvin a. intelligent. -vī (nom.sg.) VI.14.2. maitreya m.nm.pr. -yas (nom.sg.) I.12.1,3. māithuna a. paired; n. copulation. -nam (acc.sg.n.) III.17. 3. māuna n. condition of being a Muni or holy sage, silence. -nam (nom.sg.) VIII. 5.2. √mr̥d gratify. - + ni delight, bless. nimrederan (pres.opt. mid.pl.) III.19.4. √mlā relax,fadc. - + vi wither away, decay. vyamlāsyctām (cond.ind. mid.du.) V.17.2. √mluc go to rest, set. - + ni go down, set.

Page 140

124

ya-

nimlocati (pres.ind.act. sg.) III.11.3.

nimumloca (perf.ind.act. sg.) III.11.2.

Y

ya- st.rel.pron. who, which, what (subst. and a.), if anybody; n.v. word of any number or gender that is, namely; n. acc. as adv.conj.,-1. that (w.word of saying, thinking, etc.), so that, as for the fact that, 2. since, 3. when, if.

yas (nom.sg.m.) I.1.7, 8,10(3t.); 2.7,8(2t.), 14; . 3.1 (2t.),3 (2t.),7 (2t.); 4.5; 5.1(2t.),3, 5(2t.); 6.6,7; 7.5,7,9 8.6,8; 9.2,4; 13.4(2t). II.1.4; 2.3; 3.2; 4.2; 5.2; 6.2; 7.2; 8.3(2t.); 10.6; 11.2; 12.2; 13.2; 14.2; 15.2; 16.2; 17.2; 18.2; 19.2; 20.2; 21.2,4; 24.2,16(2t). III.6.3; 7.3; 8.3; 9.3; 10.3; 11.3; 12.7 (2t.),8(2t.),9(2t.); 13.1 (2t.),2 (2t.),3 (2t.),4 ( 2t. ),5 ( 2t. ),6 ( 2t. ),8 (2t.); 15.2; 16.7(2t);

18.3,4,5,6 (2t.); 19.4. IV.1.4,6; 3.8(2t.); 5.3(2t.); 6.4(2t.); 7.4 (2t.); 8.4(2t.); 11.1, 2(2t.); 12.1,2 (2t.); 13.1,2(2t.); 15.1,2,3,4; 16.1. V.1.1,2,3,4,5; 3.4; 10.6(3t.),10(3t.); 12.2; 13.2; 14.2; 15.2; 16.2; 17.2; 18.1; 24.1,2,3. VI.5.1(3t.), 2(3t.),3(3t.); 6.1,2,3, 4; 8.6; 9.4; 10.3; 11.1(3t.),3; 12.3; 13.3; 14.3; 15.3; 16.3. VII.1.5; 2.2; 3.2; 4.3(2t.); 5.3(2t.); 6.2; 7.2(2t.); 8.2; 9.2(2t.); 10.2(2t); 11.2; 12.2( 2t. ); 13.2; 14.2(2t.); 16.1; 23.1; 24.1. VIII.3.1 (2t.),4; 4.1; 5.1; 7.1 (2t.),3(2t.),4(3t.); 10.1;

yat (nom.-acc.sg.n.) I.1.3,5,8 (2t.); 2.9(2t.), 10,12; 3.3(2t.),4,9,12; 4.2,4,5; 6.5(2t.),6(2t.); 7.4(4t.),5(2t.); 10.2,6.

Page 141

ya- -√yaj 125

II.1.1(2t.),3(2t.),4; 4.1(2t.); 8.1(3t.),2(4t.); 9.2,3,4,5,6,7,8; 24.1. III.1.4; 2.3; 3.3; 4.3; 5.3; 6.1; 7.1; 8.1; 9.1; 10.1; 12.1,3,4(2t.),7; 13.7(2t.); 15.4(2t.),5,6,7; 17.1(3t.),2(3t.),3(3t.),4,7; 19.2(5t.),3,4. IV.1.4(2t.),6(2t.); 3.7; 10.5(3t.); 15.5; 16.1(3t.). V.1.13(2t.),14(2t.); 2.1; 3.2; 8.1(2t.); 10.7(2t.); 12.2; 13.2; 14.2; 15.2; 16.2; 17.2; 19.1,2; 20.2; 21.2; 22.2; 23.2. VI.1.3,7; 4.1(3t.),2(3t.),3(3t.),4(3t.),6(3t.),7; 7.4; 9.3(2t.); 10.2(2t.); 11.2; 13.1. VII.1.1,3; 2.1; 5.2(2t.); 10.1(5t.); 24.1. VIII.1.1(2t.),2(3t.),3(2t.); 3.2,5(4t.); 5.1(2t.),2(2t.),3(2t.); 8.1; 9.2; 10.3; 11.2,3; 12.6; 14.1.3; 11.4,6,8; III.12.2(2t.),3; 19.2. VII.10.1. yam (acc.sg.m.) V.12.1; 13.1; 14.1; 15.1; 16.1; 17.1. VI.12.2. VIII.1.5(4t.); 2.10(3t.); 3.5; 5.3; 7.2. yāṃ (acc.sg.f.) I.3.9,11. IV.2.2. V.3.6; 19.1; 20.1; 21.1; 22.1; 23.1. yena (instr.sg.) I.3.8,10(2t.). V.11.6. VI.1.3. yasmai (dat. sg.) IV.3.6. yasya (gen.sg.) I.6.7. III.14.4. yasmin (loc.sg.) IV.2.4. V.1.7. yasyāṃ (loc.sg.f.) I.3.9. yau (nom.du.m.) I.7.5. ye (nom.pl.m.) I.6.8; 7.6(2t.),7,8; 10.2. III.1.2; 2.1; 3.1; 4.1; 5.1. V.10.1(2t.),3,7(2t.). VII.6.1(3t.); 25.2. VIII.1.6(2t.); 3.2(2t.); 4.3; 5.4; 12.6. yāni (nom.pl.n.) I.3.5. II.21.3. III.16.1,3,5. yās (nom.pl.f.) II.4.1(2t.). VII.6.1. yān (acc.pl.m.) IV.15.5. √yaj offer, worship, sacrifice. yakṣyate (fut.ind.mid. sg.) I.10.6.

Page 142

126

yajamāna—yatas

-yamānas ( fut.ppl.mid. nom.sg.) V.11.5.

iṣṭam (pass.ppl.nom.sg n.) VIII.5.1.

iṣṭvā grd] IV.16.3,5.

yajamāna (pres.ppl.mid.) m. institutor of sacrifice.

-nas (nom.sg.) I.11.1,3. II.24.6,10,15. IV.16. 3,5.

-nam (acc.sg.) IV.17.10.

-nāya (dat.sg.) II.22.2; 24.5,9,14.

-nasya (gen.sg.) II.24. 2,5,9,15.

yajurveda m. Veda of sacrificial texts, Yajur-Veda.

-das (nom.sg.) I.3.7. VII.1.4.

-dam (acc.sg.) III.2.2; 15.7. VII.1.2; 2.1; 7.1.

yajuṣṭas adv. concerning the Yajus. IV.17.5.

yajus n. sacred awe, worship, sacrifice; sacrificial formula.

-(nom.sg.) I.4.4; 7.5.

-uṣas (abl.sg.) I.4.3.

-uṣi (loc.sg.) I.4.3.

-ūṅṣi (nom.-acc.pl.) III. 2.1,2. IV.17.2. VI.7.2.

-urbhyas (abl.pl.) IV. 17.3.

-uṣām (gen.pl.) IV.17. 5(3t.).

yajña m. worship, sacrifice.

-ñas (nom.sg.) III.16.1,2,4,6. IV.16.1 (2t.),3,5; 17.8,9. VIII. 5.1.

-ñam (acc.sg.) I.10.7. IV.16.3,5; 17.10.

-ñasya (gen.sg.) II.24. 16. IV.17.4,5,6,8.

yajñāyajñīya n. a cert. Sāman.

-yam (nom.-acc.sg.) II. 19.1,2.

√yat unite, meet.

-+sam unite, meet together.

samyetire (perf.ind.mid. pl.) I.2.1.

-+anvā connect, make to share.

anvāyatta pass. ppl., which see.

yatara rel.pron.a.compar. which of two.

-re (nom.pl.) VIII.8.4.

yatas rel.adv.conj. whence. IV.17.9( 2t.). V.9.2 (2t.).

Page 143

yatkāma—yadi

127

yatkāma rel. a. desiring which.

-mas (nom.sg.) I.3.12 (2t.)

yatra rel.adv.coni. where, when, whilst, if. I.2.1; III.13.8(2t.). IV.1.7; 2.5; 6.1; 7.1; 8.1; 16.2,4; 17.8,9. VI.2.3,4; 8.1,3,5. VII.24.1(2t.). VIII.6.3,4, 24.1(2t). 5; 11.1; 12.4.

yathā rel.adv. in which way, as; that (w. word of saying, thinking, etc.). I.2.7; 3.5; 4.3; 6.7; 12.4. II.23.4. IV.1.4,6; 14.3; 16.3,5; 17.7. V.1.8,9,10,11,12; 3.2,3(2t.),5,7; 24.12; 3.2,3 (twice),5,7; 24.1,3,5. VI.1.4,5,6; 3.4; 4.7; 7.3,5; 8.2,3,5,6; 9.1,2; 10.1; 13.1; 14.1 (2t.),2. VII.3.1; 15.1. VIII.1.5,6; 3.2; 6.2; 8.3; 9.1,2; 12.2,3.

yathākāmacāra m. motion according to desire.

-ras (nom.sg.) VII.1.5; 2.2; 3.2; 4.3; 5.3; 6.2; 7.2; 8.2; 9.2; 10.2; 11.2; 12.2; 13.2; 14.2.

yathākratu a. according to wisdom possessed.

-tus (nom.sg.m.) III.14.1.

yathānuṣāṇam adv. according to command. VIII.1.5.

yathāvidhānam adv. according to rule. VIII.15.1.

yathetam adv. as one came. V.10.5.

yad rel.adv.conj. that, see ya-.

yadā rel.adv.conj. when, if. I.1.6; 2.8; 4.4. IV.3.1(3t.),2,3; 4.5. V.2.9. VI.15.2. VII.3.1; 4.1; 5.1; 8.1; 10.1 (2t.); 13.1; 17.1; 18.1; 19.1; 20.1; 21.1; 22.1. VIII.1.4.

yadi rel.adv.conj. if; although (+api), whether, or (+vā). II.22.3,4(2t.). III.11.6. IV.15.1,5; 17.4,5,6. V.2.3,4,8; 3.5; 24.4. VI.16.1,2. VII.5.2(2t.); 9.1(2t.); 13.1; 15.2,3; 24.1. VII.2.1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9; 10.1 (2t.),3 (2t.).

Page 144

128 yadgotra a. of what tribe. -ras (nom.sg.) IV.4.2 (2t.),4(2t.). -yam 3rd syl. of sattiya. VIII.3.5. √yam hold, lift. yacchati (pres.ind.act. sg.) VIII.3.5(2t.). - + pra offer. prayacchet (pres.opt.act. sg.) V.24.4. - +sampra offer together, resign. samprayacchanti (pres. ind.act.pl.) II.24.6,10, 16. yava m. grain, corn, esp. bariey, barley-corn. -vāt (abl.sg.) III.14.3. yaças n. glory, fame. -(nom.sg.) III.1.3; 2. 2; 3.2 ; 4.2 ; 5.2 ; 13. 2. VIII.14.1(5t.). -sā (instr.sg.) III.18.3, 4,5.6. -saṃ (gen.pl.) VIII.14. 1. yaçasvin a. having glory or fame. -vī (nom.sg.) III.13.2. √yas be eager or heated. - + ā be vexed or downcast.

āyastas (pass.ppi.nom. sg.) V.3.4. yā sacred syl. I.13.2. √yā go, come; stir, move. yāti (pres.ind.act.sg.) VII.15.1. yāna n. going; vehicle, chariot. -nais (instr.pl.) VIII. 12.3. yāvatsampātam adv. as long as there is remainder. V.10.5. yāvadāyuṣam adv. throughout life. V.9.2. VIII.15.1. yāvant rel. a. as great, as far; n.acc. as rel.adv. conj. as far or long as, while. -vān (nom.sg.m.) VIII. 1.3. -vat (nom.-acc.sg.n.) I. 9.3; 11.3. III.6.4 ; 7. 4; 8.4 ; 9.4 ; 10.4. V. 9.1; 11.5. VI.14.2 ; 15.1. VII.1.5; 2.2 ; 3. 8.2 ; 9.2 ; 10.2 ; 11.2 ; 12.2 ; 13.2 ; 14.2. VIII. 6.4,5. √yuj yoke, harness. yuktas (pass.ppl.nom.

Page 145

yūyam—raçmi 129

yūyam, see tvan.

-nim (acc.sg.) V.10.7

yoni f. lap, womb, vulva; home; birth-station, race, caste. -nis (nom.sg.) V.8.1.

yoṣā f. girl, woman, wife. -(nom.sg.) V.S.1. yāuvana n. youth. -ne (loc.sg.) IV.4.2,4.

R

√rakṣ guard. - + abhi protect. abhirakṣati (pres.ind.act. sg.) IV.17.9,10. rajata a. shining, silvery; n. silver. -tam (nom.-acc.sg.n.) III.19.1,2. IV.17.7. -tena (instr.sg.n.) IV. 17.7. ratha m. chariot. -thas (nom.sg.) IV.16. 3,5. rathantara n. a cert. Sā-man. -ram (nom.-acc.sg.) II. 12.1,2. rathaçreni f. row of chariots. -ṇayas (nom.pl.) V.14.1.

√rabh seize, clasp. - + sam hold together, be hand in hand. samrabdhas (pass.ppl. nom.pl.) I.12.4.

√ram stop, settle, gladden. ramate (pres.ind.mid.sg.) III.17.1,2. VII.12.1 (2t.). VIII.12.5. -amānas (pres.ppl.mid. nom.sg.) VIII.12.3. - + samā cease. samāratās (pass.ppl.nom. pl.) I.10.11. ramanīya grdv. to be delighted in, good. -yam (acc.sg.f.) V.10.7. ramanīyacarana a. having delightful course or good conduct. -ṇās (nom.pl.) V.10.7. rayi m. wealth, treasure. -yis (nom.sg.) V.16.1; 18.2. rayimant a. rich. -mān (nom.sg.) V.16.1.

raçmi m. line, cord, ray, beam. -mayas (nom.pl.) III. 1.2; 2.1; 3.1; 4.1; 5

9

Page 146

130

rasa—rāçi

  1. V.4.1. VIII.6.2.

-mīn (acc.pl.) I.5.2.

-mibhis (instr.pl.) VIII.

6.5.

rasa m. sap, esscncc, flower (best of kind).

-sas (nom.sg.) I.1.2(St.); 2.10. III.1.3; 2; 4.2; 5.2. VI.9.2 (2t.).

-sam (acc.sg.) VI.9.1. VII.7.1.

-sena (instr.sg.) I.1.9. IV.17.4,5,6.

-sās (nom.pl.) III.5.4 (3t.).

-sān (acc.pl.) IV.17.1, 2,3. VI.9.1.

-sānām (gen.pl.) I.1.3. III.5.4.

rasatama a. supl. sappiest, best; m. quintessence.

-mas (nom.sg.) I.1.3.

√rāj rule, be firsi; shine, be illustrious.

    • vi be illustrious. virājati (pres.ind.act.sg.) II.16.2.

rājan m. king, prince; man of military caste (=rājanya=ksatriya).

-jā (nom.sg.) I.10.6. V.2.6; 4.2; 10.4.

-jānam (acc.sg.) V.5.2.

-jñas (gen.sg.) V.3.6. -jan (voc.sg.) V.3.6; 12.1; 13.1; 14.1;15. 1; 16.1; 17.1.

-jñām (gen.pl.) VIII. 14.1.

rājana n. a cert. Sāman. -nam (nom.-acc.sg.) II. 20.1,2.

rājanyabandhu m. companion of a nobleman, a mere nobleman.

-dhus (nom.sg.) V.3.5.

rājñī f. queen. -(nom.sg.) III.15.2.

rājya n. kingship, sovereignty.

-yam (acc.sg.) V.2.6. -yāya (dat.sg. as inf.) II.24.4.

rātri f. night. -ris (nom.sg.) V.6.1. -rim (acc.sg.) V.10.3. -res (abl.sg.) V.10.3.

-rāu (loc.sg.) V.2.4. -rīs (acc.pl.) VII.9.1.

√rādh succeed.

    • vi miss, lose (instr.). virādhiṣi (unaug.aor.ind. mid.sg.) III.11.2.

rāçi m. heap, mass (a cert. work).

Page 147

-çis (nom.sg.) VII.1.4. -çim (acc.sg.) VII.1.2 ; 2.1 ; 7.1. rāhu m.nm.pr. -hos (gen.sg.) VIII. 13.1. √riṣ be hurt, fail. riṣyati (pres.ind.act.sg.) IV.16.3(2t.). -yct (pres.opt.act.sg.) IV.17.4,5,6. -yantam (pres.ppl.act. acc.sg.m.) IV.16.3. -+ anu be hurt on account of. anuriṣyati (pres.ind.act. sg.) IV.16.3. -+ vi, see viriṣṭa. √rud weep, lament, bewail. roditi (pres.ind.act.sg.) III.15.2. VIII.10.2,4. rudam (unaug.impf.-aor. ind.act.sg.) III.15.2. rodayanti (pres.ind.act. pl.caus.) III.16.3. rudra m. storm-god; pl. Rudras (sons), Maruts (companions). -rās (nom.pl.) II.24.10. III.7.1 ; 16.3(2t.),4. -rāṇām (gen.pl.) II.24. 1. III.7.3,4 ; 16.4. √rudh obstruct.

rāhu—revant 131 -+ ava hold off, keep, acquire. avarunddhe (pres.ind. mid.sg.) II.15.2. -+ upa drive in (cattle). uparudhya grd. IV.6.1 ; 7.1 ; 8.1. √ruh risc. -+ pra grow forth. praroheyus (pres.opt.act. pl.) V.2.3. rūpa n. form, beauty. -pam (nom.-acc.sg.) I. 7.5(2t.). III.1.4 ; 2.3 ; 3.3 ; 4.3 ; 6.2,3 ; 7.2,3 ; 8.2,3 ; 9.2,3 ; 10.2,3. VI.4.1 (2t.),2 (2t.),3 (2t.),4(2t.),6(3t.). -peṇa (instr.sg.) VIII. 3.4 ; 12.2,3. -pāt (abl.sg.) III.6.2,3 ; 7.2,3 ; 8.2,3 ; 9.2,3 ; 10. 2,3. -pāṇi (nom.pl.) VI.4.1, 2,3,4. retas n. flow, gush; semen; seed. -(nom.-acc.sg.) V.7.2 ; 8.2 ; 10.6. -sas (gen.sg) III.17.7. revant a. rich; f.pl. rich ones (cows, waters, verses RV.I.30.13 al-

Page 148

132

rāikva—√lī

luding to a cert. Sa-|roga m. disease. VII.26.

vatyas (nom.-acc.pl.f.)

II.18.1,2.

rāikva m.nm.pr.

roman n. hair.

-vas (nom.sg.) IV.1.3,

-māni (acc.pl.) VIII.

5,8.

-vam (acc.sg.) IV.1.3,5.

13.1.

-va (voc.sg.) IV.2.2,4,

rohita a. red, reddish.

rāikvaparṇa m.nm.pr. of a cert. place.

-tam (nom.sg.n.) III.1.

-ṇās (nom.pl.) IV.2.5.

  1. VI.4.1,2,3,4,6.

rāudra a. of Rudra or the Rudras.

-ram (acc.sg.n.) II.24.7.

L

lambhuka a. with a tendency to get (acc.).

√lap pratc. talk;

-kas (nom.sg.) V.2.

alāpayiṣyas (cond.ind.act. sg.caus.) IV.2.5.

lavana a. salt; n. salt.

√labh catch,find, get.

-ṇam (nom.-acc.sg.) VI. 13.1 (2t.),2 (3t.).

labhate (pres.ind.mid.sg.)

ṇena (instr.sg.) IV. 17.7.

III.12.9. VII.22.1. VIII.3.1,2.

linga n. mark,sign,cmblem

-bhante ( pres.ind.mid. pl.) VI.9.2.

-gam (acc.sg.) VIII.

-bhemahi (pres.opt.mid. pl.) I.10.6(2t.).

14.1 (2t.).

alabhe (impf.ind.mid.sg.) IV.4.2,4.

√lip smcar, stain.

labdhvā grd. VII.22.1

lipyate (pres.ind.pass.sg.) V.10.10.

  • +upā touch, charge with, blame.

√lī cling, stick, settle, stoop, hide.

upālabheta (pres.opt.mid. sg.) II.22.3,4(2t.).

  • +vi cling to, settle down, disappear, melt.

Page 149

√lup—loman 133

vilinam (pass.ppl.nom. sg.n.) VI.13.1. √lup break.

– +vi tear in pieces; mid.-pass. perish. vilopsi (unaug.aor.ind. mid.sg.) III.16.2,4,6.

6,7,8. II.2.3; 21.1. VIII.12.6

leça m. particle, bit, drop; instr. as adv. slightly. –çena (instr.sg.) II.22. 5.

–kān (acc.pl.) I.9.2. II. 7.2; 17.2; 23.3. IV. 5.3; 6.4; 7.4; 8.4; 14. 3; 17.1. VII.4.3; 5.3; 7.2; 9.2; 11.2; 12.2. VIII.7.2,3; 8.1; 12.6.

loka m. place, world, heaven. –kas (nom.sg.) I.8.5,7; 9.4(3t.); 13.1. II.24. 2,5,9,15. V.3.3; 4.1; 10.8. VII.3.1; 4.2; 8.1. VIII.1.6(2t).

–kebhyas (abl.pl.) III. 14.3.

–kam (acc.sg.) I.8.5 (2t.),7(2t.). II.22.2; 24.5,9,14. III.13.6. VII.3.1; 7.1; 14.1. VIII.3.3,5; 8.5.

–kānām (gen.pl.) IV. 17.8. VIII.4.1.

–keṣu (loc.pl.) II.2.1,3; 17.1,2. III.13.7. IV. 15.4(2t.). V.3.7; 18. 1; 24.2. VII.25.2(2t.). VIII.1.6(2t.); 4.3; 5. 4.

–kasya (gen.sg.) I.8.5, 7(2t.); 9.1. III.13.6 (3t.). VII.4.2.

lokakṣit a. dwelling in the world or heaven. –ke (loc.sg.) I.9.3,4(4t.). III.14.1. IV.5.3; 6. 4; 7.4; 8.4; 11.2; 12. 2; 13.2. V.1.3.

–itc (dat.sg.) II.24.5,9. –kāu (acc.du.) VIII.6. 2; 8.4.

–kās (nom.pl.) I.6.8; 7.

–idbhyas (dat.pl.) II. 24.14.

lokadvāra n. gate of the world or heaven. –ram (nom.-acc.sg.) II. 24.4,8,12,13. VIII.6.5.

lokin a. possessing the (best) world. –ki (nom.sg.) II.17.2. IV.11.2; 12.2; 13.2.

loman n. hair. –ma (nom.sg.) II.19.1.

Page 150

134

loha—√vac

–māni (nom.pl.) V.18.2. S.1. –mabhyas (abl.pl.) VIII. lohamaya a. made of cop- per or iron. –yam (nom.sg.n) VI. 1.5. lohita a. red; n. copper, bloed. –ham (nom.-acc.sg.n.) IV.17.7. VI.1.5. –hena (instr.sg.) IV.17. 7. –tas (nom.sg.m.) VIII. 6.1. lohamani m. copper orna- ment. –tam (nom.sg.n.) VI. 5.2. –tāsya (gen.sg.) VIII. 6.1. –ṇina (instr.sg.) VI.1.5.

V

vaktavya grdv. to be spo- ken. –yās (nom.pl.) II.22.5 (3t.).

√vac speak,tell,say,claim. uvāca (perf.ind.act.sg.) I.5.2,4; 8.2,3 (2t.),4 (4t.),5 (2t.),6,7 (3t.),8 (2t.),6,7,8,10,11; 11. 1 (2t.),2,3,5,7,9; 12.3. III.11.4; 17.6. IV.1. 5,7; 2.5(3t.); 3.6; 4. 2,3,4 (2t.),5 (3t.); 5.2; 6.3; 7.3; 8.3; 9.3; 10. 2,3 (2t.),5; 14.3; 15.1 V.1.7,8,9,10,11,13 (2t.), 14 (2t.); 2.1,2,3; 3.1, 4,5,6 (2t.),7 (2t.); 11.4,

5,7(2t.); 12.1,2; 13.1 (2t.),2; 14.1 (2t.),2; 15.1 (2t.),2; 16.1 (2t.), 2; 17.1 (2t.),2; 18.1. VI.1.1,3,7; 2.2; 5.4; 6.5; 7.2,3,4; 8.1,7; 9. 4; 10.3; 11.2,3; 12.2, 3; 13.1,2,3; 14.3; 15. 3; 16.3. VIII.1.1,2,3; 24.2. VIII.3.4; 7.1,2, 3,4 (2t.); 8.1,2 (2t.),3 (2t.),4; 9.2 (2t.),3 (2t.); 10.1,3 (2t.),4 (3t.); 11. 1,2 (2t.),3 (2t.); 12.6 (2t.); 15.1.

ūicatus (perf.ind.act.du.) VIII.7.3; 8.1,3. ūcus (perf.ind.act.pl.) I. 8.1; 12.2. IV.10.4,5

Page 151

vatsa—√vad 135

(2t.); 14.1. V.1.7,12;

2.1,2; 11.6.

avocam (aor.ind.act.sg.)

III.15.4,5 (2t.),6 (2t.),

7(3t.).

–cat (aor.ind.act.sg.) I.

11.4,6,8.

–can (aor.ind.act.pl.) IV.

14.2,3.

–cathās (aor.ind.mid.sg.)

V.3.4.

vakṣyāmi (fut.ind.act.sg.)

IV.14.3. VII.1.1.

avakṣyam (cond.ind.act.

sg.) V.3.5.

–yan (cond.ind.act.pl.)

VI.1.7.

vaktā (nm.agen.nom.sg.)

IV.6.1 ; 7.1 ; 8.1 ; 14.1.

uktas (pass.ppl.nom.sg.)

IV.1.4,6.

–tam (pass.ppl.nom.sg.

n.) VI.8.6.

–tasya (pass.ppl.gen.sg.)

I.11.5,7,9 (2t.).

–tvā grd. I.9.3. II.24.

6,10,15. III.17.6. V.

2.3.

– +abhyanu say with reference to.

abhyanūktam (pass.ppl.

nom.sg.n.) III.12.5.

– +nis utter, explain.

niruktas (pass.ppl.nom.

sg.) II.22.1.

– +pra speak forth, in-

struct, address.

provāca (perf.ind.act.sg.)

III.11.4. VIII.8.4.

– –+paripra reproach.

paripravacan (unaug.aor.

ind.act.pl.) IV.10.2.

– +prati answer.

pratyuvāca (perf.ind.act.

sg.) IV.1.3 ; 2.3.

prativakṣyati (fut.ind.act.

sg.) II.22.3.

–ktā (nm.ag.nom.sg.) V.

11.7.

– +vi explain, inform.

vivaktum (m.acc.sg. as

inf.) IV.4.5. V.3.5.

vatsa m. calf, child.

–sas (nom.sg) III.15.

–sam (acc.sg.) III.15.2

(2t.).

√vad speak, call.

vadati (pres.ind.act.sg.)

I.2.3. VII.17.1 (3t.).

–danti (pres.ind.act.pl.)

II.24.1.

–dāma (pres.subj.act.pl.)

I.8.1.

–det (pres.opt.act.sg.) V.

11.6.

Page 152

136

vadha—varṣa

-datām (imv.act.du.) I.8.2.

-datos (pres.ppl.act.gen.du.) I.8.2.

-dantas (pres.ppl.act.nom.pl.) V.1.9,10,11.

avadas (impf.ind.act.sg.) V.3.5,7.

    • ati defeat in speaking.

ativadati (pres.ind.act.sg.) VII.16.1 (2t.).

-dāni (pres.subj.act.sg.) VII.16.1.

    • abhi speak to, greet, allude to.

abhyuvadā (perf.ind.act.sg.) IV.1.2,8; 2.1,4; 5.1 ; 6.2 ; 7.2 ; 8.2 ; 9.1 ; 14.1.

-yūde (perf.ind.mid.sg.) IV.14.2.

    • vyava interpose the voice, interrupt, resume speaking.

vyavavadati (pres.ind.act.sg.) IV.16.2,4.

    • vi discuss, dispute.

vyūdirc (perf.ind.mid.pl.) V.1.6.

    • sam say together.

samūdirc (perf.ind.mid.pl.) IV.10.4.

vadha m. slayer, destruction, stroke.

-dhena (instr.sg.) VIII.1.5; 10.2,4.

1 vayas n. bird.

-yāṁsi (nom.-acc.pl.) II.9.4 ; 21.1. VII.2.1 ; 7.1 ; 8.1 ; 10.1.

2 vayas n. food, strength, age (esp. youth or period of life).

-si (loc.sg.) (1) III.16.2,4,6.

vara n. choice, boon.

-ram (acc.sg.) V.3.6.

varāha m. boar, hog.

-has (nom.sg.) VI.9.3 ; 10.2.

varuṇa m.nm.pr.

-ṇas (nom.sg.) I.12.5.

-ṇena (instr.sg.) III.8.1,3.

-ṇasya (gen.sg.) II.22.1.

vartani f. felloe, wheel-track, road.

-nim (acc.sg.) IV.16.3.

-nī (nom.-acc.du.) IV.16.1,4.

vartman n. wheel-track, road; rim, eyelid.

-manī (acc.du.) IV.15.1.

varṣa n. rain, rainy season

Page 153

varsagana—vasiṣṭha

137

son,year; f. rainy sea-

Wh.Gr. §83 rightly)

son, rain.

VIII.7.3.

-ṣam (nom.-acc.sg.n.) V.

avātsva (aor.ind.act.du.)

5.2; 6.2. VII.4.2.

VIII.7.3.

-ṣasya (gen.sg.n.) VII.

vatsyāmi (fut.ind.act.sg.)

4.2.

IV.4.3.

-ṣās (nom.pl.f.) II.5.1;

-yanti (fut.ind.act. pl.)

16.1.

IV.1.1.

-ṣāṇi (nom.-acc.pl.n.) III.

uṣitvā grd. V.10.5.

16.1,3,5. IV.10.1.

vivatsāmi (pres.ind.act.

VIII.7.3; 9.3(2t.); 10.

sg.des.) IV.4.1.

4(2t.); 11.3(3t.).

vāsayanti (pres.ind.act.

varṣagaṇa m. several years.

pl.caus.) III.16.1.

-ṇam (acc.sg.) IV.4.5.

  • +ā inhabit, enter.

varṣaḍata n. century.

āvasan (pres.pl.act.nom.

-tam (acc.sg.) III.16.7

sg.) V.10.9.

(2t.).

    • pra set out, go or

vas, see tvam.

dwell abroad.

√vas stay, dwell, devote

provāsa (perf.ind.act.sg.)

oneself to.

IV.4.5.

vasa (imv.act.sg.) V.3.

proṣya grd.

  1. VI.1.1. VIII.9.3;

V.1.8,9,10,

10.4; 11.3.

-santu (imv.act.pl.) V.

pravāsīm (vbl.f.acc.sg.,

11.5.

Wh.RVF. wrongly),

-santam ( pres.ppl.act.

see pravāsa.

acc.sg.m.) IV.3.6.

vasana n. clothing.

uvāsa (perf.ind.act.sg.)

-nena (instr.sg.) VIII.

I.10.1. IV.10.1. VIII.

8.5.

9.3; 10.4; 11.3(2t.).

vasanta m. spring.

ūṣatus (perf.ind.act.du.)

-tas (nom.sg.) II.5.1;

VIII.7.3.

16.1.

vasiṣṭha a. supl. most ex-

avāstam (aor.ind.act.du.,

cellent, richest, best.

Page 154

138

vasu—vāc

–ṭhas (nom.sg.m.) V. I.2,13.

–ṭhā (nom.sg.f) V.I.2,13.

–ṭhām (acc.sg.f.) V.I.2.

–ṭhyai (dat.sg.f.) V.2.5.

vasu a. excellent, good, wealthy; m. pl. the Vasus (cert. gods).

–savas (nom.pl.) II.24. 6. III.6.1 ; 16.1(2t.),2 –sūnām (gen.pl.) II.24. 1. III.6.3,4 ; 16.2

vasudhāna a. granting or containing wealth. –nas (nom.sg) III.15.1.

vasti m. bladder. –tis (nom.sg.) V.16.2 (2t.) ; 18.2.

√vah carry. – + adhi carry to, place upon. adhyūḍham (pass.ppl. nom.sg.n.) I.6.1(2t.), 2(2t.),3(2t.),4(2t.),5 (2t.) ; 7.1(3t.),2(2t.), 3(2t.),4(2t.).

– + apa remove. apoḥya grd. V.24.1. – + prati carry towards or away. pratyūḍhās (pass.ppl. nom.pl.) VIII.3.2.

√1 vā blow. – + ud blow or go out. udvāyati (pres.ind.act. sg.) IV.3.1.

√2 vā weave, see prota. vā encl.pcl. or. I.12.1,3. II.19.2. III.11.5 ; 14.3 (5t.). IV.15.1(2t.) ; 16.3,5 ; V.2.8(3t.) ; 9.1(2t.) ; 10.7(6t.). VI. 2.3 ; 9.3(8t.) ; 10.2(8t.) ; 14.1(4t.). VII.3.1(3t.) ; 15.2(6t.) ; 24.1. VIII. 1.4(2t.) ; 6.5(2t.) ; S. 4(2t.) ; 12.3(3t.).

vākovākya n. dialogue (a cert. work). –yam (nom.–acc.sg.) VII. 1.2,4 ; 2.1 ; 7.1.

vāc f. voice, word. vāk (nom.sg.) (2t.) ; 2.11 ; 3.3(2t.), 4,6,7 ; 7.1(2t.) ; 13.2, 4. II.7.1 ; 8.3 ; 11.1 ; 23.4. III.12.1(2t.) ; 13.3 ; 18.2,3. IV.3.3 ; 16.1. V.1.2,8(2t.),13 ; 7.1 ; 21.2. VI.5.3,4 ; 6.4,5 ; 7.6 ; 8.6 ; 15.1, 2. VII.2.1(4t.) ; 26.1. VIII.12.4.

vācam (acc.sg.) I.2.3 ; 8.2. V.3.6. VII.2.1, 2 ; 3.1 ; 4.1 ; 5.1.

Page 155

-cā (instr.sg.) IV.16.2.

-cas (abl.-gen.sg.,nom.-acc.pl.) I.1.2; 3.6,7; 13.4. II.8.1,3. V.1.15. VII.2.2(3t.); 3.1. VIII.7.3.

-ci (loc.sg.) II.8.1,3. V.21.2.

vācamyama a. checking the voice, silent.

-mas (nom.sg.) V.2.8.

vācārambhaṇa n. resting on mere words, distinction merely in name.

-ṇam (nom.sg.) VI.1.4,5,6; 4.1,2,3,4-

vāma a. pleasant, good; n. good, wealth.

-māni (nom.-acc.pl.) IV.15.2(2t.),3(2t.).

vāmadevya a. derived from Vāmadeva; n. a cert. Sāman.

-yam (nom.-acc.sg.n.) II.13.1,2.

vāmanī a. bringing good.

-nīs (nom.sg.m.) IV.15.3.

vāyu m. wind, air.

-yus (nom.sg.) I.3.7; 6.2(2t.); 13.1. II.20.

1; 21.1. III.13.5; 15.2; 18.2. IV.3.1,2,4. V.5.1; 10.5; 23.2(2t.). VII.4.2. VIII.1.3; 12.2.

-yum (acc.sg.) III.15.2(2t.),6. IV.3.1(3t.), 2; 17.1. V.10.5; 14.1. VII.2.1; 7.1; 11.1.

-yunā (instr.sg.) III.18.4.

-yave (dat.sg.) II.24.9.

-yos (abl.-gen.sg.) II.22.1. IV.17.2.

-yāu (loc.sg.) V.23.2.

vāruṇa a. of Varuṇa.

-ṇam (acc.sg.m.) II.22.1.

vāva postp.cmph.pcl. surely, just. I.13.1. III.11.5; 12.2,3,4,7,8,9; 13.7; 16.1(2t.),3,5. IV.3.1,3; 10.5; 14.3. V.1.1,2,3,4,5; 3.4; 4.1; 5.1; 6.1; 7.1; 8.1. VI.11.3; 13.2. VII.1.5; 2.1,2; 3.1,2; 4.1, 3; 5.1,3; 6.1,2; 7.1,2; 8.1,2; 9.1,2; 10.1,2; 11.1,2; 12.1,2; 13.1 (2t.),2; 14.1,2; 15.1. VIII.1.1,2; 12.1.

vāsara a. matutinal, early.

Page 156

140

vāsava—√1 vid

-ram (acc.sg.n.) III.17.7.vāsava a. of the Vasus.-vam (acc.sg.n) II.24.3.vāsas n. garment.-(nom.-acc.sg.) (2t.)V.2.2vāsteya a. in the bladder or cyst.-yam (nom.sg.n.) III.19.2.[viñca num.a. twentieth.]viñcati f. twenty.-tis (nom.sg.) VII.26.2.vikāra m. change, modification, production.-ras (nom.sg.) VI.1.4,5,6; 4.1,2,3,4.vicikitsā f. uncertainty, doubt.-(nom.sg.) III.14.4.vijara a. not aging.-ras (nom.sg.) VIII.1.5; 7.1,3.vijighatsa a. free from hunger.-sas (nom.sg.) VIII.1.5; 7.1,3.vijijñāsitavya (√jñā) grdv.des. that one must wish understood.-yas (nom.sg.m.) VII.23.1. VIII.7.1,3.

-yam (nom.sg.n) VII.16.1; 17.1; 22.1. VIII.1.1,2.-yā (nom.sg.f.) VII.18.1; 19.1; 20.1; 21.1.vijitvara a. victorious.-rāya (dat.sg.) IV.1.4,6.vijñātṛ m. discerner.-tā (nom.sg.) VII.8.1; 9.1.vijñāna n. discernment, knowledge.-nam (nom.-acc.sg.) VII.7.1 (2t.),2 (2t.); 17.1 (2t.); 26.1.-nena (instr.sg.) VII.7.1 (2t.).-nāt (abl.sg.) VII.7.2 (2t.); 8.1.-nasya (gen.sg.) VII.7.2.vijñānavant a. endowed with knowledge.-vatas (acc.pl.) VII.7.2.-vatām(gen.pl.) VII.8.1.vitta a. found, gotten; n. possession, wealth.-tam (nom.sg.n.) V.3.6.-tasya (gen.sg.) V.3.6.√1 vid know.vedāni (pres.subj.act.sg.) I.8.7,8.

Page 157

√2 vid

vidyat (pres.opt.act.sg.)

6; 24.2. III.16.7; 19.3.4. VII.5.2.

viddhi (imv.act.sg.) I.11.2(2t.); 12.2(2t.); 8.7,8. VI.11.2. 13.2(2t.). V.24.2,3.

vettha (perf.ind.act.sg.) V.3.2(3t.),3(2t.). VII.1.1.

-dvāṅsas (perf.ppl.act. nom.pl) V.18.1. VI.4.5.

veda ( perf.ind.act.sg. ) I.1.10(2t.); 3.1; 6.7; 13.4(2t.). II.11.2; 12.2; 13.2; 14.2; 15.2; 16.2; 17.2; 18.2; 19.2; 20.2; 21.2,4(2t.); 24.16(3t.). III.6.3; 7.3; 8.3; 9.3; 10.3; 11.3; 12.9; 13.1,2,3,4,5,6(2t.),8(2t.); 15.2(2t.); 16.7; 18.3,4,5,6(2t.). IV.1.4(2t.),6(2t.); 3.8 (2t.); 4.2(2t.),4(2t.); 15.2,3,4. V.I.1,2,3,4,5; 3.5; 10.10(3t.). VI.14.2. VII.5.2. VIII.12.4(3t.),5.

vidus ( perf.ind.act.pl. ) V.10.1. VI.9.2; 10.1,2. VII.25.2.

-dvān (perf.ppl.act.nom. sg.) I.1.7,8; 2.14; 3.7; 4.5; 7.7,9; 9.2,4. II.1.4; 2.3; 3.2; 4.2; 5.2; 6.2; 7.2; 8.3; 10.

-duṣām (perf.ppl.act.gen. pl.) VIII.6.5.

avediṣus (aor.ind.act.pl.) VI.1.7.

vediṣyante (fut.ind.mid. pl.) I.9.3.

avediṣyam (cond.ind.act. sg.) V.3.5.

-yan (cond.ind.act.pl. ) VI.1.7.

viditā (pass.ppl.nom.sg. f.) IV.9.3

vividiṣāmi (pres.ind.act. sg.des.) I.11.1.

vedayante (pres.ind.mid. pl.caus.) VIII.7.3.

vidām (vbl.f.acc.sg.) I. 2.13. VI.4.5,6(3t.),7.

√2 vid find.

vindanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) VIII.3.2.

-date (pres.ind.mid.sg.) VIII.3.2; 5.1,2.

-deyus (pres.opt.act.pl.) VIII.3.2.

Page 158

142

vidyā—virāj

-da (imv.act.sg.) II.24.

5,9.

-data (imv.act.pl.) II.24.

viveda (perf.ind.act.sg.) VI.13.1.

avidam (aor.ind.act.sg.) IV.1.7,8.

vittvā grd. I.4.3.

vidyate (pres.ind.pass.sg.) VIII.1.2.

-yante (pres.ind.pass.pl.) I.10.2.

    • anu find, get, obtain.

anuvindanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) VIII.4.3; 5.4.

-vindate (pres.ind.mid.sg.) VIII.5.1,3.

-vidya grd. VII.1.6; 5.2; 7.1,3; 12.6.

vidyā f. knowledge, science.

-(nom.sg.) I.1.9,10. II. 21.1; 23.3. IV.9.3. V.3.7.

-yām (acc.sg.) I.4.2. IV.17.3.

-yayā (instr.sg.) I.1.10.

-yāyās (gen.sg.) IV. 17.8.

vidyut a. flashing; f. lightning.

-(nom.sg.) IV.7.3; 13. 1. V.5.1; 22.2(2t.). VII.12.1. VIII.1.3; 12.2.

-utam (acc.sg.) IV.15. 5. V.10.2.

-utas (abl.-gen.sg.) VI. 4.4(2t.).

-uti (loc.sg.) IV.13.1. V.22.2.

-udbhis (instr.pl) VII. II.1.

vidyuttva n. quality of lightning.

-vam (nom.sg.) VI.4.4.

vidhrti f. division, partition.

-tis (nom.sg.) VIII.4.1.

vinardin a. roaring.

-di (acc.sg.n.) II.22.1.

vināça m. destruction, ruin.

-çam (acc.sg.) VIII.11. 1,2.

vipramokṣa m. release from.

-ṣas (nom.sg.) VII.26.2.

vimṛtyu a. not subject to death.

-yus (nom.sg.m.) VIII. 1.5; 7.1,3.

virāj a. radiant, bright, ruling; f. a a cert. meter.

Page 159

virājya—viç

143

-āṭ (nom.sg.) I.13.2.

virājya n. wide sovereignty.

-yāya (dat.sg. as inf.) II.24.8.

viriṣṭa a. rent asunder; n. failure, disaster.

-ṭam (acc.sg.m.) IV.17. 4,5,6,8.

virūpa a. varicolored, multiform, of different kinds.

-pān (acc.pl.) II.15.2.

virocana m.nm.pr. -nas (nom.sg.) VIII.7. 2; 8.4.

-nena (instr.sg.) VIII. 9.2.

viveka m. separation, proof, insight.

-kam (acc.sg.) VI.9.2.

√viç settle, enter. - +anvā enter after, follow.

anvāviçanti (pres.ind.act. pl.) VIII.1.5.

  • +upa approach, sit down.

upaviçya grd. II.24.3,7, 11.

  • +upopa sit down beside.

upopaviveça ( perf.ind. act.sg.) I.10.S. IV. 1.8; 6.1; 7.1; 8.1.

  • +samupa sit down together.

samupaviviçus (perf.ind. act.pl.) I.8.2. -aviçya grd. I.12.4.

  • +pra enter, penetrate.

praviçati (pres.ind.act. sg.) I.4.5

prāviçam (impf.ind.act. sg.) I.4,2,3.

praviveça (perf.ind.act. sg.) V.1.8,9,10,11. -aviçya grd. I.4.4,5.

  • +anupra enter after, resort to.

anupraviçya grd. VI.3. 2,3.

  • +sam approach, settle down, lie at rest.

samviçati (pres.ind.act. sg.) V.2.3. - +abhisam assemble at or around.

abhisamviçati (pres.ind. act.sg.) III.6.3; 7.3; 8.3; 9.3; 10.3.

-çanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) I.11.5 III.6.2; 7.2, 8.2; 9.2; 10.2.

viç f. settlement, tribe, peo-

Page 160

144

viçoka—√2 vṛ

plc, esp. third caste or member thercof (vāiçya).

—çam (gen.pl.) VIII.14.1.

viçoka a. without grief.

—kas (nom.sg.) VIII.5; 7.1,3.

—kam (nom.sg.n) II.10.5

viçva a. all.

—vam (nom.sg.n.) III.15.1.

—ve (nom.pl.) I.13.2. II.24.16.

—vebhyas (dat.pl.) II.24.14.

—veṣām (gen.pl.) II.24.1

viçvatas adv. on all sides.

III.13.7.

viçvarūpa a. all-colored, manifold.

—pas (nom.sg.) V.13.1; 18.2.

—pam (nom.sg.n.) V.13.1.

√viṣ be active, make ready.

— + pari serve, prepare (food).

pariviṣyamānāu (pres.ppl.pass.acc.du.) IV.3.5.

viṣvañc a. going asunder or in all directions.

—vañ (nom.sg.m.!) VIII.6.6.

visphuliñga m. spark.

—gās (nom.pl.) V.4.1; 5.1; 6.1; 7.1; 8.1.

vīnā f. lute.

—nāyām (loc.sg.) I.7.6.

vīra m. man, hero.

—ras (nom.sg.) III.13.6.

vīrya n. manliness, might.

—yam (nom.sg.) III.1.3; 2.2; 3.2; 4.2; 5.2.

—yeṇa (instr.sg.) IV.17.4.5,6,8.

vīryavant a. strong, effective.

—nti (nom.pl.n) I.3.5.

vīryavattara a. compar. stronger.

—ram (nom.sg.n.) I.1.10.

√1 vṛ cover.

— + apā uncover, open.

apāvṛṇu (imv.act.sg.) II.24.4,8.12,13.

— + vi uncover.

vivṛtas (pass.ppl.nom.pl.) II.22.5.

√2 vṛ choose.

vṛṇe (pres.ind.mid.sg.) II.22.1.

—nīmahe (pres.ind.mid. pl.) V.2.7.

Page 161

vr̥ka—√vṛt

. 145

–nīthās (pres.opt.mid.sg.) V.3.6.

sg.) IV.17.9. VIII. 15.1(2t).

–nīta (pres.opt.mid.sg.) I.10.6.

–tante (pres.ind.mid.pl.) IV.15.6(2t). V.3.2.

avṛṣi (aor.ind.mid.sg.) I.11.2.

–teva (pres.opt.mid.sg.) IV.4.5.

vṛka (√vraçc) a. tearing; m. wolf.

avṛttas (pass.ppl.nom.pl.) II.2.3.

–kas (nom.sg.) VI.9.3; 10.2.

–teṣu (pass.ppl.loc.pl.) II. 2.2.

vṛkṣa m. tree.

– + paryā turn round or away.

–ṣasya (gen.sg.) VI.9. 2(2t); II.1.

paryāvartayatāt ( pres-fut.imv.act.sg.caus.) I. 5.2.

–ṣāṇām (gen.pl.) VI.9.1.

– + samā go home (of student) ; caus. dis-miss (of teacher).

√vṛj twist, set aside; caus.

samāvartayati (pres.ind. act.sg.caus.) IV.10. 1.

varjayet (pres.opt.act.sg. caus.) II.22.1.

–yan (pres.ppl.act.caus. nom.sg.) IV.10.1.

– + sam appropriate.

– + abhisamā return, go home (of student).

samvṛṇkte (pres.ind.mid. sg.) IV.3.2,3.

abhisamāvṛtya grd. VIII.15.1.

√vṛt turn, live, exist, be; caus. spend life.

– + ni return, cease, van-ish.

vartate (pres.ind.mid.sg.) I.1.9.

nivartante (pres.ind.mid. pl.) V.10.5. VIII.4.2.

–tamānas (pres.ppl.mid. nom.sg.) IV.16.3,5.

– + nis roll forth, grow, develop.

–tayan (pres.ppl.act.caus. nom.sg.) VIII.15.1.

āvartate (pres.ind.mid.

Page 162

146 √vṛṣ—vāi

niravartata (impf.ind. mid.sg.) III.19.1. - + pra roll or move forward.

pravṛttas (pass.ppl.nom. sg.) V.13.2 - +sam approach, be present.

samvartate (pres.ind.mid. sg.) VI.13.2

√vṛṣ rain.

varṣati (pres.ind.act.sg.) II.3.1,2; 4.1; 15.1. VI.2.4

-ṣantam (pres.ppl.act. acc.sg.) II.15.2

-ṣiṣyati (fut.ind.act.sg.) VII.11.1(2t.).

-ṣayati (pres.ind.act.sg. caus.) II.3.2. - + pra pour forth, rain.

pravarṣanti (pres.ind.act. pl.) V.10.6.

vṛṣṭi f. rain.

-ṭāu (loc.sg.) II.3.1,2.

veda m. knowledge, esp. sacred knowledge, the (triple) Veda.

-das (nom.sg.) VII.1.4 -dam (acc.sg.) VII.1. 2; 2.1 ; 7.1. VIII.15.1.

-dās (nom.pl.) III.5.4 (2t.).

-dān (acc.pl.) VI.1.2 ; 7.3,6. -dānām (gen.pl.) VII. 1.2,4 ; 2.1 ; 7.1.

vedi f. sacrificial bed (a slight excavation covered with barhis, serving as a kind of altar).

veçman n. house, chamber. -ma (nom.-acc.sg.) VIII. 1.1,2 ; 14.1.

vāi postp.emph.pcl. truly, indeed.

I.1.5,6(2t.),7,8(2t.); 2.1, 14; 3.1(2t.),2,3; 4.2, 4; 5.1,2; 6.7; 8.1,6,8; 9.1; 10.3,4; 11.1,2(2t.), 5,7,9; 12.2. II.7.1; 10.4,5; 24.5,9,15, 16. III.1.1,2,4; 2.2,3; 3.2,3; 4.2,3; 5.2,3,4(2t.); 6. 1; 7.1; 8.1; 9.1; 10. 1; 11.2,3; 12.1(3t.),2, 3,4,7(2t.),8; 13.1,6; 15. 4; 16.7.

IV.3.1,4,6,7,8; 5.2; 6.3; 7.3; 8.3; 9.2; 10.1; 16.1; 17.9(2t.),10; 18. 8.

V.1.1(2t.),2,3,4,5,15; 2. 1(3t.),2; 10.6; 11.2,4, 5; 12.1; 13.1; 14.1;

Page 163

vāiyāghrapadya—vyādhi

147

15.1; 16.1; 17.1; 18.

1,2.

VI.1.1,7; 4.5; 7.2; 12.2

(2t.).

VII.1.3,4; 3.1 (2t.); 3.1;

4.1,2,3; 5.2 (2t.),3; 7.

1,2; 8.1; 9.1,2; 11.1

(3t.),2; 12.1,2; 13.1;

14.1; 15.1,2 (6t.),4; 16.

1; 17.1; 18.1; 19.1;

20.1; 21.1; 22.1; 23.

1; 24.1; 25.2; 26.1

VIII.1.3; 3.3 (2t.),4,5

(2t.); 4.2 (2t.); 5.3;

6.1,5; 11.3; 12.1 (3t.),

5,6; 14.1.

vāiyāghrapadya nm.nm.pr.

–yāya (dat.sg.) V.2.3.

–ya (voc.sg.) V.14.1;

16.1.

vāirāja a. belonging to the

Virāj; n. a cert. Sā-

man.

–jam (nom.-acc.sg.n.) II.

16.1,2.

vāirūpa (a.) n. a cert. Sā-

man.

–pam (nom.-acc.sg.) II.

15.1,2.

vāiçyayoni f. birth-station

of a Vaiçya (man of

third caste).

–nim (acc.sg.) V.10.7.

vāiçvadeva a. of the All-

gods; n. a cert. Sāman.

–vam (nom.-acc.sg.n.) II.

24.11,13.

vāicvānara a. common to

all men, complete, uni-

versal.

–ras (nom.sg.) V.12.1;

13.1; 14.1; 15.1; 16.

1; 17.1.

–ram (acc.sg.m.) V.11.

2,4,6; 12.2; 13.2; 14.

2; 15.2; 16.2; 17.2;

18.1 (2t.).

–rasya (gen.sg.) V.18.2.

–re (loc.sg.) V.24.4.

vyadh, vidh pierce,

hurt, infect.

vividhuṣ (pref.ind.act.pl.)

I.2.2,3,4,5,6.

viddhaṣ (pass.ppl.nom.

sg.) I.2.2. VIII.4.2.

–dham (pass.ppl.nom.sg.

n.) I.2.4,5,6.

–dhā (pass.ppl.nom.sg.f.)

I.2.3.

vyāghra m. tiger.

–ras (nom.sg.) VI.9.3;

10.2.

vyādhi m. disease.

–inā (instr.sg.) IV.10.3.

–ibhis (instr.pl.) IV.

10.3.

Page 164

vyāna m. breath (pervading the entire body ; M.M. back-breathing).

-nas (nom.sg.) III.13.2.

-nam (acc.sg.) I.3.3(3t.), 5.

-nāya (dat.sg.) V.20.1.

-ne (loc.sg.) V.20.2.

vyāvartana n. turning apart, parting (of paths).

-ne (acc.du.) V.3.2.

vyuṣṭi f. dawning; grace, beauty.

-ṭis (nom.sg.) III.13.4.

vyuṣṭimant a. endowed with beauty.

-mān (nom.sg.) III.13.4.

√vraj go, proceed.

vrajatas (pres.ind.act.du.) VIII.8.4.

-janti (pres.ind.act.pl.) VIII.1.6(2t.).

-ja (imv.act.sg.) VI. 14.2.

-jan (pres.ppl.act.nom. sg.) IV.16.3,5.

  • +ud leave home.

udvavrāja (perf.ind.act. sg.) I.12.1.

-- +pra go forth, wander.

pravavrāja (perf.ind.act. sg.) VIII.10.1; 11.1.

-vrajatus (perf.ind.act. du.) VIII.8.3.

prāvrajīs (aor.ind.act.sg.) VIII.9.2; 10.3; 11.2.

  • +abhipra go forth to.

abhipravavrāja (perf.ind. act.sg.) VIII.7.2.

  • +anusam go along after, follow.

anusam்vraja (imv.act. sg.) IV.4.5.

vrata n. will, decree, rule of life, duty.

-tam (nom.sg.) II.11.2; 12.2; 13.2; 14.2; 15. 2; 16.2; 17.2; 18.2; 19.2; 20.2; 21.4(2t.).

√vraśc cut up, hew down, fell.

  • +pari cut about, disfigure, cripple.

parivrknas (pass.ppl. nom.sg.) VIII.9.1,2.

-ne (pass.ppl.loc.sg.) VIII.9.1,2.

vrīhi m. rice, rice-grain.

-hes (abl.sg.) III.14.3.

vrīhiyava m. rice and barley.

-vās (nom.pl.) V.10.6.

Page 165

√çans—çaçvant

√çans chant, sing, praise. çaṅsati (pres.ind.act.sg.) I.1.9.

√çak be able. açakam (aor.ind.act.sg.) V.3.5. -kata (aor.ind.act.pl.) V. 1.8,9,10,11.

çakaṭa n. wagon, car. -ṭasya (gen.sg.) IV. 1.8.

çakuni m. bird. -nis (nom.sg.) VI.S.2. -nibhyas (abl.pl.) V.2. 1.

çakvan a. able, capable; f. -varī a cert. meter (of 7x8 or 4x14 syll.) and a cert. set of verses. -varyas (nom.-acc. pl. f.) II.17.1,2.

çaṅku m. pointed stake, peg; beam, fiber. -kunā (instr.sg.) II.23.4.

çata (num.a.) n. hundred. -tam (nom.sg.; also indecl. w. nom.-gen. pl. m.-f.) VII.8.1 ; 26. 2. VIII.6.6. -tāni (nom.-acc.pl.) IV. 2.1,2.

çabala a. brinded.

-lam (acc.sg.n.) VIII. 13.1. -lat (abl.sg.n.) VIII. 13.1.

√çam be quiet, cease. - + upa cease, go out. upaçāmyati (pres.ind.act. sg.) II.12.1.

çarana a. protecting; n. protection, refuge. -ṇam (acc.sg.n.) II.22. 3,4 (2t).

çarad f. autumn. -rat (nom.sg.) II.5.1 ; 16.1.

çarīra n. body. -ram (nom.-acc.sg.) III. 12.3,4 . V.I7. VIII. 8.5 ; 10.1,3 12.1,3 ; 13.1. -rāt (abl.sg.) VIII.3.4 ; 6.4,5 ; 12.3. -rasya (gen.sg.) VIII. 9.1,2.

-re (loc.sg.) III.13.8. VIII.9.1,2 ; 12.3.

çāvya n. funeral obsequies. -yam (acc.sg.) IV.15.5.

çaçvant a. ever repeating itself; n.acc as adv. repeatedly, always. -vat (acc.sg.n.) VI.13.2.

Page 166

150

çākhā—√1 çī

çākhā f. branch, arm.

-ām (acc.sg.) VI.11.2.

-ās (nom.pl.) V.2.3.

çāndilya m.nm.pr.

-yas (nom.sg.) III.14.

4(2t.).

çādhi, see √çās

çānta (√çam) a. quieted, peaceful.

-tas (nom.sg.) III.14.1.

çāntahrdaya a. with peaceful or satisfied heart.

-yas (nom.sg.) VIII.8

4; 9.2; 10.1,3; 11.1,2.

-yāu (nom.du.m.) VIII.

8.3.

çārkarākṣya m.nm.pr.

-yas (nom.sg.) V.11.1.

-yam (acc.sg.) V.15.1.

-ya (voc.sg.) V.15.1.

çālāvatya m.nm.pr.

-yas (nom.sg.) I.8.1,3,6.

-ya (voc.sg.) I.8.8.

√çās, çiṣ chasten, direct, order.

çādhi (imv.act.sg., Wh. Gr. 639.a) IV.2.2,4.

açīṣam (aor.ind.act.sg.) V.3.4.

-ṣat (aor.ind.act.sg.) V.

3.1.

-+anu instruct, command, indicate.

anuciṣyāt (pres.opt.act. sg.) IV.14.2.

-çaçāsa (perf.ind.act.sg.) IV.9.2; 11.1; 12.1; 13.1 ; 14.2.

-çiṣṭas (pass.ppl.nom. sg.) V.3-4(2t.).

-+abhyanu designate, delegate.

abhyanuçāsāni (pres. subj.act.sg.) V.11.3.

çilaka m.nm.pr.

-kas (nom.sg.) I.S.1,3, 6.

√çiṣ leave.

-+ati leave remaining.

atiçiṣṭā (pass.ppl.nom.sg. f.) VI.7.3.6.

-ṣyate (pres.ind.pass.sg.) II.10.3. VIII.1.4.

-+ud, see ucchiṣṭa.

-+pari leave remaining.

pariçiṣṭas (pass.ppl.nom. sg.) VI.7.3.

-ṭam (pass.ppl.acc.sg.m.) VI.7.5.

√1 çī fall, perish.

-+ati fall beyond, leave behind, desert.

atiçīyate (pres.ind.mid. sg.) III.12.2.

-yante (pres.ind.mid.pl.) III.12.3,4.

Page 167

√2 çī lie, sleep, rest.

çete (pres.ind.mid.sg.)

II.13.1(2t.).

āçayata (impf.ind.mid.sg.)

III.19.1.

çayitvā grd.

V.9.1.

çukla a. bright, white.

-las (nom.sg.m.)

VIII.6.1.

-lam (nom.sg.n.)

I.6,5,

6; 7.4(2t.).

III.2.3.

VI.4.1,2,3,4,6.

-lasya (gen.sg.)

VIII.6.1.

çuṅga n. calyx of young bud; effect (fig. from contrast of bud and root).

-gam (acc.sg.)

VI.8.3,5,

-gena (instr.sg.)

VI.8.

4(3t.),6(2t.).

çuc flame, burn, suffer pain, grieve.

çocāmi (pres.ind.act.sg.)

VII.1.3.

-cati (pres.ind.act.sg.)

VI.2.3.

    • ni beam down, be burning hot.

niçocati (pres.ind.act.sg.)

VII.11.1.

çuci a. flaming, light, pure, holy.

√2 çī—çāunaka

-cāu (loc.sg.m.)

VIII.15.1.

Íudh purify.

çuddhas (pass.ppl.nom.sg.)

V.10.10.

√çuş dry, wither.

çuşyati (pres.ind.act.sg.)

VI.11.2(4t.).

  • +ud dry up or away (or in?).

ucçuşyanti (pres.ind.act.pl.)

IV.3.2.

çuṣka a. dry.

-kāya (dat.sg.)

V.2.3.

çūdra m. man of the fourth caste.

-(voc.sg.)

IV.2.3,5.

çūla m.n. spit, turn spit.

-lena (instr.sg.)

VII.15.3.

√cr crush.

  • +vi break in pieces.

vyāçarisyata (cond.ind.mid.-pass.sg.)

V.15.2.

çoka m. flame, distress, sorrow.

-kas (nom.sg.)

VIII.4.1.

-kam (acc.sg.)

VII.1.3.

-kasya (gen.sg.)

VII.1.3.

çāunaka m.nm.pr.

-kas (nom.sg.)

IV.3.7.

Page 168

152

çāuva—√çru

-kam (acc.sg.) IV.3.5.

çāuva a. relating to dogs.

-vas (nom.sg.) I.12.1.

çyāma a. black, dark.

-mam (acc.sg.n.) VIII.

13.1.

-māt (abl.sg.n.) VIII.

13.1.

çyāmāka m. a cert. millet, panic grass.

-kat (abl.sg.) III.14.3.

çyāmākatanḍula m. millet-grain.

-lāt (abl.sg.) III.14.3.

çrad indcl. prefix w. dna have faith, trust, believe; see √dhā.

çraddhā a. trusting; f. faith, trust.

-(nom.sg.) VII.19.1.

-dhām (acc.sg.) V.4.2; 10.1. VII.19.1.

-dhayā (instr.sg.) I.1.10.

çraddhādeva a. trusting in the gods.

-vas (nom.sg.) IV.1.1.

çravaṇa n. hearing.

-ṇāya (dat.sg. as inf.) VIII.12.4.

çravaṇīya grdv. to be heard.

-yam (acc.sg.n.) I.2.5.

Íri lean, lay against or on; mid. lie upon, resort to, abide; pass. be contained.

açrayata (impf.ind.mid. sg.) III.14; 2.3; 3; 4.3; 5.3.

çritam (pass.ppl.nom.sg. n.) III.15.1.

    • upa lean against; mid. rest upon, accustom oneself to.

upaçrayate (pres.ind. mid.sg.) VI.5.2 (2t.).

çrī f. beauty; bliss; welfare.

-ris (nom.sg.) III.13.2.

-riyam (acc.sg.) III. 12.9

çrīmant a. beautiful, fortunate, highly esteemed.

-mān (nom.sg.) III.13. 2.

Íru hear, learn; pass. be heard of or famed.

çrṇoti (pres.ind.act.sg.) I.2.5. VII.12.1; 24.1 (2t.).

-ṇvāni (pres.subj.act. sg.) VIII.12.4.

-ṇuyus (pres.opt.act.pl.) VII.13.1 (2t.).

-ṇvantas (pres.ppl.act. nom.pl.) V.I.8,9,11.

Page 169

çroṣyāmi (fut.ind.act.sg.) I.8.2.

çrutas (pass.ppl.nom.sg.m.) III.13.8.

-tam (pass.ppl.nom.sg.n.) III.13.8. IV.9.3. VI.1.3. VII.1.3.

çuçrūṣante (pres.ind.mid.pl.des.) VII.5.2.

    • ā listen to, promise; caus. make known, invoke.

āçrāvayati (pres.ind.act.sg.caus.) I.1.9.

    • upa listen to, understand.

upaçrṇoti (pres.ind.act.sg.) III.13.8.

-çuçrāva (perf.ind.act.sg.) IV.1.5.

    • prati answer, say yes, promise.

pratiçrṇoti (pres.ind.act.sg.) VII.12.1.

-cucrāya (perf.ind.act.sg.) IV.5.1; 6.2; 7.2; 8.2; 9.1; 14.2.

çruti f. hearing, report, noise; revelation.

-tis ( nom.sg.) III.13.8.

çreyāṅs a. compar. fairer, better, more excellent.

-yān (nom.sg.) IV.16.5. V.1.6(2t.).

çreṣṭha a.supl.fairest, best, most excellent.

-thas (nom.ss.) V.1.1 (2t.),7(2t.),12; 2.6.

-tham (nom.-acc.sg.n.) V.1.1; 2.7.

-thāya (dat.sg.) V.2.4.

çrāisṭhya n. preëminence, precedence.

-yam (acc.sg.) V.2.6.

çrotṛ m. hearer.

-ta (nom.sg.) VII.5.1; 9.1.

çrotra n. ear; organ of sense.

-ram (nom.-acc.sg.) I.2.5; 7.3(2t.). II.7.1; 11.1. III.13.2; 18.2,6. IV.3.3; 8.3. V.1.4,10 (2t.),14; 7.1; 20.2. VIII.12.4.

-rena (instr.sg.) V.1.8, 9,11.

-re (loc.sg.) V.20.2.

-rāṇi (nom.pl.) V.1.15.

çlakṣṇa a. smooth, soft, tender.

-ṇam (nom.sg.n.) II.22.1(2t.).

Page 170

154 √çliş—√sthiv

√çliş adhere, cling. çlişyate (pres.ind.mid. sg.) IV.14.3. -yante (pres.ind.mid.pl.) IV.14.3.

çloka m. sound; stanza, esp. epic Çloka. -kas (nom.sg.) II.21.3. III.11.1. V.2.9; 10.8; 24.4. VII.26.2. VIII. 6.6.

çvan m. dog. -vā (nom.sg.) I.12.2. -vānas (nom.pl.) I.12.2. -vabhyas (abl.pl.) V.2.1.

çvabhra n. fissure of the earth, pit, hole. -ram (nom.sg.) II.9.7.

çvayoni f. birth-station of a dog.

[ṣaḍviñça num.a. twenty-sixth.]

ṣaḍvidha a. sixfold. -dha (nom.sg.f.) III. 12.5.

ṣaṣ num. six. -at (nom.-acc.sg.) IV. 2.1,2; 15.5. V.10.1,3. [ṣaṣṭha num.a. sixth.]

1 ṣoḍaça num. sixteen. -çānām (gen.pl.) VI.7. 3,6.

2 ṣoḍaça num.a. sixteenth, connected with or characterized by sixteen. -çam (acc.sg.n., Wh.Gr. 479) II.16.7(zt.).

-nim (acc.sg.) V.10. 7.

çvas adv. to-morrow, next day. IV.6.1; 7.1; 8. 1; 7.1; 8.1; 10.1.

çvāpada n. beast of prey. -dāni (nom.-acc.pl.) VII. 2.1; 7.1; 8.1; 10.1.

çveta a. white, hoary. -tas (nom.sg.) I.12.2. -tam (acc.sg.n.) VIII. 1.4.1.

çvetaketu m.nm.pr. -tus (nom.sg.) V.3.1. -tum (acc.sg.) VI.8.1. -to (voc.sg.) VI.1.1,3; 8.7; 9.4; 10.3; 11.3; 12.3; 13.3; 14.3; 15. 3; 16.3.

ṣoḍaçakala a. of sixteen parts. -las (nom.sg.) VI.7.1.

√sthiv, ṣṭhīv spew, spit. - + ni spit out. niṣṭhivet (pres.opt.act. sg.) II.12.2.

Page 171

I sa- pron.st.3pers., see ta-.

2 sa- insep. prefix accompanied by, furnished with, similar to (numerous examples).

3 sa- insep. prefix once, the same in sakṛt,sahasra.

samyadvāma a. of uninterrupted delight.

-mas (nom.sg.) IV.15.2.

saṃvatsara m. year.

-ras (nom.sg.) II.19.2. V.6.1.

-ram (acc.sg.) IV.15.5. V.1.8,9,10,11; 10.2,3.

-rāt (abl.sg.) IV.15.5. V.10.2.

-rasya (gen.sg.) III.19.1.

samvarga a. clutching, grasping.

-gas (nom.sg.) IV.3.1,3.

-gāu (nom.du.m.) IV.3.4.

saṃsparça m. touch, contact.

-çena (instr.sg.) III.13.8.

sakṛt adv. for one time, at

Page 172

156

saṁkalpātmaka—satya

saṁkalpātmaka a. with de-sign as nature.

-kāni (nom.pl.n.) VII. 4.2.

saṁkalpāikāyana a. with design as meeting-place.

-nāni (nom.pl.n.) VII. 4.2.

saṁkḷpti f. will, wish.

-tyā (instr.sg.) VII.4. 2(7t.).

saṅgavelā f. time for cow-gathering (second of the five divisions of the day), forenoon.

-lāyām (loc.sg.) II.9.4.

√saj, sañj hang, stick to. - + pra hang on, meet with, join.

prasāṅkṣis (unaug.aor. ind.act.sg.) IV.1.2.

saṁcara a. wandering to-gether; m. passage.

-ras (nom.sg.) I.13.3.

sat- 1st syl. of sattiya. VIII.3.5.

sattama a.supl. most real, best.

-mās (nom.pl.) II.9.5.

sattiya, form of satya used w. mystic mg.

-yam (nom.sg.n.) VIII. 3.4,5.

sattrāyaṇa n. sacrificial session (lasting several years).

-ṇam (nom.sg.) VIII. 5.2.

sattvaçuddhi f. purity of nature.

-dhis (nom.sg.) VII. 26.2.

-dhau (loc.sg.) VII.26. 2.

satpratiṣṭha a. with the real as support or rest.

-ṭhās (nom.pl.f.) VI.8. 4,6.

satya a. real, true; n. the real or true, reality, truth; tena satyena as truly as this, on this account.

-yam(nom.-acc.sg.n.,acc. sg.m.) I.2.3. VI.1.4, 5,6; 4.1,2,3,4; 8.7 ; 9. 4 ; 10.3 ; 11.3 ; 12.3 ; 13.3 ; 14.3 ; 15.3 ; 16. 2,3. VII.2.1(2t.) ; 7. 1 ; 16.1(2t.) ; 17.1(3t.). VIII.1.5.

-yena (instr.sg.) III. 11.2. VI.16.2. VII. 16.1(2t.).

Page 173

-yat (abl.sg.) IV.4.5.

-yās (nom.pl.) VIII.3.1,2.

-yān (acc.pl.) VIII.1.6(2t.).

-yānām (gen.pl.) VIII.3.1.

satyakāma a. truth-loving ; m.nm.pr.

-mas (nom.sg.) IV.4.1,2(2t.),4(2t.). V.2.3.VIII.1.5 ; 7.1,3.

-me (loc.sg.) IV.10.1.

-ma (voc.sg.) IV.5.1 ; 6.2 ; 7.2 ; 8.2 ; 9.1.

satyayajña m.nm.pr.

-ñas (nom.sg.) V.11.1.

-ñam (acc.sg.) V.13.1.

satyavacana n. truth-speaking.

-nam (nom.sg.) III.17.4.

satyasamkalpa a. with the real or true as design, of firm resolution.

-pas (nom.sg.) III.14.2. VIII.1.5 ; 7.1,3.

satyābhisamdha a. (fabricating i. e.) employing or speaking truth.

-dhas (nom.sg.) VI.16.2.

√sad sit.

    • upa sit near, approach.

upasida (imv.act.sg.) VI.13.1,2. VII.1.1.

-sīdan (pres.ppl.act.nom. sg.) VII.8.1.

-sasāda (perf.ind.act.sg.) I.11.4,6,8. VI.7.2,4. VII.1.1.

    • ni sit down, seat oneself, lic, be situated or directed.

niṣaṇṇam (pass.ppl.nom. sg.n.) VIII.12.4.

    • sampra cheer up, be gracious.

sampraṣaṇṇas (pass.ppl. nom.sg.) VIII.6.3 ;

sadāyatana a. having the real as support.

-nās (nom.pl.f.) VI.8.4,6.

sanatkumāra m.nm.pr.

-ras (nom.sg.) VII.26.2.

-ram (acc.sg.) VII.1.1.

sant a. being; real, honest, right; n. being, reality, the real world.

sat (nom.-acc.sg.n.) III.19.1. VI.2.1(2t.) ; 2.2(2t.) ; 8.4,6 ; 13.2. VIII.4.2(3t.).

santam (acc.sg.m.) I.11.7. IV.1.3. VIII.12.1.

Page 174

158 saṃdeha—samārata

satà (instr.sg.) VI.5.1. | sabhāga a. going to council-chamber.

-tas (abl.-gen.sg.) VI. | -gas (nom.sg.) V.3.6.

10.2(2t.). VII.5.2; | sam adv.-prep. along with,

12.1. | together. V.1.4.

-ti (loc.sg.) VI.9.2(2t.). | sama a. even, smooth, like,

santas (nom.pl.) IV.3.8. | same, unaltered; n.

satām (gen.pl.) VIII.3.1. | evenness, balance.

saṃdeha m. smearing together, mass, clod (=human body); un-certainty, doubt.

-has (nom.sg.) V.15.2 | -mas (nom.sg.m) II.9.1

(2t.); 18.2. | -mam (nom.sg.n.) II.

saṃdhi m. putting together, union, interval. | 10.1,2,3 (2t.),4 IV.1.

-dhis (nom.sg.) I.3.3. | 2.

sanmūla a. with the real as root or cause. | samardhayitṛ m. prosperer, fulfiller.

-lās (nom.pl.f.) VI.8.4,6. | -ṭa (nom.sg.) I.1.5.

[saptadaça num.a. seven-teenth.] | samarpita, see √ṛ.

saptadhā adv. in seven ways, sevenfold. VII. | samavahāra m. abundance.

26.2. | -ram (acc.sg.) VI.9.1.

[saptama num.a. seventh.] | samāna a. same, similar.

saptavidha a. sevenfold. | -nas (nom.sg.m.) I.3.2.

-dham (acc.sg.n.) II.8. | 2 samāna m. breath (one

1,3; 9.1,8; 10.1,6. | of the five vital airs, w.

-dhasya (gen.sg.) II.8.1. | apāna or udāna fancifully extends the other

sabhā f. assembly-hall, | three; M.M. on-breathing, B. Mit-hauch).

court of a prince. | -nas (nom.sg.) III.13.

-bhām (acc.sg.) VIII. | 4. V.22.1.

14.1. | -nāya (dat.sg.) V.22.1.

| -ne (loc.sg.) V.22.2.

samārata, see √ram.

Page 175

samāsa m. putting together, union, collection, condensation.

-sas (nom.sg.) VI.4.7.

-sam (acc.sg.) BR. zw-zamenschiebend, but rather appositive vbl. pass.subst.) VII.15.3.

samiti f. meeting, assembly.

-tim (acc.sg.) V.3.1.

samitpāni a. with fuel in the hand.

-ṇis (nom.sg.) VIII.9.2; 10.3; 11.2.

-ṇī (nom.du.m.) VIII.7.2.

-ṇāyas (nom.pl.) V.11.7.

samidh a. flaming; f. fuel.

-it (nom.sg.) V.4.1; 5.1; 6.1; 7.1; 8.1.

-idham (acc.sg.) IV.4.5; 6.1; 7.1; 8.1.

samudra m. sea, ocean.

-ras (nom.sg.) II.4.1; 17.1. III.19.2. IV.6.3. VI.10.1.

-ram (acc.sg.) VI.10.1.

-rāt (abl.sg.) VI.10.1.

samṛddhi f. thriving, success.

-dhis (nom.sg.) I.1.8.

-dhim (acc.sg.) V.2.9.

sampad f. coinciding; success, welfare.

-at (nom.sg.) V.1.4,14 (2t.).

-adam (acc.sg.) V.1.4.

-ade (dat.sg.) V.2.5.

sampāta m. flying together; encounter; residuc.

-tam (acc.sg.) V.2.4,5 (4t.).

samprati adv. just opposite; exactly, just. II.9.5. V.11.2,4,6. VIII.11.1,2,3.

samprasāda m. perfect calm, serenity (of the soul in sleep).

-das (nom.sg.) VIII.3.4; 12.3.

sayugvan a. united with; having a double team (BR.); united with the itch! (Bö.); with the car (M.M.).

-vā (nom.sg.) IV.1.3,5,8.

-vānām (acc.sg.) IV.1.3,5.

saraṇa n. running.

-ṇam (nom.sg.) I.3.5.

saras n. bucket, pond, pool, lake.

Page 176

160

sarpa—sarva

-(nom.sg.) VIII.5.3.

sarpa m. serpent.

-pās (nom.pl.) II.21.1.

sarpadevajanavidyā f. science of serpents and the host of gods or demons.

-(nom.sg.) VII.1.4.

-yām (acc.sg.) VII.1.2; 7.1.

sarpis n. clarified butter, ghee.

-(nom.-acc.sg.) IV.15. 1. VI.6.1.

sarva a. all, every.

-vas (nom.sg.m.) I.6.6. VI.11.2.

-vam (nom.-acc.sg.n.,acc. sg.m.) I.3.6. II.11.2; 12.2; 13.2; 14.2; 15. 2; 16.2; 17.2; 18.2; 19.2; 20.2; 21.2,4(2t.); 23.4(2t.). III.12.1 (2t.),2; 14.1,2,4; 15. 4; 16.1,3,5. IV.1.4,6; 3.8(2t.); 11.2; 12.2; 13.2; 16.1(2t.). V.2. 6(2t.),7; 11.3. VI.1. 4,5,6; 7.4; 8.7; 9.4; 10.3; 11.2,3; 12.3; 13.3; 14.3; 15.3; 16. 3. VII.2.1; 4.2; 15. 1; 25.1(2t.),2; 26.1,2.

VIII.1.3,4; 3.2; 8.1.

-va (nom.sg.f.,old nom. pl.n.) II.23.4. III.12. 6.

-veṇa (instr.sg.) II.9.1.

-vasmin (loc.sg.) II.21. 1,2.

-ve (nom.pl.m.) II.22. 3(3t.),5(3t.); 23.2. III.19.3(2t.). V.24.3. VII.14.2. VIII.1.4; 4. 2; 12.6(2t.).

-vāni (nom.-acc.pl.n.) I. 9.1; 11.5,7,9. II.9.2; 23.4. III.19.3 (2t.). IV.15.2(2t.),3(2t.). V. 1.15; 24.5. VII.15.4. VIII.1.4.

-vās (nom.pl.f.) II.21.4. VI.8.4,6; 9.2; 10.2. VIII.3.2.

-vān (acc.pl.) II.22.1. IV.3.2,3; 17.10. VI. 1.2. VII.10.2. VIII. 7.1(2t.),2 (2t.),3 (2t.); 12.6(2t.).

-vais (instr.pl.) I.10.6; 11.2,3.

-vebhyas (abl.pl.) I.6. 7(2t.).

-veṣu (loc.pl.) IV.15. 4(2t.). V.3.7; 18.1 (3t.); 24.2(3t.). VII.

Page 177

sarvakarman—saçarira 161

25.2 (2t.). VIII.1.6 | -sas (nom.sg.) III.14.

(2t.); 4.3; 5.4; 7.4. 2,4.

-vasu (loc.pl.f.) II.4.1, sarvacās adv. wholly. VII.

  1. IV.3.8. 26.2.

sarvakarman a. containing sarvendriya n. all one's

all kinds of work. -yāni (acc.pl.) VIII.15.

-mā (nom.sg.m.) III. 1.

14.2,4. sarvākām a. wishing everything, having all

wishes. -mas (nom.sg.) III.14.

2,4. sarvagandha a. containing all perfumes.

-dhas (nom.sg.) III.14. sarvāuṣadha a. consisting

2,4. of all herbs; n. all

sarvagranthi m. knot or -dhāsya (gen.sg.) V.2.4.

tangle of every sort. sarṣapa m. mustard, mustard-seed.

-thinām (gen.pl.) VII. -pāt (abl.sg.) III.14.3.

26.2. salokatā f. being in the

sarvatas adv. on all sides. -tām (acc.sg.) II.20.2.

III.13.7. IV.1.1 (2t). savana n. pressing out

sarvadā adv. always. II. (the juice of Soma),

9.1. Soma-libation.

sarvadhātama a.supl. most -nam (nom.-acc.sg.) II.

all-refreshing. 24.1,10. III.16.2,3(2t.),

-mam (acc.sg.m.) V.2. 4.

  1. -nāsya (gen.sg.) II.24.7.

sarvabhūta n. every being. savitr m.nm.pr.

-tāni (acc.pl.) VIII.15.1. -ta (nom.sg.) I.12.5.

sarvarasa a. containing all -tur (gen.sg.) V.2.7.

saps or fluids. sacarīra a. with the body.

-ras (nom.sg.) VIII. -rasya (gen.sg.) VIII.

12.1. 12.1.

11

Page 178

162

sas—1 sāman

sas, see ta-.

√sah prevail, see sahamā-na.

saha adv.-prep. with, along with. I.10.1. II.13.1.

IV.2.3. VII.11.1.

sahamāna (pres.ppl.mid.)

a. overpowering; f. southern side of the world-soul's case.

-nā (nom.sg.f.) III.15. 2.

sahasra n. thousand.

-ram (nom.-acc.sg.) IV. 2.3,4; 4.5; 5.1.

-rāṇi (nom.pl.) VII.26. 2.

1 sā, see ta-.

2 sā- 1st syl. of sāman. I. 6.1,2,3,4,6; 7.1,2,3,4.

sādiṣṭha a.supl. best.

-ṭham (acc.sg.n.) IV.9. 3.

sādhu a. straight, right, good; n.acc. as adv. well.

-(nom.-acc.sg.n.) II.1.1 (2t.),3(2t.),4; IV.1.4,

  1. VII.2.1(2t.); 7.1.

-dhunā (instr.sg.) II.1. 2.

-dhavas (nom.pl.) II.1. 4. III.19.4.

sādhya caus.grdv. to be subdued or won; m. pl. cert. deities, the Sādhyas.

-yās (nom.pl.) III.10.1.

-yānām (gen.pl.) III. 10.3,4.

sādvalamkrta a. well adorned.

-tas (nom.sg.) VIII.9. 1,2.

-te (loc.sg.) VIII.9.1,2.

-tāu (nom.du.) VIII.8. 2(2t.),3(2t).

sāmatas adv. concerning the Sāman. IV.17.6.

1 sāman n. sacred song (a Vedic stanza arranged for chanting; cf. ṛc, yajus); pl. the Sāma-Veda.

-ma (nom.-acc.sg.) I.1. 2,4,5(2t.); 3.4(3t.),8;

4.4; 6.1(4t.),2(4t.),3 (4t.),4(4t.),5(3t.),6,8;

7.1(4t.),2(4t.),3(4t.),4 (4t.),5,7,9(2t.); 8.5 (2t.),6,7(2t.),8. II. 1.1,3,4; 2.1,3; 3.1,2;

4.1,2; 5.1,2; 6.1,2; 7. 1,2; 8.1,3; 9.1(3t.),8;

10.1,6(2t.); 21.1,2; 24.3,7,11.

Page 179

-mnā (instr.sg.) I.3.8.|-mnas (abl.-gen.sg.) I.1.2; 4.3; S.4. II.1.1; 9.2;3,4,5;6,7,8; 22.1.-mni (loc.sg.) I.4.3.-mani (nom.-acc.pl.) III.3.1,2. IV.17.2. VI.7.2.-mabhyas (abl.pl.) IV.17.3.-mnām (gen.pl.) I.13.4. IV.17.6(3t.).2 sāman n. possession, wealth (alluded to II.1.1,3).3 sāman n. gentle speech, kindness (alluded to II.1.2).sāmaveda m. Veda of chants, Sāma-Veda.-das (nom.sg.) I.3.7. III.3.1. VII.1.4.-dam (acc.sg.) III.3.2; 15.7. VII.1.2; 2.1; 7.1.sāmrājya (Wh.Gr. 213.b) n. universal rule.-yāya (dat.sg. as inf.) II.24.13.sāyugya n. community, intimate union.-yam (acc.sg.) II.20.2.

sārdha a. with a half; n. acc. as adv.-prep. together, along with.-dham (acc.sg.n.) VIII.9.2.sārṣṭitā f. being of equal rank.-tām (acc.sg.) II.20.2.simha m. lion.-has (nom.sg.) VI.9.3; 10.2.√sic pour out, sprinkle. siñcati (pres.ind.act.sg.) V.10.6.-anti (pres.ind.act.pl.) IV.15.1.√sidh succeed.- +abhi acquire. abhisidhyati (pres.ind. act.sg.) VII.4.3; 5.3; 7.2; 9.2; 11.2; 12.2.

siṣa n. lead.-sam (acc.sg.) IV.17.7.-sena (instr.sg.) IV.17.7.√1 su press out, extract (esp. the Soma).asoṣṭa (aor.ind. mid.sg., Bö.)?soṣyati (fut.ind.act.sg., Bö.)?sutam (pass.ppl.nom.sg. n.) V.12.1.

Page 180

164

√2 su--suhaya

  • +a press out to a degree or sufficiently.

asutam (pass.ppl.nom. sg.n.) V.12.1.

  • +pra press out for the future or lastingly.

prasutam (pass.ppl.nom. sg.n.) V.12.1.

√2 su, sū generate; beget, bring forth, bear.

asoṣṭa (aor.ind.mid.sg., of woman?) III.17.5.

soṣyati (fut.ind.act.sg., of man?) III.17.5.

sukṛta n. good deed, merit.

-tam (nom.sg.) VIII. 4.1.

sukha a. pleasant, comfortable; n. joy, bliss.

-kham (nom.-acc.sg.n.) VII.22.1 (4t.); 23.1 (3t).

sutatejas a. possessing the fire or vigor of Soma.

-jās (nom.sg.m.) V.12. 1; 18.2.

subhikṣa a. well provided with food.

-ṣā (nom.sg.f.) I.10.5.

subhūta a. turned out well; n. welfare; f. northern side of the world-soul's case.

-tā (nom.sg.f.) III.15.2.

surabhi a. sweet-smelling, fragrant; n. perfume.

-bhi (acc.sg.n.) I.2.2,9.

surā f. spirituous liquor, brandy.

-rām (acc.sg.) V.10.9.

surūpa a. well formed, beautiful.

-pān (acc.pl.) II.15.2.

suvarṇa a. of a beautiful color, glittering, golden; n. gold.

-ṇas (nom.sg.m.) I.6.6.

-ṇam (nom.-acc.sg.m.) III.19.1,2. IV.17.7.

-ṇena (instr.sg.) IV. 17.7.

suvasana a. well clothed.

-nas (nom.sg.) VIII. 9.1,2.

-ne (loc.sg.) VIII.9.1,2.

-nāu (nom.du.) VIII. 8.2(2t.),3(2t).

suvṛṣṭi f. copious rain.

-ṭis (nom.sg.) VII.10. 1(2t.).

suṣi m. opening of a tube, hole.

-ṣis (nom.sg.) III.13.1, 2,3,4,5.

suhaya m. spirited horse, steed, charger.

Page 181

sūkarayoni—√sev

165

-yas (nom.sg.) V.1.12.

sūkarayoni f. birth-station of a hog.

-nim (acc.sg.) V.10.7.

sūtra n. thread, cord.

-reṇa (instr.sg.) VI.8.2.

sūrya m. sun, god of the sun.

-yas (nom.sg.) IV.3.1 ;

7.3.

-yam (acc.sg.) III.17.7.

sūryācandramas m. sun and moon.

-masāu (nom.du.) VII.

12.1. VIII.1.3.

√sr run, glide, flow, hasten.

    • upa approach, resort to.

upasṛtya grd. I.3.12.

  • +abhinis flow or hasten forth to.

abhiniḥsṛtā (pass.ppl. nom.sg.f.) VIII.6.6.

√srj send forth, hurl, throw; spin; engender.

srjate (pres.ind.mid.sg.) VII.11.1 (2t.).

asṛjata (impf.ind.mid.sg.) VI.2.3(2t.).

-anta (impf.ind.mid.pl.) VI.2.4.

  • +samati let go, dismiss.

samatisṛṣṭas ( pass.ppl. nom.pl.) I.11.3.

  • +vi let loose.

visṛjet (pres.opt.act.sg.) VI.14.1.

-ṛṣṭas (pass.ppl.nom.sg.) VI.14.1.

  • +sam unite, mix.

saṃsrjyate (pres.ind. pass.sg.) I.6.

√srp creep, glide, slip.

sarpanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) I.12.4.

srptas (pass.ppl.nom.sg.) VIII.6.3.

-tās (pass.ppl.nom.pl.) VIII.6.2(2t).

  • +ā creep ncar.

asasṛpus (perf.ind.act.pl.) I.12.4.

  • +prati creep back.

pratisṛpya grd. V.2.6.

setu a. fettering; m. band, dam, bridge, barrier.

-tus (nom.sg.) VIII.4.

-tum (acc.sg.) VIII.4.

1,2(2t).

√sev stay by, serve, worship.

  • +upa devote oneself to.

Page 182

upaseveta (pres.opt.mid. sg.) II.22.1.

soma m. extract,juice, Soma (plant and extract, often deified); moon.

-mas (nom.sg.) V.4.2;

-mam (acc.sg.) V.5.2;

-mena (instr.sg.) III.9.

1,3.

-māsya (gen.sg.) II.22.

somasavana a. wherefrom Soma is pressed; m. nm.pr. of a tree (Bö).

-nas (nom.sg.) VIII.5.3.

somya a. relating to Soma; moonlike, gentle; voc.sg. my dear!

-( voc.sg.m.) IV.4.4,5 (2t.); 5.1,2; 6.3(2t.); 7.3(2t.); 8.3(2t.); 9.2; 14.1,2(2t.),3. VI. 1.1,3,4,5,6(2t.),7; 2.1, 2(2t.); 3:4; 4.7; 5:4 (2t.); 6.1,2,3,4,5(2t.); 7.1,2,3(2t.),5,6(2t.); 8. 1 (2t.),2 (2t.),3 (2t.),4 (4t.),5,6(5t.),7; 9.1,2, 12.2(2t.),3(2t.); 13.2, 3; 14.1,3; 15.1,3; 16. 1,3.

sāumya(BR.,Bö.)=somya.

skanda m.nm.pr.

-das (nom.sg.) VII.26. 2(2t.).

√stan thunder.

stanayati (pres.ind.act.sg. caus.) II.3.1; 15.1. VII.11.1.

stanayitnu m. thunder.

-nus ( nom.sg.) VIII. 12.2.

stabdha ( pass.ppl. ) a. propped; stiff, rigid; puffed up.

-dhas (nom.sg.)VII.1.2,3.

√stu praise.

stuvita (pres.opt.mid.sg., Wh.Gr.129.a) I.3.12 (3t.). II.22.2.

-vatām (imv.mid.pl., Wh. Gr.617) I.11.3.

stoṣyan (fut.ppl.act.nom. sg.) I.3.8,10.

-yāmāṇas (fut.ppl.mid. nom.sg.) I.3.10.

-ṇās (fut.ppl.mid.nom. pl.) I.12.4.

-ṇān (fut.ppl.mid.acc.pl.) I.10.8.

  • +abhi give praise to, praise.

abhiṣtoṣyan (fut.ppl.act. nom.sg.) I.3.9,11.

Page 183

    • pra utter praise, praise. prāṣṭosyasi (fut.ind.act. sg.) I.10.9 ; 11.4. prāṣṭosyas (cond.ind.act. sg.) I.11.5. stutaçastra n. chant and recilation (of the Ud-gātar and of the Ho-tar). -rais (instr.pl.) III.17.3. stena m. thief. -nas (nom.sg.) V.10.9 ; 11.5. steya n. theft. -yam (acc.sg.) VI.16.1. stobha m. shout, trill (in chanting a Sāman; e.g., hum). -bhas (nom.sg.) I.13.3. stoma m. song of praise. -mam (acc.sg.) I.3.10. -mena (instr.sg.) I.3.10. strī f. woman. -(nom.sg.) II.13.1. -riyam (acc.sg.) V.2.8, 9. -riya (instr.sg.) II.13.1. -riyas (nom.pl.) VIII. 12.3. -rībhis (instr.pl.) VIII.

strīloka m. world of women. cn. -kena (instr.sg.) VIII. 2.9. strīlokakāma a. desirous of the world of women. -mas (nom.sg.) VIII. 2.9. sthandila n. leveled piece of ground (for sacrifice); spot, place. -le (loc.sg.) V.2.8. sthaviṣṭha a.sup1. thickest, grossest. -ṭhas (nom.sg.) VI.5.1, 2,3.

√sthā stand, exist; continue; spring from; cease. tiṣṭhati (pres.ind.act.sg.) V.1.3. VI.11.1 ; 12.2. VII.8.1(2t.). -anti (pres.ind.act.pl.) VIII.6.1. sthātā (nm.ag.nom.sg. ) III.11.1. sthitam(pass.ppl.nom.sg. n.) I.3.6. -tvā grd. VII.15.1. - + adhi stand upon, ascend, surpass, master, acquire. adhitiṣṭhatas (pres.ind.

Page 184

168 √sthā

act.du.) V.19.2; 21.2 ; 22.2; 23.2.

-ṭhanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) V.20.2.

    • ud arise, come forth, sprout, grow.

uttiṣṭhati (pres.ind.act. sg.) I.3.6. II.24.6, 10,15.

-ṭhan (pres.ppl.act.nom. sg., Wh.Gr. 671) VII. 8.1.

    • anūd arise or come forth after or behind.

anūttiṣṭhanti (pres.ind. act.pl.) III.19.3.

anūdatiṣṭhan (impf.ind. act.pl.) III.19.3.

    • samud arise, come into view, appear.

samuttiṣṭhati (pres.ind. act.sg.) VIII.2.10.

-ṭhatas (pres.ind.act.du.) VIII.2.6,7,8.

-ṭhanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) VIII.2.1,2,3,4,5,9.

samutthāya grd. VIII. 3.4 ; 12.2,3.

    • nis grow forth; complete, prepare.

nistiṣṭhati (pres.ind.act. sg.) VII.20.1 ; 21.1 (3t.).

-ṭhanti (pres.ind.act.pl.) VI.9.1.

-ṭhan (pres.ppl.act.nom. sg.) VII.20.1.

    • abhipra go forth to; caus. drive (cattle) out to (pasture).

abhiprastāpayan (pres. ppl. act. caus. nom. sg.) IV .4.5.

-yām (caus.vbl.acc.sg.) IV.6.1; 7.1; 8.1.

    • prati stand firm, rest upon, be at case, prosper.

pratitiṣṭhati (pres.ind.act. sg.) IV.16.5(2t.).

-ṭhantam (pres.ppl.act. acc.sg.) IV.16.5.

pratiṣṭhitas (pass.ppl. nom.sg.) V.17.1. VII. 4.3; 5.3; 24.1,2.

-tam (pass.ppl.nom.sg. n.) III.12.2.

-tās (pass.ppl.nom.pl.) III.12.3,4.

-tāni (pass.ppl.nom.pl. n.) VII.4.2; 5.2.

-tān (pass. ppl. acc. pl.) VII.4.3; 5.3.

    • anuprati stand firm, prosper in reference to.

Page 185

sthānu—smṛtilambha

169

anupratitiṣṭhati (pres.ind.act.sg.) IV.16.5.

– +samprati turn toward, apply to; caus. confine, concentrate.

sampratiṣṭhāpya caus. grd. VIII.15.1.

– +abhisam join oneself to, stand still; caus. bring to an end at.

abhisamsthapayamas ( pres.ind.act.pl.caus.) I.S.5,7.

sthāṇu a. standing still; m. trunk of tree, pillar, post.

–ṇave (dat.sg.) V.2.3.

sthāna n. standing; state; station; rank.

–nam (nom.sg.) V.10.S.

sparça a. touching; m. contact, feeling; m.pl. mute consonants.

–çās (nom.pl.) II.22.3.5.

–çeṣu (loc.pl.) II.22.4.

√sprç touch, perceive, attain, incur.

sprçati (pres.indl.act.sg.) VIII.6.3.

–tas (pres. ind. act. du.) VIII.12.1.

sma encl.pcl. (slightly asseverative; esp. with

ha; gives value of past to a pres. tense). I.2. 13. III.14.4 ; 16.7. IV. 10.1 (2t.). VI.4.5.

smara m. remembrance, longing, love.

–ras (nom.sg.) VII.13. 1 ; 14.1 ; 26.1.

–ram (acc.sg.) VII.13. 1,2.

–reṇa (instr.sg.) VII. 13.1 (2t.).

–rat (abl.sg.) (2t.) ; 14.1. VII. 13.2

–rasya (gen.sg.) VII. 13.2.

smas, see √1 as.

√smṛ remember, long for; mention, hand down, teach.

smareyus (pres.opt.act. pl.) VII.13.1.

–ran (pres.ppl.act.nom. sg.) VIII.12.3.

smṛtas (pass.ppl.nom.sg.) VII.26.2.

smṛti f. memory, good memory; tradition.

–tis (nom.sg.) VII.26.2.

smṛtilambha m. acquirement of a good memory or of tradition.

–bhe (loc.sg.) VII.26.2.

Page 186

170 √syad—√svar

√syad, syand move on, hasten, flow.

syandante (pres.ind.mid. pl.) II.4.1. VII.10.1.

syām. see √I as.

srakti f. edge, corner. -tayas (nom.pl.) III. 15.1.

srāma a. lame. -mas (nom.sg.) VIII. 9.1,2; 10.2,4.

-mam (nom.sg.n.) VIII. 10.1,3.

-me (loc.sg.) VII.9.2; 10.2.

srāmya n. lameness. -yeṇa (instr.sg.) VIII. 10.2,4.

√sru flow, stream; drip, drop juice.

sravet (pres.opt.act.sg.) VI.11.1(3t.).

  • sampra flow forth together, become fluid. sampra-sravat (impf.ind. act.sg.) II.23.3,4.

-van (impf.ind.act. pl.) II.23.3.

sva pron. a. (1) poss. own, one's own (all three persons); (2) refl. oneself (all three persons); m.f. kinsman, -woman; n. property.

svam (acc.sg.m) VI.8. 1(2t.).

svena (instr.sg.) VIII. 3.4; 12.2(2t),3.

sve (loc.sg.) VII.24.1.

svanām (gen.pl.) V.1. 2,5.

svadhā f. sweet, refreshing drink, esp. libation to the Manes. -dham (acc.sg) II.22.2.

√svap sleep, fall asleep. svapiti (pres.ind.act.sg.) IV.3.3. VI.8.1 (2t).

suptas (pass.ppl.nom.sg.) VIII.6.3; 11.1.

svapna m. sleep, dream. -nam (acc.sg.) VIII.6. 3; 11.1.

-ne (loc.sg.) VII.10.1.

-neṣu (loc.pl.) V.2.9.

svapnanidarśana a. pointing at or teaching by dreams; n. dream-vision. -ne (loc.sg.) V.2.9(2t).

svapnānta m. condition of sleeping or dreaming. -tam (acc.sg.) VI.8.1.

√svar sound, sing, praise; be bright, shine (see Wh.RVF).

Page 187

svar--svārājya 171

svaran (pres.ppl.act.nom. sg.) I.5.1,3. - + ati let sound die away.

-gasya (gen.sg.) III. 13.6(3t.).

atisvarati (pres.ind.act. sg.) I.4.4. svargasamstava a. praised as heavenly or heaven.

svar n. sun, sunlight, heaven; incl. sacred syll. (dissyl.), O sky! II.23.3. III.15.3,7; 17.7(acc.sg.). IV.17. 3,6. -vam (nom.sg.n) I.5.5.

svara m. sound, voice; pl. vowels. -ras (nom.sg.) I.3.2; 4. 4; 8.4; 12.2. -ram (acc.sg.) I.4.3,5. -rasya (gen.sg.) I.8.4. -rās (nom.pl.) II.22.3,5. -reṣu (loc.pl.) II.22.3.

svas, see √I as.

svarāj a. self-ruling, in- dependent. -raṭ (nom.sg.m.) VII. 25.2.

svasṛ f. sister. -sā (nom.sg.) VII.15.1. -sāram (acc.sg.) VII. 15.2. -sāras (nom.pl.) VIII. 2.4.

svarājya n. self-rule, in- dependent dominion. -yāya (dat.sg. as inf.) II.24.12.

svarga a. leading to light, heavenly; m. heaven. -gam (acc.sg.m.) I.8.5 (2t.). II.22.2. III.13. 6. VIII.3.3,5.

svasṛloka m. world of sis- ters. -kena (instr.sg.) VIII. 2.4.

svasṛlokakāma a. desirous of the world of sisters. -mas (nom.sg.) VIII. 2.4.

svasṛhan m. murderer of a sister, sororicide. -hā (nom.sg.) VII.15. 2,3.

svādhyāya m. reading or reciting to oneself, study (esp. of the Veda). -yam (acc.sg. as inf.) I. 12.1. VIII.15.1.

svārājya n. self-sovereign- ty, unlimited domin- ion.

Page 188

172

svāhā—ha

-yam (acc.sg.) III.6.4; 7.4; 8.4; 9.4; 10.4.

svāhā excl. used in making oblations; hail to (dat.),=Amen! (at end of invocation). II.24.6,10,15. IV.17.4,5,6. V.2.4,5(4t.); 19.1; 20.1; 21.1; 22.1; 23.1.

ha slightly emph. encl. pcl. to be sure. I.1.7,8; 2.1(2t.),2(2t.),3(2t.),4(2t.),5(2t.),6(2t.),7(2t.),8,10,11,12,13(3t.),14; 3.1,12; 5.2,4,5; 6.7; 7.8; 8.1(2t.),2(2t.),3(2t.),4(4t.),5(2t.),6,7(3t.),8(2t.); 9.1(2t.),2(2t.),3(2t.),4; 10.1,2(2t.),3(2t.),4,5,6,8,11; 11.1(2t.),2,3,4,5(2t.),6,7(2t.),8,9(2t.); 12.1,3(2t.),4(2t.). II.1.4; 2.3; 3.2(2t.); 4.2; 5.2; 6.2; 7.2(2t.); 10.4,6(2t.); 21.2; 24.16. III.11.3(2t.),4(2t.); 13.1; 14.4; 16.2(2t.),4

√svid sweat. svedate (pres.ind.mid.sg.) VI.2.3.

svid slightly emph. encl. pcl. really, perhaps, then. I.10.4.

svāirin a. free, wanton, unchaste. -rī (nom.sg.m.) V.11.5. -riṇi (nom.sg.f.) V.11.5.

(2t.),6(2t.),7(3t.); 17.6; 19.4. IV.1.1(2t.),2(2t.),3,5(2t.),7(2t.),8(3t.); 2.1(2t.),3(2t.),4,5(3t.); 3.5(2t.),6,7,8; 4.1,2,3,4(2t.),5(2t.); 5.1(2t.),2,3; 6.1,2,3,4; 7.1,2,3,4; 8.1,2,3,4; 9.1(2t.),2(3t.); 10.1(4t.),2,3(2t.),4(2t.),5(3t.); 11.1; 12.1; 13.1; 14.1(2t.),2(3t.),3(2t.); 15.1; 16.1(2t.); 17.8,9(2t.),10. V.1.1(2t.),2(2t.),3(2t.),4(2t.),5(3t.),6,7(2t.),8(2t.),9(2t.),10(2t.),11(2t.),12(2t.),13(2t.),14(2t.); 2.1(4t.),2(4t.),3(2t.); 3.1(2t.),4(2t.),5,6(5t.),7(4t.); 10.7

Page 189

( 2t.),10( 2t.); 11.1,2

( 2t.),3,4( 2t.),5( 2t.),6

( 3t.),7( 3t.); 12.1,2;

13.1(2t.),2; 14.1(2t.),

2; 15.1(2t.),2; 16.1

(2t.),2; 17.1(2t.),2; 18.

1.2; 24.3,4( 2t.).

VI.1.1(2t.),2t.),3,7; 2.1,2;

4,5; 5.4; 6.5; 7.2(3t.),

3,4(5t.),6; 8.1,7; 9.4;

10.3; 11.2,3; 12.2,3;

13.1( 3t.),2( 2t.),3; 14.

3; 15.3; 16.3( 2t.).

VII.1.1(2t.).2,3; 4.2; 5.

2; 7.2; 8.1; 9.1; 14.

2; 15.1; 24.2; 26.1,

VIII.3.4( 2t.),5; 5.3; 7.

1,2( 3t.),3( 4t.),4( 2t.);

8.1( 3t.),2( 3t.),3( 3t.),

4(3t.); 9.1,2( 2t.),3

(3t.); 10.1( 3t.),3(2t.),

4(3t.); 11.1( 3t.),2(2t.),

3(4t.); 12.6; 14.1; 15.

ghnanti (pres.ind.act.pl.,

Wh.Gr.637) VIII.10.

2,4.

hanyate ( pres.ind.pass.

sg.) VI.16.1. VIII.

  • +apa repel, thrust

back, destroy.

apahanti ( pres.ind.act.

sg.) I.3.1.

-hate (pres.ind.mid.sg.)

IV.11.2; 12.2; 13.2.

apajahi (imv.act.sg.) II.

24.6,10.

-hata (imv.act.pl.) II.

24.15.

  • +abhyā strike at, hit.

abhyahanyāt ( pres.opt.

act.sg.) VII.11.1(3t.).

hanta interj. comuc! go to!

well! I.8.1,3,7,8; 10.

3;7. IV.10.4. V.11.

2,3,4. VI.3.2. VIII.

7.2.

√has laugh.

hasati (pres.ind.act.sg.)

III.17.3.

hastagrhīta a. grasped by

or with the hand.

-tam (acc.sg.m.) VI.16.1.

hasti-hiranya n. elephants

and gold.

-yam (acc.sg.) VII.24.2.

haṁsa m. goose; swan,

flamingo; the sun(!).

-sas (nom.sg.) IV.1.2;

7.1,2.

-sam (acc.sg.) IV.1.2.

-sās (nom.pl.) IV.1.2.

√han smite, hurt, slay, de-

stroy.

Page 190

174

√1 hā lcave, forsake, lose; pass. vanish, fail, perish.

jahāti (pres.ind.act.sg.)

VI.11.3(4t.).

hīyate (pres.ind.pass.sg.)

IV.16.3,4.

√2 hā start up, go forth.

– +abhyud ris¢ in addition to, ascend with (acc.).

abhyujjihate (pres.ind. mid.sg.)

I.11.5.

– +sam arise, stand up.

samjjihānas(pres.ptl.mid. nom.sg.)

I.10.6. IV. 1.5. V.11.5.

hāikāra m. the sound hāī (dissyl.).

–ras (nom.sg.)

I.13.1.

hāūkāra m. the sound hāū (dissyl.).

–ras (nom.sg.)

I.13.1.

hāridrumata m.nm.pr.

–tam (acc.sg.)

IV.4.3.

hi postp.pcl. verily; for because; nam.

I.1.1,8; 2.2,3,4,5,6,9,11; 3.6 (3t.); 4.1; 5.1,3; 6.8; 7.9; 8.5,7; 9.1, 2,3,4,5,6,7,8. III.5.4 (2t.); 12.2,3,4; 15.1; 16.1,3;5. IV.1.8; 3.2,

3; 9.3; 15.2,3,4. V. 1.15; 2.6(2t.); 3.1,4; 10.6. VI.1.7; 4.5; 5. 4; 6.5; 7.6; 8.1,2. VII.1.3; 3.1(3t.); 5. 2; 15.4; 24.2. VIII. IV.16.3,4.

hīl onomatop. word w.

√kr make the sound hīl, coo, neigh, low (as cow to calf); sa- cred syl.; see next three words.

hiṅkāra m. the sound hin.

–ras (nom.sg.)

I.13.2. II. 2.1,2; 3.1; 4.1; 5.1 ; 6. 1; 7.1; 8.1; 9.2; 10. 1; 11.1; 12.1; 13.1 ; 14.1; 15.1; 16.1; 17 . 1; 18.1; 19.1; 20.1 ; 21.1.

hiṅkārābhājin a. sharing in the sound hiṅ.

–jinas (nom.pl.)

II.9.2.

hiṅkr, see √kr.

hita, see √dhā.

hiraṇmaya a. made of gold, golden.

–yas (nom.sg.)

I.6.6.

–yam (nom.sg.n.)

VIII. 5.3.

Page 191

hiranya—√hr

hiranya n. gold.

-yasya (gen.sg.) V.10.9.

hiranyakeça a. golden-haired.

-ças (nom.sg.) I.6.6.

hiranyadanist!ra a. golden-toothed or -tusked.

-ras (nom.sg.) IV.3.7.

hiranyanidhi m.treasure of gold.

-dhim (acc.sg.) VIII.3.2.

hiranyacmaçru a. golden-bearded.

-rus (nom.sg.) I.6.6.

√hu pour (into fire), make an oblation, offer, sacrifice.

juhoti ( pres.ind.act.sg.) II.24.5,9, I.4. V.24.1,2,3.

-hvati (pres.ind.act.pl.) V.4.2 ; 5.2 ; 6.2 ; 7.2 ; S.2.

-huyāt (pres.opt.act.sg.) IV.17.4,5,6. V.I9.I (2t.) ; 20.I (2t.) ; 21.I (2t.) ; 22.I (2t.) ; 23.I (2t.) ; 24.I.

hutam (pass.ppl.nom.sg. n.) V.24.2,4.

-tvā grd. V.2.4,5 (4t.).

huṅkāra m. the sound hum.

-ras (nom.sg.) I.I3.3.

hum interj. of growling or buzzing; sacred syl., see stobha.

II.3.I ; 24.S,I2,I3.

√hū, hvā call upon, invite.

  • +ā call to or hither. ahvayati (pres.ind.act. sg.) VII.I2.I.

√hūrch fall away.

  • +vi stagger. vihūrchati (pres.ind.act. sg.) II.I9.2.

√hr hold, carry, bring; offer; take.

haranti (pres.ind.act.pl.) II.2I.4. V.9.2.

  • +apa take away, seize, rob.

apāharṣit (aor.ind.act.sg.) VI.I6.I.

  • +ā bring near, offer, accept, procure.

āhara (imv.act.sg.) I.I2. 5(2t.). IV.4.5. VI. I2.I ; I3.I.

-rat (unaug.impf.ind.act. sg.) I.I2.5.

ajahāra (perf.ind.act.sg.) I.IO.5.

Page 192

176

hrd—homiya

-hrus ( perf.ind.act.pl. ) I.2.1.

  • +udā bring near, bring out, say, tell. udahariṣyati (fut.ind.act. sg.) VI.4.5.

  • +abhivyā utter, pro- ounce, recite. abhivyāharati (pres.ind. act.sg.) I.3.3,4.

-rāṇi (pres.subj.act.sg.) VIII.12.4.

  • +anusamā put in or- der again. anusamāharati (pres.ind. act.sg.) I.5.5(2t.).

  • +pari move around, surround, gird, shun, protect from. -pariharāṇi (pres.subj. act.sg.) II.22.5.

-ret (pres.opt.act.sg.) II. 13.2.

  • +prati bring or hold back, take, enjoy; take hold of, deal with. pratiharamāṇāni ( pres. ppl.mid.nom.pl.n.) I. 11.9.

pratihariṣyasi (fut.ind. act.sg.) I.10.11; 11.8. pratyaharishyas(cond.ind. act.sg.) I.11.9.

pratihṛtas (pass.ppl.nom. pl.) II.9.6.

hṛd n. heart. -di (loc.sg.) (2t.). VIII.3.3

-yam (nom.sg.) III.12. 4. V.18.2. VII.3.3.

-yasya (gen.sg.) III.13.

  1. VIII.6.1,6.

-ye (loc.sg.) III.12.9; 14.3(2t.),4 .

hṛdayajña a. knowing or suiting the heart. -ñam ( nom.-acc.sg.n. ) VII.2.1(2t.); 7.1.

hetu m. impulse, cause; oblique cases as adv.- prep. on account.

-tos (gen.sg.) I.3.5. hemanta m. winter.

-tas (nom.sg.) II.5.1 ; 16.1.

hāikāra, after √2 hā. ho voc.pcl. IV.1.2.

hotṛ m. offerer, priest, esp. chief priest.

-ta (nom.sg.) IV.16.2. hoṭṛṣadana n. seat of the Hotar.

-nāt (abl.sg.) I.5.5. homīya a. sacrificial, ap- pointed for offering.

Page 193

hoyi—√hvā

177

-yam (nom.sg.n.) V.19.

apahnuvita(pres.opt.mid. sg.) VII.15.4.

hoyi voc.pcl. IV.1.2.

    • ni deny.

hāūkāra, after √2 hā.

nihnute(pres.ind.mid.sg.) IV.14.2.

√hnu hide.

hrāduni f. hail, hailstone.

    • apa hide or conceal from, deny.

-nayas (nom.pl.) V.5.1.

√hvā, see √hū.

12

Page 195

APPENDIX A

ALTERATIONS IN BÖHTLINGK'S TEXT

I.2.7. Read vidadhvaṅsire for -sus.

–2.7f. Omit mr̨tpiṇḍas (2t.).

–3.1ff. Read adhidaivatam for -dev--.

–6.7. Read yasya for tasya; kapyāsa for kapilāsa.

–11.1. Read vividisāmi for -śāni.

–11.2. Read paryāiṣiṣyam for -ṣiṣam.

–11.3. Read etu for astu; cf. III.17.2,3.

II.13.1. Read prati strī for pratistri.

–14.1. Bö. follows all manuscripts and previous editions in reading madhyamdinas, aparāḥnas (-naḥ); Wh.AJP. mādh-, āp-; I propose -ṇe, -ṇe. The rarity of āparāḥṇas, on the principle of lectio difficilior, would probably be regarded by Whitney as justifying rather than making against his proposal. This word is, however, not merely rare, but is otherwise unquotable or quite unknown; and the whole passage must be taken together for a critical solution of any value. (1) There would have been no temptation to a copyist to alter mādhyamdinas, as that adjective occurs frequently elsewhere, seven times in ChU. alone (see Grammatical Index). In this word, nevertheless, lies the crucial point, if I am not mistaken. (2) An ancient scribe, finding the series udyan, uditas in the nominative, interpreted the next in the series wrongly as madhyamidina(s), instead of -ṇa(y). This blunder, helped possibly by the palæographic likeness of -ṇe and -naḥ(-nas), caused him to change aparāḥṇe to -ṇas,

Page 196

180

Alterations in Böhtlingk's Text

which thus becomes the only difference between Bö.

and my emendation. (3) The locative serves as adjective modifier to ādityas (sūryas) understood, and thus

meets all the demands of Whitney's suggestion. (4)

And, finally, the series goes on again with yan just as naturally as before. In support of my argument as a

whole, cf. II.9.3,4,5,8.

−25.3ff. Read āçrayata for -yat.

III.12.6. Read tāvān, tatas, sarvā for etāvān, atas,

viçvā.

−16.2ff. Read vilopsi for -sīya.

−17.7. Restore svah paçyanta uttaram ut end of

Vedic quotation.

IV.4.4ff. Read somya for sāumya.

−11.2ff. bhunjāmas for -jmas.

−14.2. Read nihnute for nijuhnuve.

−17.7. Read dāru carmanā for dārunā carma.

V.15.2. Read vyāçariṣyata for -rīṣ-.

−23.2. Insert tejasā (cf. V.19.2; 20.2; 21.2; 22.2).

This word could not be spared by the Hindu fondness for repetition of set phraseology; cf. eva VI.4.4.

VI.2.3. Read eva (vāi?) for vā; cf. VI.2.4 for

choice.

−4.4. Insert eva (cf. VI.4.1,2,3); see comment on

tejasā V.23.2.

−8.7ff. Read ājitadātmyā for etadātmaka.

−14.1. Read pradhmāyīta for -dhāveta.

VII.2.1ff. Read ā kīta- for ākīta-; cf. itihāsapurāṇa,

goaçva, tṛṇodaka, dāsabhārya, hastihiraṇya, all n.sg.

in ChU. That this preposition occurs otherwise in

ChU. only w. abl. is no argument for not admitting it

w. acc. in the four places under discussion. It amounts,

of course, to the same thing in the end, as the prepo-

Page 197

Alterations in Böhtlingk's Text

181

sitional phrase is adverbial; but I question the correctness of writing so clumsy a cpd. unless actually found

in an accented text.

-6.1. Read mahattām for -tvam.

VIII.6.1. Read animnas for -nā; cf. VI.12.2.

-7.3. Read avāstam for avāttam.

-9.1ff. Read bhogya for -ga.

(a) Misprints and Corrections Noted by Bö.

I.1.1. Read iti hyudgāyati for ityud-.

-1.8. Read om- for otm-.

-3.4. Read yarktat for -ktt-.

-4.2. Read tām for te.

-5.4. Read bahavo vāi (Benares edition) te for bahavo te.

-5.5. Bö. approves durudgīta (Benares) for -tha.

-10.4. Bö. approves udakāpana (Benares) for udapāna.

III.17-5. Bö. emphatically approves the omission (Benares) of maranamevāsya tat. I approve his conclusion.

IV.4.2. Read bruvīthās (Benares) for brav-.

V.3.7. Read tam hovāca for sa hov-.

-10.1. Read çraddhām for -dhā.

VII.8.1. Read ākampayet for -yeta.

VIII.7.2. Read lokānāpnoti for -ap-.

(b) Misprints Noted by Wh.AJP.

V.1.12. Read nas (naḥ) for na.

VII.3.1. Read hyātmā for hm-.

-24.2. Read hyanyasmin for hm-.

VIII.4.2. Read pāpmānas for pāt-.

-7.2. Unnecessary, as Bö. had already corrected.

-12.4. Read ākāça for ak-.

Page 198

182 Alterations in Böhtlingk's Text

(c) Misprints to Be Noted Further.

III.7.4. Read dvistāvaddakṣinatas for -vadrk- (a very easy typographical error).

-13.2. Read veda for vada.

-13.5. Read tad etad for ted-.

IV.15.6. Read nāvartante (2nd) for -vārt-.

V.1.9. Read ākakatarte for -karte.

-8.2. Read asminnagnāu for -minag-.

-11.4. Read vāiçvānara for -nāra.

VI.1.7. Read avediṣyan for -daṣyin.

VII.4.3. Read samkalpasya for samlp-.

VIII.7.3. Read vijijñāsitavya for vijñījā-; vācas for vacas.

-10.4. Read dvātriñçat for dvāṃt-.

Subscription at end. Read chān- for chan-.

It may not be amiss to note also the seeming mis-punctuations at VII.3.1 ; 14.2 and VIII.3.2.

Page 199

APPENDIX B.—VERB-LIST

I. Moods and Tenses

(a) Primary Conjugation—Classified by Form and Meaning.

PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE.

√ √ ad(16t.), an(2t.), arh, av, aç(8t.), açanāy, I as (115t.), āp(15t.), i(66t.), īṣ(4t.), ṛdh, kṛ (16t.), kram (2t.), gam(10t.), 2 gā (1St.), grabh(4t.), ghrā cam(4t.), car(3t.), jakṣ, jap, ji(7t.), jīv(22t.), jṛ (2t.), jñā (29t.), jval, tap(11t.), tṛ (2t.), ṭṛp(39t.), dā (3t.), dās duṣ(2t.), dru, dhā (10t.), dhi ??, dhvā (6t.), naṭ (3t.), nī (3t.), nu, pat(2t.), paç (3t.), pā (8t.), pū (2t.), brū (2t.), bhā (13t.), bhuj(3t.), bhū (221t.), math, manasy(3t.), mluc, yam(5t.), yā, rakṣ (2t.), rāj, riṣ (3t.), rud (3t.), vad (9t.), 1 vā, 2 vid (3t.), viç (14t.), vṛṣ (6t.), vraj (3t.), çaṅs, çam, çuc(3t.), çuṣ (5t.), çru(6t.), sic (2t.), sidh (6t.), sṛp, sthā (34t.), spṛç (2t.), svap (3t.), svar, han (3t.), has, 1 hā (4t.), hu (11t.), hū, hūrch, hṛ (6t.) Total, 783.

PRESENT INDICATIVE MIDDLE.

√ √ ās(83t.), i(3t.), iṣ (4t.), īç (2t.), kṛ (4t.), kḷp (9t.), kram, kṣubh, gam, cakṣ (18t.), jan(10t.), tāy (2t.), trā, dā, dīp, duh (3t.), dṛç (only formally so, defective), dyut (3t.), dhvaṅs (3t.), nī (2t.), pad (34t.), pū, plu (2t.), man (5+4=9t.), mantray (2t.), mahīy (10t.), ram (5t.), rudh, labh (5t.), 2 vid (5t.), 2 vṛ (2t.), vṛj (2t.), vṛt (10t.), 1 çī (3t.), 2 çī (2t.), çri (2t.), çliṣ (2t.), sṛj (2t.), syad (2t.), svid, han (3t.), 2 hā, hnu. Total, 60.

Page 200

184

Verb-List

PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE.

√ √ad, I as, iṣ, kṛ(2t.), gam(2t.), 2 gā(3t.), ghrā,

jñā, dā(2t.), pā, prach, brū(5t.), vad(2t.), I vid(2t.),

çās, çru, hṛ(2t.). Total, 29.

Pres.subj.mid.: √ √man.

PRESENT OPTATIVE ACTIVE.

√ √aç(3t.), I as(2t.), i(2t.), kṛ(2t.), khid, gam(3t.),

2 gā, cam, car, jīv, jñā(3t.), tap(3t.), dah(3t.), dā(3t.),

dhā, dhāv(4t.), nam, nind(6t.), nī(7t.), pat(2t.), paç

(6t.), brū(20t.), yam, riṣ, ruh, vad, I vid(5t.), 2 vid,

çās, çru(2t.), sṭhiv, srj, smr, sru(3t.), han(3t.), hu(14t.),

hṛ. Total, 131.

PRESENT OPTATIVE MIDDLE.

√ √ās(20t.), i, iṣ(2t.), kṛ(3t.), jan(5t.), dhvaṁs, pad

(4t.), brū(2t.), man(2t.), mred, labh(5t.), 2 vṛ(2t.),

vṛt, sev, stu(4t.), hnu. Total, 63.

PRESENT IMPERATIVE ACTIVE.

√ √aç(2t.), I as(2t.), i(3t.), iṣ(6t.), 2 gā, cam(3t.),

jñā(6t.), tan(3t.), tap, dā(2t.), pā, prach, brū(23t.),

bhid(2t.), vad, vas(6t.), I vid(3t.), 2 vid(3t.), I vṛ(4t.),

vraj(2t.), çās(2t.), sad(3t.,) han(3t.), hṛ(5t.). Total, 88.

Pres.imv.mid.: √ √ās(14t.), īkṣ, jan, dhā, stu. To-

tal, 18.

Pres.-fut.imv.act.: √ √2 gā.

PRESENT PARTICIPLE ACTIVE.

√ √an(4t.), I as(23t.), i(6t.), iṣ(6t.), kriḍ, khād,

grabh, car(7t.), jakṣ, jīv(3t.), jñā(4t.), jval, tap, ṭṛp

(19t.), dhā(3t.), dhyā(5t.), paç(9t.), pā(2t.), prach,

bhī, riṣ, vad(4t.), vas(2t.), vṛṣ, vraj(2t.), çru(3t.), sad,

sthā(3t.), smr, svar(2t.). Total, 129.

Page 201

Cf. also: akhādant, anapānant(5t.), anistiṣṭhant, apaçyant, aprāṇant(5t.), avadant, avijānant, açṛṇvant, asant(4t.), asmanant, ahiṅsant(√hiṅs injure). Total, 22.

PRESENT PARTICIPLE MIDDLE.

√√ās, i, kaṣ, jan, dhā, pad, man(3t.), mahīy, mā, yaj(16t.), ram, vṛt(2t.), sah, 2 hā(3t.), hṛ. Total, 35.

Cf. also: adalāna, anadyamāna(??), ayajamāna, avyathamāna(4t.; √vyath waver). Total, 6.

IMPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE.

√√1 as(5t.), 1 kr(2t.), kṣar(5t.), khid, jīv, tap(11t.), paç, prach, bṛh(3t.), brū(2t.), bhū(2t.), vad(2t.), viç (2t.), sthā, sru(3t.). Total, 42.

IMPERFECT INDICATIVE MIDDLE.

√√ikṣ(4t.), klp(3t.), jan(7t.), bhāṣ, labh(2t.), vṛt, 2 çī, çri(5t.), sṛj(3t.). Total, 27.

PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE.

√√aç(2t.), 1 as(2t.), ah(24t.), āp, i(15t.), kr(19t.), kram(4t.), gam(5t.), gṛ, car, jā(4t.), dā(3t.), dṛç(3t.), pat, pad(2t.), prach, bhū(9t.), mluc, vac(17t.), vad (10t.), vas(8t.), 1 vid(8.5t.), 2 vid, viç(10t.) vraj(5t.), vyadh(5t.), çās(5t.), çru(7t.), sad(6t.), sṛp, hṛ(2t.). Total, 421.

PERFECT INDICATIVE MIDDLE.

√√kr(15t.), kram(3t.), jā(3t.), dhṛ, dhvaṅs, pad, budh, bhikṣ(2t.), yat, vad(3t.). Total, 31.

Perf.ppl.act. : √1 vid(40t.); cf. also avidvāṅs(12t.).

For Periphrastic Perfect see p. 189.

AORIST INDICATIVE ACTIVE.

  1. √√gam, 1 gā(9t.), dhā, bhū(9t.). 2. √√gam (3t.), vac(13t.), 2 vid, çak(5t.), çās(2t.). 4. √√kr,

Page 202

186

Verb-List

prach(2t.), vas(2t.), hr̥. 5. √√car(2t.), jval, 1 vid, vraj(3t.). 6. √2 gā(2t.). Total, 59.

AORIST INDICATIVE MIDDLE.

  1. √vac. 4. √√1 gā (Wh.RVF. wrongly 3.), pad (2t.), 2 vr̥, 2 su. Total, 6.

AORIST OPTATIVE MIDDLE.

  1. √dhā.

UNAUgMENTED IMPERFECT ACTIVE.

√rud(?), hr̥.

UNAUgMENTED AORIST ACTIVE.

  1. √1 gā(2t.). 2. √√rud, vac. 4. √√dah, saj. 5. √√aç, kram. Total, 8.

UNAUgMENTED AORIST MIDDLE.

  1. √lup(3t.; Wh.Gr.§§7.a). 5. √rādh. Total, 4.

FUTURE ACTIVE.

√√aç, i, khyā(3t.), 2 gā(2t.), jñā, dah, dā(2t.), pat (8t.), piṣ, prach, bhū(12t.), vac(3t.), vas(2t.), vr̥ṣ(2t.), çru, 2 su, stu(2t.), hr̥(3t.). Total, 47.

FUTURE MIDDLE.

√√chid, nī, pad(2t.), muc, yaj, 1 vid. Total, 7.

Fut.ppl.act. : √√aç, ji, stu(4t.). Total, 6.

Fut.ppl.mid. : √√yaj, stu(3t.). Total, 4.

CONDITIONAL ACTIVE.

√√iṣ, kram, gan(6t.), 2 gā, jīv, pat(4t.), bhū(2t.), vac(2t.), 1 vid(2t.), stu, hr̥. Total, 22.

Cond.mid.: √√mlā, çr(??).

NOMINA AGENTIS.

√√i(28t.), bhū, vac(5t.), sthā. Total, 35.

Cf. the many vbl. subst. in -tr̥.

Page 203

Verb-List

187

PASSIVE PARTICIPLE (A. AND SUBST. USES INCLUDED).

√ √aç(3t.), 2 as(3t.), āp(3t.), i(10t.), ṛdh, kṛ(14t.),

kḷp, kram, kṣudh, gam(14t.), grabh, cit(14t.), jan, jñā

(4t.), tan(3t.), tap(12t.), tṛd(2t.), dā(7t.), dṛç(3t.), dhā

(10t.), dhvan, nī(2t.), pat(2t.), pad(15t.), pā(3t.), pū,

pr(4t.), bandh, bha, bhid(2t.), bhū(26t.), man, mṛç, yaj,

yat(20t.), yas, yuj(2t.), rabh, ram, riṣ(4t.), lī, vac(9t.),

vah(19t.), 2 vā(23t.), 1 vid, 2 vid(2t.), 1 vṛ, vṛt(3t.),

vyadh(6t.), vraçc(4t.), çās(2t.), çiṣ(7t.), çudh, çri, çru

(5t.), sad(3t.), 1 su(3t.), sṛ, sṛj(2t.), sṛp(3t.), sthā

(13t.), smr, svap(2t.), hu(2t.), hṛ. Total, 314.

Cf. also: akṛta, akṣita, agrasta (√gras devour),

acitta(2t.; independent formation?), acyuta (√cyu

move), anirasta, anirukta(2t.), anutkrānta, anṛta(8t.),

aparājita, apratiṣṭhita, apramatta(2t.; √mad exhil-

arate), amata(2t.), amṛta(45t.; semi-independent for-

mation), ariṣṭa, avijnāta(3t.), açruta(2t.), ādiṣṭa(2t.;

√diç point), diṣṭa (√diç), nirukta, bhakta (√bhaj di-

vide), mūrta(2t.; √mūr thicken), sādhvalañkṛta(8t.),

sukṛta, subhūta, stabdha(2t.; √stabh prop). Total,

INFINITIVE.

Acc.: √ √jīv(4t.), vac(2t.); cf. anāçitu, svādhyāya

(2t.). Total, 9.

Cf. also dat.: abhivyāhāra, asambheda, darçana(2t.),

rājya, vīrajya, çravana, sāṃrājya, svarājya. Total, 9.

GERUND.

√ √aç, 2 as, āp(2t.), i(13t.), iṣ(3t.), īkṣ(2t.), ṛ(3t.),

kṛ(3t.), khād(2t.), gam(2t.), grabh(3t.), tṛ(2t.), dā(3t.),

dhīkṣ, dṛç(11t.), dhā(11t.), dhū(2t.), nij, nī(2t.), pat

(4t.), pad(4t.), bhū(11t.), math, man, muc(2t.), mṛç,

yaj(2t.), rudh(3t.), labh(2t.), vac(6t.), vas(5t.), vah,

yaj(2t.), rudh(3t.), labh(2t.), vac(6t.), vas(5t.), vah,

Page 204

188

Verb-List

2 vid(6t.), viç(8t.), vṛt, 2 cī, sṛ, sṛp, sthā(4t.), hu(5t.).

Total, 137.

Cf. also: akṛtvā, ananuvidya(2t.), ananuçiṣya,

ananūcya, anupanīya, anupalabhya, aprāpya (3t.),

aprocya, amatvā, alabdhvā(2t.), avittvā. Total, 17.

(b) Secondary Conjugations.

(1) PASSIVE.

Ind. : √vidh, kṣī(6t.), khyā(2t.), 2 gā(9t.), dah(2t.),

du, dṛç(9t.), dhā(4t.), nī, pṛ(2t.), muc, mṛ(2t.), lip, 2 vid

(2t.), çiṣ(2t.), sṛj, han(4t.), 1 hā(2t.). Total, 52.

Pass.opt. : √ṛdh, du, dṛç, dham. Total, 4.

Pass.imv. : √mṛ.

Pass.pres.ppl.: √vac(2t.), tap(3t.), pā, math, viṣ.

Total, 8.

Pass.impf.ind. : √bhid.

Pass.cond. : √vṛ.

(2) INTENSIVE.

Pres.ppl.mid.-pass.: √pā.

(3) DESIDERATIVE.

Ind.act. : √aç(2t.), pā(2t.), vas, 1 vid. Total, 6.

Ind.mid. : √jñā(8t.), çru. Total, 9.

Opt.act. : √gam.

Opt.mid. : √gup.

Pres.ppl.act. : √kram.

(4) CAUSATIVE.

Ind.act. : √āp(2t.), īr(4t.), klp(3t.), gam(3t.), chā

(2t.), jñā(2t.), dṛç, bhakṣ, rud, vas, vṛt, çru, stan(3t.),

sthā(2t.). Total, 27.

Ind.mid. : √kam(2t.), cit, jñā, bhal(2t.), 1 vid.

Total, 7.

Opt.act. : √kamp, jval, vṛj. Total, 3.

Page 205

Verb-List 189

Imv.act. : √āp, gam, jñā(1t.), ṛ. Total, 14.

Pres.-fut.imv.act. : √vṛt.

Pres.ppl.act.: √√mah, vṛt(2t.), sthā. Total, 4.

Impf.ind.act. : √chad.

Cond.mid. : √jñā.

Pass.ppl. : √√ṛ(2t.), ksudh(?).

Grd. : √√dṛś(2t.), sthā. Total, 3.

(c) Derivatives.

Gerundive: adarcanīya, anveṣṭavya(4t.), aśravanīya, asaṅkalpanīya, guhya (2t.; √guh hide), darśanīya, paricarya, prayogya, bhogya(6t.), ramanīya, vaktavya(3t.), śravanīya, saṅkalpanīya. Total, 24.

Des.grdv.: vijijñāsitavya(12t.).

Caus.grdv.: sādhya.

PERIPHRASTIC PERFECT.

Vbl.f.w. √kṛ: √√ās(10t.), īkṣ(2t.), mantray, 1 vid (6t.). Total, 19.

Des.vbl.f.w. √kṛ: √man.

Caus.vbl.f.w √kṛ: √√kṛ, jñā, pad(2t.), pālay, mā, sthā(3t.). Total, 9.

Cf. arhaṇā and pravāsa w. √kṛ. This usage takes us a step nearer such cognate and quasi-cognate periphrases as vara w. √2 vṛ, brahmacarya w. √vas, māithuna w. √car, etc. The use of hiṇ w. √kṛ is analogous.

Grand total of verb-forms in ChU., (cir.) 2,925.

Grand total of word-occurrences in ChU. (showing bulk of the treatise), (cir.) 15,666.

II. CONJUGATION CLASSES

(Classified by form strictly. I follow the arrangement of Wh.Gr. The numbers in [ ] are those of the native Hindu grammarians.)

Page 206

190

Verb-List

1[2]. √ √ad, an, I as, ās, i, iṣ, cakṣ, jakṣ, dulh, dhī (??), nu, brū, bhā, mā, yā, rud, I vid, çās, 2 çi, stu, svap, han, hnu.

2[3]. √ √dā, dhā, bhī, I hā, 2 hā, hu.

3[7]. √ √bhid, rudh, vr̥j.

4a,b[5,8]. √ √kr̥, tan, man, I vr̥, çru.

5[9]. √ √ac, āp, grabh, jñā, pū, 2 vr̥.

6,7[1,6]. √ √arh, av, açanāy, ās(??), i, iṣ, īkṣ, īṣ, kaṣ, klp, kram, kriḍ, kṣubh, khād, khid, gam, ghrā, cakṣ(??), cam, car, jap, jī, jīv, jval, tap, tāy, tṝ, ḍah, dās, dyut, dru, dhāv, dhvaṅs, nam, nind, nī, pat, pā, prach, plu, bṛh, bhāṣ, bhuj, bhū, math, manasy, man-tray, mahīy, mud, mreḍ, mluc, yaj, yam, rakṣ, ram, rāj, ruh, labh, vad, vas, 2 vid, viç, vr̥t, vr̥ṣ, vraj, çaṅs, 2 çi, çuc, çri, sthīv, sad, sah, sic, srj, srp, sev, sthā, spr̥c, smr̥, syad, sru, svar, svid, has, hūrch, hr̥.

8,9[4, pass.]. √ √vidh, r̥dh, kṣi, khyā, 2 gā, jan, jr̥, tap, tr̥p, trā, ḍah, dīp, dū, duṣ, dr̥c, dham, dhā, dhyā, naç, nī, pad, paç, pr̥, bhid, math, man, muc, mr̥, riṣ, lip, I vā, 2 vid, viṣ, çam, çiṣ, I çi, çuṣ, çlīṣ, sidh, han, I hā, hū.

These last two classes introduce much uncertainty, especially in an unaccented text, owing to the interfusion of meanings among their three voices. Strictly according to form, the following are ambiguously mid. or pass. in ChU.: √ √r̥dh, kṣi, jan(??), trā, ḍah, dr̥c (??), pr̥, man, mr̥(??), çlīṣ. One act. has a pass. value, see Grammatical Index s.v. √r̥dh. For the puzzling problems of these classes in detail see Wh.Gr. 759-74.

All roots not classified above occur only outside the primary present or the passive system in ChU., and so cannot be decided.

Page 207

APPENDIX C.—REPEATED PASSAGES

I.3.7=I.3.4; II.8.3; see vidvān s. v. √ I vid and upāste, etc. s. v. √ās.

I.6.1=6.2–5; 7.1–4; cf. 6.6.

I.6.8=7.6,9.

I.8.4=8.5–7; see uvaca, etc. s. v. √Vac; cf.—

I.8.8=10.10,11; 11.7,9; see avidvāns, and cf. I.8.4, etc.

I.11.4=11.6,8; cf. 10.9,10, 11.

II.1.2=1.3.

II.2=3–8; cf. 16.1; 18.1.

II.8.3=I.3.7, etc.

II.9.3=9.4–8.

II.11=12–20 and 21 (in part); see veda s. v. √ I vid.

II.24.6=24.10,15.

II.24.9=24.14.

III.1=2–5; IV.17.1–3.

III.6=7–10.

III.15.3=15.4–7.

III.16.2=16.4,6.

III.16.3=16.5.

IV.1=2.

IV.4.2=4.4.

IV.5=6–8; see √brū.

IV.11=12,13; cf. 5–8 and

14.3; cf. also V.19= 20–24.

IV.15.5=V.10.1,2.

IV.17.1–3=III.1–5.

IV.17.4=17.5,6; see svāhā.

V.1.8=1.9–11.

V.1.13=1.14.

V.2.1=2.2.

V.4=5–8.

V.10.1,2=IV.15.5.

V.12=13–17.

V.19=20–24; cf.IV.11,etc.

VI.3=4.

VI.4.1=4.2–4.

VI.5=6,7 (in part).

VI.5.1=5.2–4.

VI.6.1=6.2–5.

VI.7.3=7.5,6.

VI.8.3,4=8.5,6.

VI.8.4=9.4; 10.3; 11.3; 12.3; 13.3; 14.3; 15. 3; 16.3.

VI.9.3=10.2.

VI.16.1=16.2.

VII.1=2–15.

VII.16=17–23.

VIII.2.1=2.2–10.

VIII.3.4=12.2,3.

VIII.5.1=5.2,3.

VIII.7=8,9; cf.—

VIII.9=10,11; cf. 7, etc. (191)

Page 208

192

Repeated Passages

The repetitions as a whole range in bulk from groups of about three words to groups of about sixty. In character they vary from constantly recurring grammatical phrases, from almost inevitable formulæ of polite address and of reported dialogue, and from inherited commonplaces of philosophy, on up to the rhetorical and artistic presentation of all phases of a discussion by means of iteration with added details. To equate them all and show how they overlap and interlace would require more space than is desirable or would be profitable : none but the reader can discover this stylistic clew and follow it with appreciation.

For this reason I have indicated above only the major instances. Even these include, besides the passages which are exact repetitions, those as well which are in a larger way parallel or suggested. A mathematical examination of the entire vocabulary shows with more precision a somewhat narrow scope in its make-up ; but this fails to bring to light the interwoven, close-knit, though diffuse, type of discourse secured by wholesale repetition, or the literary flavor thereby imparted.

Repetitions in set form are characteristic of ancient narration, where naturalness and simplicity prevail. One recalls them by the score in the naïve recitals of the Assyro-Babylonian and the Persian inscriptions, which do not rise to the level of literature proper, but also in the Old Testament, in Homer, and in Herodotus, which are enduring wonders of literary form.

Page 209

APPENDIX D.—PLUTATED WORDS

Whole passages: I.12.5. II.24.4,8,12,13.

Single words : IV.1.4 ; 6.2 ; 7.2 ; 8.2 ; 14.1. V.3.1,

2(3 words);3(2 words).

(193)

Page 210

ANNOUNCEMENT

THE

VANDERBILT ORIENTAL SERIES

EDITED BY PROFESSORS

HERBERT CUSHING TOLMAN, PH.D.

AND

JAMES HENRY STEVENSON, PH.D.

INDEX TO THE CHĀNDOGYA-UPANIṢAD (Ready)

By Charles Edgar Little, Ph.D.

THE CHĀNDOGYA-UPANIṢAD (Nearly ready)

Translated by C. E. Little

TEXT OF THE CHĀNDOGYA-UPANIṢAD

Edited by C. E. Little

INDEX OF RITES TO THE GṚHYA-SŪTRAS

By H. C. Tolman

OUTLINE OF VEDIC MYTHOLOGY

By H. C. Tolman

ASSYRIAN AND BABYLONIAN CONTRACTS (with Aramaic Reference Notes) Transcribed from the Originals in the British Museum, with Transliteration and Translation (Nearly Ready)

By J. H. Stevenson

HISTORY OF THE DISCOVERY AND DECIPHERMENT OF THE CUNEIFORM INSCRIPTIONS

By J. H. Stevenson

Page 211

FINAL CLAUSES IN THE SEPTUAGINT

By JOHN WESLEY RICE, Ph.D.

(Nearly Ready)

HEBREW SYNONYMS

By Dr. ISIDORE LEWINTHAL

ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE JEWISH SYNAGOGUE

By ISIDORE LEWINTHAL

HERODOTUS AND THE EMPIRES OF THE EAST, Based on

Nikel's Herodot und die Keilschriftforschung

By the EDITORS

(Ready)

THE BOOK OF SAMUEL; Text and Vocabulary, with Grammat-

ical, Syntactical, and Exegetical Notes for the Use of Intermediate

Classes

By J. H. STEVENSON

Further Announcements Will Follow

NEW YORK: CINCINNATI: CHICAGO

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY

Page 212

Introduction to the Study of

Latin Inscriptions

By JAMES C. EGBERT, JR., Ph.D.

Adjunct Professor of Latin, Columbia University

Half Morocco, large 12mo, 468 pages. With numerous illustrations and

exact reproductions of inscriptions . . . Price, $3.50

This work is designed as a text-book for the use of

students in Universities and Colleges, and also to furnish

an account of this branch of archaeological study for

general readers. It has been prepared in the belief that

a knowledge of epigraphy forms an essential part of the

equipment of a teacher of the classics, and that the sub-

ject itself has become so important as to justify its intro-

duction, in elementary form at least, into the curriculum

of undergraduate studies.

A distinctive feature of the book is the number and

character of its illustrations,—there being over seven

hundred cuts and diagrams of inscriptions, for the pur-

pose of illustrating the text, and for practice in reading.

Of these, over one hundred are photographic repro-

ductions, showing the forms of the letters and the

arrangement of the inscriptions. The work is also sup-

plied with an exhaustive bibliography and valuable tables

of abbreviations, archaisms, etc.

Copies of Egbert's Latin Inscriptions will be sent, prepaid, to any address

on receipt of the price by the Publishers :

American Book Company

New York

Cincinnati

Chicago

Page 213

Latin Dictionaries

HARPER'S LATIN DICTIONARY

Founded on the translation of "Freund's Latin-German Lexicon." Edited by E. A. ANDREWS, LL.D. Revised, Enlarged, and in great part Rewritten by CHARLTON T. LEWIS, Ph.D., and CHARLES SHORT, LL.D.

Royal Octavo, 2030 pages . Sheep, $6.50; Full Russia, $10.00

The translation of Dr. Freund's great Latin-German Lexicon, edited by the late Dr. E. A. Andrews, and published in 1850, has been from that time in extensive and satisfactory use throughout England and America. Meanwhile great advances have been made in the science on which lexicography depends. The present work embodies the latest advances in philological study and research, and is in every respect the most complete and satisfactory Latin Dictionary published.

LEWIS'S LATIN DICTIONARY FOR SCHOOLS

By CHARLTON T. LEWIS, Ph.D.

Large Octavo, 1200 pages . Cloth, $4 50 ; Half Leather, $5.00

This dictionary is not an abridgment, but an entirely new and independent work, designed to include all of the student's needs, after acquiring the elements of grammar, for the interpretation of the Latin authors commonly read in school.

LEWIS'S ELEMENTARY LATIN DICTIONARY

By CHARLTON T. LEWIS, Ph.D.

Crown Octavo, 952 pages. Half Leather . . $2.00

This work is sufficiently full to meet the needs of students in secondary or preparatory schools, and also in the first and second years' work in colleges.

SMITH'S ENGLISH-LATIN DICTIONARY

A Complete and Critical English-Latin Dictionary. By WILLIAM SMITH, LL.D., and THEOPHILUS D. HALL, M.A., Fellow of University College, London. With a Dictionary of Proper Names.

Royal Octavo, 765 pages. Sheep . . $4.00

Copies sent, prepaid, to any address on receipt of the price.

American Book Company

New York Cincinnati Chicago

Page 214

Greek Dictionaries

LIDDELL AND SCOTT'S GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICON

Revised and Enlarged. Compiled by HENRY GEORGE LIDDELL, D.D., and ROBERT SCOTT, D.D., assisted by HENRY DRISLER, LL.D. Large Quarto, 1794 pages. Sheep . $10.00

The present edition of this great work has been thoroughly revised, and large additions made to it. The editors have been favored with the co-operation of many scholars and several important articles have been entirely rewritten.

LIDDELL AND SCOTT'S GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICON—Intermediate Revised Edition. Large Octavo, 910 pages.

Cloth, $3.50; Half Leather, $4.00

This Abridgment is an entirely new work, designed to meet the ordinary requirements of instructors. It differs from the smaller abridged edition in that it is made from the last edition of the large Lexicon, and contains a large amount of new matter.

LIDDELL AND SCOTT'S GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICON—Abridged Revised Edition. Crown Octavo, 832 pages. Half Leather $1.25

This Abridgment is intended chiefly for use by students in Secondary and College Preparatory Schools.

THAYER'S GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

Being Grimm's Wilke's Clavis Novi Testamenti. Translated, Revised, and Enlarged by JOSEPH HENRY THAYER, D.D., LL.D. Royal Quarto, 727 pages . Cloth, $5.00; Half Leather, $6.50

This great work embodies and represents the results of the latest researches in modern philology and biblical exegesis. It traces historically the signification and use of all words used in the New Testament, and carefully explains the difference between classical and sacred usage.

YONGE'S ENGLISH-GREEK LEXICON

By C. D. YONGE. Edited by HENRY DRISLER, LL.D. Royal Octavo, 903 pages. Sheep . $4.50

AUTENRIETH'S HOMERIC DICTIONARY

Translated and Edited by ROBERT P. KEEP, Ph.D. New Edition. Revised by ISAAC FLAGG, Ph.D. 12mo, 312 pages. Illustrated. Cloth . $1.10

Copies sent, prepaid, to any address on receipt of the price.

American Book Company

New York Cincinnati Chicago (310)

Page 216

891.37

Grammatical

Chandogya

Upa-

nishad

Chandogya

Upanishad

Page 217

Upanisads

Sanskrit

lit.-

Upanisads

Upanisads

Grammar

Page 218

D.G.A. 80.

CENTRAL ARCHAEOLOGICAL LIBRARY

NEW DELHI

Issue record

Call No.— Sa2Vu/Cha/Lit - 8651

Author— Little, Charles Edgar.

Title— Grammatical index to the Chāndogya-Upanisad.

Borrower's Name Date of Issue Date of Return

P.T.O.